General Catalog
Timers, Counters, Hour Meters
Global Network
Copyright © 2008 • Printed in Germany
6208 euen 12/08
Asia Pacific China JapanNorth America Europe
Panasonic Electric Works
Please contact our Global Sales Companies in:
Europe
Headquarters Panasonic Electric Works Europe AG Rudolf-Diesel-Ring 2, 83607 Holzkirchen, Tel. +49 (0) 8024 648-0, Fax +49 (0) 8024 648-111, www.panasonic-electric-works.com
Austria Panasonic Electric Works Austria GmbH Rep. of PEWDE, Josef Madersperger Str. 2, 2362 Biedermannsdorf, Tel. +43 (0) 2236-26846, Fax +43 (0) 2236-46133
www.panasonic-electric-works.at
PEW Electronic Materials Europe GmbH Ennshafenstraße 30, 4470 Enns, Tel. +43 (0) 7223 883, Fax +43 (0) 7223 88333, www.panasonic-electronic-materials.com
Benelux Panasonic Electric Works
Sales Western Europe B.V.
De Rijn 4, (Postbus 211), 5684 PJ Best, (5680 AE Best), Netherlands, Tel. +31 (0) 499 372727, Fax +31 (0) 499 372185,
www.panasonic-electric-works.nl
Czech Republic Panasonic Electric Works Czech s.r.o. Prumyslová 1, 34815 Planá, Tel. (+420-)374 799 990, Fax (+420-)374 799 999, www.panasonic-electric-works.cz
France Panasonic Electric Works
Sales Western Europe B.V.
Succursale française, 10, rue des petits ruisseaux, 91370 Verrières Le Buisson, Tél. +33 (0) 1 6013 5757, Fax +33 (0) 1 6013 5758,
www.panasonic-electric-works.fr
Germany Panasonic Electric Works Deutschland GmbH Rudolf-Diesel-Ring 2, 83607 Holzkirchen, Tel. +49 (0) 8024 648-0, Fax +49 (0) 8024 648-555, www.panasonic-electric-works.de
Hungary Panasonic Electric Works Europe AG Magyarországi Közvetlen Kereskedelmi Képviselet, 1117 Budapest, Neumann János u. 1., Tel. +36 (0) 1482-9258, Fax +36 (0) 1482-9259,
www.panasonic-electric-works.hu
Ireland Panasonic Electric Works UK Ltd. Dublin, Tel. +353 (0) 14600969, Fax +353 (0) 14601131, www.panasonic-electric-works.co.uk
Italy Panasonic Electric Works Italia srl Via del Commercio 3-5 (Z.I. Ferlina), 37012 Bussolengo (VR), Tel. +39 (0) 456752711, Fax +39 (0) 456700444,
www.panasonic-electric-works.it
Nordic Countries Panasonic Electric Works Nordic AB
PEW Fire & Security Technology Europe AB
Sjöängsvägen 10, 19272 Sollentuna, Sweden, Tel. +46 859476680, Fax +46 859476690, www.panasonic-electric-works.se
Jungmansgatan 12, 21119 Malmö, Tel. +46 40 697 7000, Fax +46 40 697 7099, www.panasonic-fi re-security.com
Poland Panasonic Electric Works Polska sp. z o.o Al. Krakowska 4/6, 02-284 Warszawa, Tel. +48 (0) 22 338-11-33, Fax +48 (0) 22 338-12-00, www.panasonic-electric-works.pl
Portugal Panasonic Electric Works España S.A. Portuguese Branch Offi ce, Avda Adelino Amaro da Costa 728 R/C J, 2750-277 Cascais, Tel. +351 214812520, Fax +351 214812529
Spain Panasonic Electric Works España S.A. Barajas Park, San Severo 20, 28042 Madrid, Tel. +34 913293875, Fax +34 913292976, www.panasonic-electric-works.es
Switzerland Panasonic Electric Works Schweiz AG Grundstrasse 8, 6343 Rotkreuz, Tel. +41 (0) 41 7997050, Fax +41 (0) 41 7997055, www.panasonic-electric-works.ch
United Kingdom Panasonic Electric Works UK Ltd. Sunrise Parkway, Linford Wood, Milton Keynes, MK14 6 LF, Tel. +44 (0) 1908 231555, Fax +44 (0) 1908 231599,
www.panasonic-electric-works.co.uk
North & South America
USA PEW Corporation of America 629 Central Avenue, New Providence, N.J. 07974, Tel. 1-908-464-3550, Fax 1-908-464-8513, www.pewa.panasonic.com
Asia Pacifi c / China / Japan
China Panasonic Electric Works (China) Co., Ltd. Level 2, Tower W3, The Towers Oriental Plaza, No. 2, East Chang An Ave., Dong Cheng District, Beijing 100738, Tel. (010) 8518-5988,
Fax (010) 8518-1297
Hong Kong Panasonic Electric Works
(Hong Kong) Co., Ltd.
RM1205-9, 12/F, Tower 2, The Gateway, 25 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Tel. (0852) 2956-3118, Fax (0852) 2956-0398
Japan Panasonic Electric Works Co., Ltd. 1048 Kadoma, Kadoma-shi, Osaka 571-8686, Japan, Tel. (06) 6908-1050, Fax (06) 6908-5781, www.panasonic-electric-works.net
Singapore Panasonic Electric Works Asia Pacifi c Pte. Ltd. 101 Thomson Road, #25-03/05, United Square, Singapore 307591, Tel. (06255) 5473, Fax (06253) 5689
Timers, Counters, Hour Meters General Catalog
Contents
CE MARKINGS OVERVIEW
187
CE MARKINGS OVERVIEW
Counter, Hour Meter conforming to
EN/IEC standards
The Timer, Counter, Hour Meter shown below conform to both EN and IEC standards,
and may display the CE markings.
CE markings and EC
directives
The world’s largest single market, the
European Community (EC) was born on
1 January 1993 (changing its name to
EU in November 1993. It is now always
expressed as EU, apart from EC direc-
tives.) EU member country products
have always had their quality and safety
guaranteed according to the individual
standards of each member country.
However, the standards of each country
being different prevented the free flow of
goods within the EU. For this reason, in
order to eliminate non-tariff barriers due
to these standards, and to maximize the
merits of EU unification, the EC direc-
tives were issued concomitant to the
birth of the EU.
The EN standards were established as
universal EU standards in order to facili-
tate EU directives. These standards
were merged with the international IEC
standards and henceforth reflect the
standards in all countries. Also, the CE
markings show that products conform to
EC directives, and guarantee the free
flow of products within the EC.
Appropriate
EC directives for control
equipment products
The main EC directives that are to do
with machinery and electrical equipment
are the machinery directive, the EMC
directive, the low voltage directive, and
the telecom directive. Although these
directives have already been issued, the
date of their enactment is different for
each one. The machinery directive was 1
January 1995. The EMC directive was 1
January 1996, and the low voltage direc-
tive was enacted from 1 January 1997.
The telecom directive was established by
the separate CTR (Common Technology
References.)
What are EN standards?
An abbreviation of Norme Europeenne
(in French), and called European
Standards in English. Approval is by vote
among the CEN/CENELEC member
countries, and is a unified standards
limited to EU member countries, but the
contents conform to the international
ISO/IEC standards.
Product
classification Product name EMC directives Low-voltage directives
Timers
Time Switch
LT4H EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LT4H-L EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LT4H-W EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
PM4H EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
S1DXM-A/M EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
S1DX EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
PM4S EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
PM5S EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
QM4H EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
A-TB72 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
A-TB72Q EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
Counters
LC4H EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LC4H-L EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LC4H-S EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LC4H-W EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LC2H EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
LC2H preset EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 —
Hour Meters
TH13 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH23 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH14 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH24 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH40 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH50 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH63 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH64 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
LH2H
TH8
EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2
EN 61010-1
LH2H preset EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 —
—
If the relevant EN standard does not
exist, it is necessary to obtain approval
based on the relevant IEC standard or, if
the relevant IEC standard does not exist,
the relevant standard from each country,
such as VDE, BS, SEMKO, and so forth.
Table of Contents
General Information Timers
Timers Chart Overview 4
Timers Selector Chart 5
Timer-Related Terminology 8
On-Delay Timer Basic Circuit 10
General Application Guidelines 11
Digital Timers
LT4H 14
LT4H-W 20
LT4H Series Cautions for use 25
QM4H 28
Analog Timers
S1DXM-A/M 32
PM4H-A/S/M 38
PM4H-SD/SDM 44
PM4H-F 46
PM4H-W 50
PM5S - A/S/M 55
Installing DIN Size Timer 62
Options and Accessories Timers 63
General Information Counters and Hour Meters
Counters Selector Chart 69
Counter-Related Terminology 70
Precautions in using the Counter 71
Counters
LC2H DIN Half 73
LC2H Preset 81
Precautions in using the LC2H Series 87
LC4H 90
LC4H-S 97
LC4H-W 106
Precautions in using the LC4H Series 114
Installing DIN Size Counter (Common) 117
Hour Meters, electromechanical
TH13/TH23 137
TH14/TH24 139
TH40 141
TH50 143
TH63/TH64 145
TH8 147
Precautions in using the Hour Meters 149
Options and Accessories for Counters and Hour Meters 150
Applications / Power Supplies / International Standards 153
Hour Meters LCD
Hour Meters Selector Chart 118
LH2H DIN Half Size HM 120
LH2H Preset Type 128
Precautions in using the LH2H Series 133
4
TIMERS CHART OVERVIEW
Digital quartz timers
Multiple
operation
LT4H
LT4H-W
ON-delay OFF-delay Twin Flicker One-shot Star delta Integration
LT4H
QM4H
LT4H (Signal) LT4H-W LT4H LT4H LT4H
Surface mount/Flush mount
PM4H-A
PM5S-A
S1DX
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM5S-S
S1DXM-A/M
PM4H-A (Signal)
PM4H-F
PM5S-A (Signal)
PM5S-M (Signal)
PM4H-W
PM4H-A
PM5S-A
PM5S-M
S1DX
S1DXM-M
PM4H-A
PM5S-A
PM5S-M
S1DX
S1DXM-M
PM4H-SD/SDM
Relay terminal socket
S1DXM-A/M S1DXM-M S1DXM-M
Multi-range analog timer (CR oscillation)
PC board mount
S1DX
General Information
Timers
5
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
General Information
Timers
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
Economically price.
Display is a bright
reflective-type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out
1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
500 ms
2 s 107
105
—
107
UL/c-UL, CE
500 ms
2 s 107
105
—
107
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out 1
Form A
p(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
p0.005% p0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has
various time ranges.
See the product lists
before ordering.
Major uses
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC
200 to 220 V AC
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
p1%
p5%
p1%
p10%
100 ms
107
2 s 105
100 ms
2 s 107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket,
mounting frame
p0.3%
p2%
p0.5%
p5%
300 ms
2 s 107
105
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
2111 10
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start NC
NO
Operating
voltage
– +
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Model/Product Name
S1DXM-A/M Timer
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
Economically price.
Display is a bright
reflective-type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out
1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
500 ms
2 s 107
105
—
107
UL/c-UL, CE
500 ms
2 s 107
105
—
107
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out 1
Form A
p(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
p0.005% p0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has
various time ranges.
See the product lists
before ordering.
Major uses
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC
200 to 220 V AC
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
p1%
p5%
p1%
p10%
100 ms
107
2 s 105
100 ms
2 s 107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket,
mounting frame
p0.3%
p2%
p0.5%
p5%
300 ms
2 s 107
105
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
2111 10
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start NC
NO
Operating
voltage
– +
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Model/Product Name
S1DXM-A/M Timer
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
4
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
250 V AC 30 V DC
LT4H Digital timer LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Short body
Economically price.
Display is a bright reflective-
type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
±(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
500 ms 500 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34
500 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
5A
100mA
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
±(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
±(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
±(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
±0.005% ±0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
Major uses
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
S1DXM-A/M Timer
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 220 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
±1%
±5%
±1%
±10%
100 ms
10
7
2× 10
5
100 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
±0.3%
±2%
±0.5%
±5%
300 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type11-Pin type
Screw terminal type
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
–+
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
+–
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–)
(+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
–
+
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
4
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
250 V AC 30 V DC
LT4H Digital timer LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Short body
Economically price.
Display is a bright reflective-
type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
±(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
500 ms 500 ms
2× 107
105
—
107
2× 107
105
—
107
UL/c-UL, CE UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34
500 ms
2× 107
105
—
107
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
5A
100mA
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
±(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
±(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
±(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
±0.005% ±0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
Major uses
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
S1DXM-A/M Timer
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 220 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
±1%
±5%
±1%
±10%
100 ms
107
2× 105
100 ms
2× 107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
±0.3%
±2%
±0.5%
±5%
300 ms
2× 107
105
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type11-Pin type
Screw terminal type
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
–+
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
+–
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start NC
NO
Operating
voltage
–+
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
4
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
250 V AC 30 V DC
LT4H Digital timer LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Short body
Economically price.
Display is a bright reflective-
type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
±(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
500 ms 500 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34
500 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
5A
100mA
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
±(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
±(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
±(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
±0.005% ±0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
Major uses
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
S1DXM-A/M Timer
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 220 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
±1%
±5%
±1%
±10%
100 ms
10
7
2× 10
5
100 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
±0.3%
±2%
±0.5%
±5%
300 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type11-Pin type
Screw terminal type
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
–+
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
+–
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
–+
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
4
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
250 V AC 30 V DC
LT4H Digital timer LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Short body
Economically price.
Display is a bright reflective-
type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
±(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
500 ms 500 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34
500 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
5A
100mA
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
±(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
±(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
±(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
±0.005% ±0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
Major uses
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
S1DXM-A/M Timer
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 220 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
±1%
±5%
±1%
±10%
100 ms
10
7
2× 10
5
100 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
±0.3%
±2%
±0.5%
±5%
300 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type11-Pin type
Screw terminal type
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
–+
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
+–
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
–+
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
4
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
250 V AC 30 V DC
LT4H Digital timer LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Short body
Economically price.
Display is a bright reflective-
type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
±(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
500 ms 500 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34
500 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
5A
100mA
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-
out 1 Form C
(Transistor out-
put type) Timed-
out 1 Form A
±(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
±(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
±(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
±(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
±0.005% ±0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
Major uses
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
S1DXM-A/M Timer
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 220 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
±1%
±5%
±1%
±10%
100 ms
10
7
2× 10
5
100 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
±0.3%
±2%
±0.5%
±5%
300 ms
2× 10
7
10
5
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type11-Pin type
Screw terminal type
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
–+
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
+–
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
–+
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
Economically price.
Display is a bright
reflective-type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out
1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
500 ms
2 s 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE
500 ms
2 s 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out 1
Form A
p(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
p0.005% p0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has
various time ranges.
See the product lists
before ordering.
Major uses
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC
200 to 220 V AC
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
p1%
p5%
p1%
p10%
100 ms
10
7
2 s 10
5
100 ms
2 s 10
7
10
5
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket,
mounting frame
p0.3%
p2%
p0.5%
p5%
300 ms
2 s 10
7
10
5
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
2111 10
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start NC
NO
Operating
voltage
– +
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Model/Product Name
S1DXM-A/M Timer
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
6
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
General Information
Timers
3
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
CR oscillation counting timer
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Differential ON/OFF-delay (1)(2)
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
Power ON-delay
Power Flicker
Power ON-flicker
Power One-shot
Power One-cycle
(with instantaneous contact)
Star-Delta Power OFF-delay
Major uses For time control for short
or long time
For time control for short
or long time For self holding circuit For SD motor start-up For all uses of power
OFF-delay
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC
PM4H-A
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-S
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-M
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-SD/SDM
Star-Delta timer
PM4H-F8/-F8R/-F11R
OFF-delay timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled.
8 operation modes available.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 operation modes (with
instantaneous contact)
available.
4 time ranges are selectable.
2s to 100s (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 time ranges selectable for
the - switching times.
Multiple time ranges are
selectable.
Power-OFF delay of max. 10
min. is controlled.
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Rated operating voltage
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Arrangement Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
Instantaneous 1 Form C
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
Instantaneous: 1 Form A
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
[F8R type]
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
24 V AC
(other models)
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC, 24 V AC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3%
±2% ±2% ±2% ±2% ±2%
±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5%
±5% ±5% ±5% ±5% ±5%
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 500 ms —
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
107
105
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
Available standards UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
Page P. 17 P. 17 P. 17 P. 23 P. 25
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A 5A
3A
0.1s 0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
4 time
ranges
selectable
500h
0.2s
4 time
ranges
selectable
3 time
ranges
selectable
100s
0.04s
3 time ranges selectable
10s
0.04min
10min
5A 5A 5A
3A
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC
24 V DC
Power ON-delay
For time control for short
or long time
250 V AC
PM4S
Multi-range analog timer
An affordable new series
timers
Terminal block, cap
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
Selected
by front
switch
±5%
100 ms
107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 13
5A
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
* Selected by front switch
±1%
(at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
±2%
(at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C)
±1%
(power off time change at the range of 0.1s to 1h)
Pin typePin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
No instantaneous contact
Pin type
With instantaneous contact
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Start input
Reset input
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Stop input
N.O.
(–) (+)
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Stop
input
Reset
input
Start
input
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
(–) (+)
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset input
POWER
(–) (+)
T.D. INST.
COM COM
NO NO
NC NC
MODE
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
3
1
43
1
4
3
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
CR oscillation counting timer
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Differential ON/OFF-delay (1)(2)
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
Power ON-delay
Power Flicker
Power ON-flicker
Power One-shot
Power One-cycle
(with instantaneous contact)
Star-Delta Power OFF-delay
Major uses For time control for short
or long time
For time control for short
or long time For self holding circuit For SD motor start-up For all uses of power
OFF-delay
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC
PM4H-A
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-S
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-M
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-SD/SDM
Star-Delta timer
PM4H-F8/-F8R/-F11R
OFF-delay timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled.
8 operation modes available.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 operation modes (with
instantaneous contact)
available.
4 time ranges are selectable.
2s to 100s (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 time ranges selectable for
the - switching times.
Multiple time ranges are
selectable.
Power-OFF delay of max. 10
min. is controlled.
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Rated operating voltage
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Arrangement Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
Instantaneous 1 Form C
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
Instantaneous: 1 Form A
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
[F8R type]
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
24 V AC
(other models)
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC, 24 V AC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3%
±2% ±2% ±2% ±2% ±2%
±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5%
±5% ±5% ±5% ±5% ±5%
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 500 ms —
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
107
105
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
Available standards UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
Page P. 17 P. 17 P. 17 P. 23 P. 25
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A 5A
3A
0.1s 0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
4 time
ranges
selectable
500h
0.2s
4 time
ranges
selectable
3 time
ranges
selectable
100s
0.04s
3 time ranges selectable
10s
0.04min
10min
5A 5A 5A
3A
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC
24 V DC
Power ON-delay
For time control for short
or long time
250 V AC
PM4S
Multi-range analog timer
An affordable new series
timers
Terminal block, cap
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
Selected
by front
switch
±5%
100 ms
107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 13
5A
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
* Selected by front switch
±1%
(at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
±2%
(at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C)
±1%
(power off time change at the range of 0.1s to 1h)
Pin typePin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
No instantaneous contact
Pin type
With instantaneous contact
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Start input
Reset input
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Stop input
N.O.
(–) (+)
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Stop
input
Reset
input
Start
input
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
(–) (+)
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset input
POWER
(–) (+)
T.D. INST.
COM COM
NO NO
NC NC
MODE
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
3
1
43
1
4
3
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
CR oscillation counting timer
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Differential ON/OFF-delay (1)(2)
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
Power ON-delay
Power Flicker
Power ON-flicker
Power One-shot
Power One-cycle
(with instantaneous contact)
Star-Delta Power OFF-delay
Major uses For time control for short
or long time
For time control for short
or long time For self holding circuit For SD motor start-up For all uses of power
OFF-delay
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC
PM4H-A
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-S
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-M
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-SD/SDM
Star-Delta timer
PM4H-F8/-F8R/-F11R
OFF-delay timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled.
8 operation modes available.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 operation modes (with
instantaneous contact)
available.
4 time ranges are selectable.
2s to 100s (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 time ranges selectable for
the - switching times.
Multiple time ranges are
selectable.
Power-OFF delay of max. 10
min. is controlled.
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Rated operating voltage
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Arrangement Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
Instantaneous 1 Form C
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
Instantaneous: 1 Form A
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
[F8R type]
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
24 V AC
(other models)
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC, 24 V AC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3%
±2% ±2% ±2% ±2% ±2%
±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5%
±5% ±5% ±5% ±5% ±5%
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 500 ms —
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
107
105
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
Available standards UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
Page P. 17 P. 17 P. 17 P. 23 P. 25
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A 5A
3A
0.1s 0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
4 time
ranges
selectable
500h
0.2s
4 time
ranges
selectable
3 time
ranges
selectable
100s
0.04s
3 time ranges selectable
10s
0.04min
10min
5A 5A 5A
3A
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC
24 V DC
Power ON-delay
For time control for short
or long time
250 V AC
PM4S
Multi-range analog timer
An affordable new series
timers
Terminal block, cap
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
Selected
by front
switch
±5%
100 ms
107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 13
5A
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
* Selected by front switch
±1%
(at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
±2%
(at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C)
±1%
(power off time change at the range of 0.1s to 1h)
Pin typePin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
No instantaneous contact
Pin type
With instantaneous contact
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Start input
Reset input
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Stop input
N.O.
(–) (+)
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Stop
input
Reset
input
Start
input
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
(–) (+)
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset input
POWER
(–) (+)
T.D. INST.
COM COM
NO NO
NC NC
MODE
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
3
1
43
1
4
3
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
CR oscillation counting timer
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Differential ON/OFF-delay (1)(2)
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
Power ON-delay
Power Flicker
Power ON-flicker
Power One-shot
Power One-cycle
(with instantaneous contact)
Star-Delta Power OFF-delay
Major uses For time control for short
or long time
For time control for short
or long time For self holding circuit For SD motor start-up For all uses of power
OFF-delay
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC
PM4H-A
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-S
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-M
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-SD/SDM
Star-Delta timer
PM4H-F8/-F8R/-F11R
OFF-delay timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled.
8 operation modes available.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 operation modes (with
instantaneous contact)
available.
4 time ranges are selectable.
2s to 100s (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 time ranges selectable for
the - switching times.
Multiple time ranges are
selectable.
Power-OFF delay of max. 10
min. is controlled.
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Rated operating voltage
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Arrangement Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
Instantaneous 1 Form C
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
Instantaneous: 1 Form A
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
[F8R type]
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
24 V AC
(other models)
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC, 24 V AC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3%
±2% ±2% ±2% ±2% ±2%
±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5%
±5% ±5% ±5% ±5% ±5%
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 500 ms —
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
107
105
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
Available standards UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
Page P. 17 P. 17 P. 17 P. 23 P. 25
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A 5A
3A
0.1s 0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
4 time
ranges
selectable
500h
0.2s
4 time
ranges
selectable
3 time
ranges
selectable
100s
0.04s
3 time ranges selectable
10s
0.04min
10min
5A 5A 5A
3A
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC
24 V DC
Power ON-delay
For time control for short
or long time
250 V AC
PM4S
Multi-range analog timer
An affordable new series
timers
Terminal block, cap
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
Selected
by front
switch
±5%
100 ms
107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 13
5A
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
* Selected by front switch
±1%
(at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
±2%
(at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C)
±1%
(power off time change at the range of 0.1s to 1h)
Pin typePin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
No instantaneous contact
Pin type
With instantaneous contact
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Start input
Reset input
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Stop input
N.O.
(–) (+)
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Stop
input
Reset
input
Start
input
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
(–) (+)
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset input
POWER
(–) (+)
T.D. INST.
COM COM
NO NO
NC NC
MODE
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
3
1
43
1
4
3
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
CR oscillation counting timer
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Differential ON/OFF-delay (1)(2)
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
Power ON-delay
Power Flicker
Power ON-flicker
Power One-shot
Power One-cycle
(with instantaneous contact)
Star-Delta Power OFF-delay
Major uses For time control for short
or long time
For time control for short
or long time For self holding circuit For SD motor start-up For all uses of power
OFF-delay
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC
PM4H-A
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-S
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-M
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-SD/SDM
Star-Delta timer
PM4H-F8/-F8R/-F11R
OFF-delay timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled.
8 operation modes available.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 operation modes (with
instantaneous contact)
available.
4 time ranges are selectable.
2s to 100s (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 time ranges selectable for
the - switching times.
Multiple time ranges are
selectable.
Power-OFF delay of max. 10
min. is controlled.
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Rated operating voltage
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Arrangement Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
Instantaneous 1 Form C
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
Instantaneous: 1 Form A
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
[F8R type]
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
24 V AC
(other models)
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC, 24 V AC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3%
±2% ±2% ±2% ±2% ±2%
±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5%
±5% ±5% ±5% ±5% ±5%
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 500 ms —
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
107
105
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
Available standards UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
Page P. 17 P. 17 P. 17 P. 23 P. 25
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A 5A
3A
0.1s 0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
4 time
ranges
selectable
500h
0.2s
4 time
ranges
selectable
3 time
ranges
selectable
100s
0.04s
3 time ranges selectable
10s
0.04min
10min
5A 5A 5A
3A
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC
24 V DC
Power ON-delay
For time control for short
or long time
250 V AC
PM4S
Multi-range analog timer
An affordable new series
timers
Terminal block, cap
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
Selected
by front
switch
±5%
100 ms
107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 13
5A
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
* Selected by front switch
±1%
(at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
±2%
(at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C)
±1%
(power off time change at the range of 0.1s to 1h)
Pin typePin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
No instantaneous contact
Pin type
With instantaneous contact
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Start input
Reset input
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Stop input
N.O.
(–) (+)
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Stop
input
Reset
input
Start
input
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
(–) (+)
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset input
POWER
(–) (+)
T.D. INST.
COM COM
NO NO
NC NC
MODE
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
3
1
43
1
4
3
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has various
time ranges. See the
product lists before
ordering.
CR oscillation counting timer
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Differential ON/OFF-delay (1)(2)
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
Power ON-delay
Power Flicker
Power ON-flicker
Power One-shot
Power One-cycle
(with instantaneous contact)
Star-Delta Power OFF-delay
Major uses For time control for short
or long time
For time control for short
or long time For self holding circuit For SD motor start-up For all uses of power
OFF-delay
Model/Product Name
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC
PM4H-A
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-S
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-M
Multi-range analog timer
PM4H-SD/SDM
Star-Delta timer
PM4H-F8/-F8R/-F11R
OFF-delay timer
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled.
8 operation modes available.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 operation modes (with
instantaneous contact)
available.
4 time ranges are selectable.
2s to 100s (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
5 time ranges selectable for
the - switching times.
Multiple time ranges are
selectable.
Power-OFF delay of max. 10
min. is controlled.
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Rated operating voltage
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
Arrangement Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
Instantaneous 1 Form C
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
side: Timed-out 1 Form A
Instantaneous: 1 Form A
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 1 Form C
[F8R type]
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC,
12 V DC
(other models)
100 to 240 V AC,
24 V AC
(other models)
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC, 24 V AC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3%
±2% ±2% ±2% ±2% ±2%
±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5%
±5% ±5% ±5% ±5% ±5%
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 500 ms —
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
2× 107
105
107
105
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
Available standards UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
Page P. 17 P. 17 P. 17 P. 23 P. 25
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A 5A
3A
0.1s 0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
4 time
ranges
selectable
500h
0.2s
4 time
ranges
selectable
3 time
ranges
selectable
100s
0.04s
3 time ranges selectable
10s
0.04min
10min
5A 5A 5A
3A
100 to 120 V AC,
200 to 240 V AC,
12 V DC
24 V DC
Power ON-delay
For time control for short
or long time
250 V AC
PM4S
Multi-range analog timer
An affordable new series
timers
Terminal block, cap
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
Selected
by front
switch
±5%
100 ms
107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 13
5A
T.D: Timed-out 2 Form C
INST: Timed-out 1 Form C,
instantaneous 1 Form C
* Selected by front switch
±1%
(at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
±2%
(at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C)
±1%
(power off time change at the range of 0.1s to 1h)
Pin typePin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
No instantaneous contact
Pin type
With instantaneous contact
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Screw terminal type
Pin type
Start input
Reset input
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Stop input
N.O.
(–) (+)
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Stop
input
Reset
input
Start
input
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
(–) (+)
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset input
POWER
(–) (+)
T.D. INST.
COM COM
NO NO
NC NC
MODE
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
3
1
43
1
4
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
Economically price.
Display is a bright
reflective-type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out
1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
500 ms
2 s 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE
500 ms
2 s 10
7
10
5
—
10
7
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out 1
Form A
p(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
p0.005% p0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has
various time ranges.
See the product lists
before ordering.
Major uses
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC
200 to 220 V AC
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
p1%
p5%
p1%
p10%
100 ms
10
7
2 s 10
5
100 ms
2 s 10
7
10
5
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket,
mounting frame
p0.3%
p2%
p0.5%
p5%
300 ms
2 s 10
7
10
5
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
2111 10
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start NC
NO
Operating
voltage
– +
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Model/Product Name
S1DXM-A/M Timer
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
Economically price.
Display is a bright
reflective-type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out
1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
500 ms
2 s 107
105
—
107
UL/c-UL, CE
500 ms
2 s 107
105
—
107
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out 1
Form A
p(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
p0.005% p0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has
various time ranges.
See the product lists
before ordering.
Major uses
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC
200 to 220 V AC
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
p1%
p5%
p1%
p10%
100 ms
107
2 s 105
100 ms
2 s 107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket,
mounting frame
p0.3%
p2%
p0.5%
p5%
300 ms
2 s 107
105
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
2111 10
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–)
(+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
–
+
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Model/Product Name
S1DXM-A/M Timer
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
Quartz oscillation counting timer
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
ON-start flicker
OFF-start flicker
Delay one-shot
Power ON-delay
Suitable for super-high accurate, digital setting
Economically price.
Display is a bright
reflective-type LCD.
Bright and easy-to-read display
Simple operation
Wide time setting range
Possible to set and change the
time with front digit switches
easily during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a
time range of 0.01s to
9990hrs!!
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out
1 Form A
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC/DC
12 to 48 V AC/DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
500 ms
2 s 107
105
—
107
UL/c-UL, CE
500 ms
2 s 107
105
—
107
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 34 P. 41
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 50
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
0.05s
8 time
ranges
selectable
999.9h
0.08s
8 time
ranges
selectable
9999h
0.01s
9990h
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket, mounting
frame
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
(other models)
(Relay output
type) Timed-out
1 Form C
(Transistor output
type) Timed-out 1
Form A
p(0.005% + 50 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.005% + 80 ms)
in case of power on start
p(0.005% + 20 ms)
in case of reset or input
signal start
p(0.01% + 0.05 s)
in case of power on start
p0.005% p0.03 s
(G type only)
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has
various time ranges.
See the product lists
before ordering.
Major uses
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
Available standards
Page
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
For highly accurate time
setting
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached
both on the DIN rails and
panel.
Terminal block, cap block,
mounting frame, fitting
sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC
200 to 220 V AC
12 V DC, 24 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
p1%
p5%
p1%
p10%
100 ms
107
2 s 105
100 ms
2 s 107
105
UL/c-UL, CE
P. 57
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
250 V AC
5A
250 V AC 30 V DC
5A
100mA
(Relay output type) (Transistor output type) (Relay output type) (Transistor output type)
Power OFF-start cyclic
For repetitive ON/OFF
operation
250 V AC
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is
controlled in one unit.
Timed-out
2 Form C
100 to 240 V AC
48 to 125V DC, 24 V AC/DC
12 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, cap, panel
cover, rubber gasket,
mounting frame
p0.3%
p2%
p0.5%
p5%
300 ms
2 s 107
105
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
P. 29
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
0.05s
10min
0.2s
30min
0.5s
60min
3s
10h
Screw terminal type
11-Pin type
QM4H-G type
QM4H-S type
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
Pin type
Screw terminal type
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start NC
NO
Operating
voltage
– +
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
LT4H-L Digital timer LT4H-W Digital timer QM4H Timer
Model/Product Name
S1DXM-A/M Timer
PM4H-W Analog multi-range
cyclic twin timer
7
TIMERS SELECTOR CHART
CR oscillation counting timer
Power ON-delay
For time ranges selection
A multitimer is provided with the front
operation slide switch by using the
special C-MOSIC inside pulse
oscillation counting method.
Timed-out 2 Form C
100 to 120 V AC, 200 to 240 V AC
12 V DC, 24 V DC,
48 V DC, 100 to 110 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, socket, cap, mounting
frame, protective cover
p0.5%
p5%
p0.5%
p10%
100 ms
5 s 107
2 s 105
UL/CSA, LLOYD
250 V AC
7A
0.05s
1.0s
0.5s
10s
3s
1min
30s
10min
0.15s
3s
1.5s
30s
9s
3min
1.5
min
30min
3s
4 time ranges
selectable
1min
30s
10min
3min
1h
30min
10h
9s
3min
1.5min
30min
9min
3h
1.5h
30h
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has
various time ranges.
See the product lists
before ordering.
Major uses
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical (resistive)
Wiring diagrams
Available standards
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-flicker
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
(with instantaneous contact)
For self holding circuit
250 V AC
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is controlled
in one unit.
6 operation modes (with
instantaneous contact) available.
Timed-out 1 Form C
Instantaneous 1 Form C
24 to 240V AC/DC
Terminal block, cap, panel cover,
rubber gasket, mounting frame
p0.3%
p2%
p0.5%
p10%
100 ms
2 s 107
105
UL/C-UL
5A
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
CR oscillation counting timer
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
For time control for short
or long time
For time control for short
or long time
250 V AC 250 V AC
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is controlled.
6 operation modes available.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is controlled
in one unit.
Terminal block, cap, panel cover,
rubber gasket, mounting frame
24 to 240V AC/DC
Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out
2 Form C
24 to 240V AC/DC
Terminal block, cap, panel cover,
rubber gasket, mounting frame
p0.3% p0.3%
p2% p2%
p0.5% p0.5%
p10% p10%
100 ms 100 ms
2 s 107
105
2 s 107
105
UL/C-UL UL/C-UL
5A
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
Power One-cycle
For highly accurate time setting
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached both on
the DIN rails and panel.
Terminal block, cap block, mounting
frame, fitting sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC, 200 to 220 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC,
48 V DC, 100 to 110 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
p1%
p5%
p1%
p10%
100 ms
107
2 s 105
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
0.05s
0.5s
0.1s
1s
0.1s
3s
0.2s
5s
0.5s
10s
1s
30s
3s
60s
0.1min
3min
0.5min
10min
1min
30min
3min
60min
0.1h
3h
NO
27
1
COM
8
COM
4
NO
3
NC
6
5
NC
() ()
Operating
voltage
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
PMH Timer
Model/Product Name
PM5S-M
Multi-range analog timer
PM5S-A
Multi-range analog timer
PM5S-S
Multi-range analog timerS1DX Timer
CR oscillation counting timer
Power ON-delay
For time ranges selection
A multitimer is provided with the front
operation slide switch by using the
special C-MOSIC inside pulse
oscillation counting method.
Timed-out 2 Form C
100 to 120 V AC, 200 to 240 V AC
12 V DC, 24 V DC,
48 V DC, 100 to 110 V DC
(other models)
Terminal block, socket, cap, mounting
frame, protective cover
p0.5%
p5%
p0.5%
p10%
100 ms
5 s 107
2 s 105
UL/CSA, LLOYD
250 V AC
7A
0.05s
1.0s
0.5s
10s
3s
1min
30s
10min
0.15s
3s
1.5s
30s
9s
3min
1.5
min
30min
3s
4 time ranges
selectable
1min
30s
10min
3min
1h
30min
10h
9s
3min
1.5min
30min
9min
3h
1.5h
30h
Operation mode
Time range
Each model has
various time ranges.
See the product lists
before ordering.
Major uses
Features
Control
output
(resistive)
Current
Voltage
Mounting method
Mounting parts
Rated operating voltage
Arrangement
Time
accuracy
Operation time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Min. power off time
Life (Min.
operation)
Mechanical
Electrical (resistive)
Wiring diagrams
Available standards
1000h
100h
10h
30h
1h
30m
10m
10s
1s
5s
2m
1m
30s
5m
0.01s
7A
5A
3A
0.1s
CR oscillation counting timer
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-flicker
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
(with instantaneous contact)
For self holding circuit
250 V AC
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is controlled
in one unit.
6 operation modes (with
instantaneous contact) available.
Timed-out 1 Form C
Instantaneous 1 Form C
24 to 240V AC/DC
Terminal block, cap, panel cover,
rubber gasket, mounting frame
p0.3%
p2%
p0.5%
p10%
100 ms
2 s 107
105
UL/C-UL
5A
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
CR oscillation counting timer
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
For time control for short
or long time
For time control for short
or long time
250 V AC 250 V AC
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is controlled.
6 operation modes available.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is controlled
in one unit.
Terminal block, cap, panel cover,
rubber gasket, mounting frame
24 to 240V AC/DC
Timed-out
2 Form C
Timed-out
2 Form C
24 to 240V AC/DC
Terminal block, cap, panel cover,
rubber gasket, mounting frame
p0.3% p0.3%
p2% p2%
p0.5% p0.5%
p10% p10%
100 ms 100 ms
2 s 107
105
2 s 107
105
UL/C-UL UL/C-UL
5A
0.1s
16 time
ranges
selectable
500h
5A
CR oscillation counting timer
Output with contact
Power ON-delay
Power flicker
Power One-shot
Power One-cycle
For highly accurate time setting
With a large transparent dial.
This timer can be attached both on
the DIN rails and panel.
Terminal block, cap block, mounting
frame, fitting sockets, protective cover
100 to 120 V AC, 200 to 220 V AC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC,
48 V DC, 100 to 110 V DC
(other models)
Timed-out 2 Form C
Timed-out 4 Form C
p1%
p5%
p1%
p10%
100 ms
107
2 s 105
UL/CSA, CE, LLOYD
250 V AC
7A
2 Form C
type
5A
4 Form C
type
0.05s
0.5s
0.1s
1s
0.1s
3s
0.2s
5s
0.5s
10s
1s
30s
3s
60s
0.1min
3min
0.5min
10min
1min
30min
3min
60min
0.1h
3h
NO
27
1
COM
8
COM
4
NO
3
NC
6
5
NC
() ()
Operating
voltage
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
12
Operating
voltage
14
8
4
9
13
5
1
Operating
voltage
12
8
4
11
7
3
10
6
2
14
9
13
5
1
PMH Timer
Model/Product Name
PM5S-M
Multi-range analog timer
PM5S-A
Multi-range analog timer
PM5S-S
Multi-range analog timerS1DX Timer
General Information
Timers
8
TIMER-RELATED TERMINOLOGY
• What is a timer?
The timer is a relay having such an
output (with or without contact) which
electrically closes (turns ON) or opens
(turns OFF) the circuit after a preset time
elapses when electrical or mechanical
input is given.
• On-delay Operation (Time delay
operation)
The on-delay operation is an operation
to give output when preset time expires
after a predetermined input is given to
the power supply circuit or input circuit.
On-delay operation includes power sup-
ply on-delay operation and signal on-
delay operation.
• Off-delay Operation (Time delay
resetting)
The off-delay operation is an operation
to turn OFF output when preset time
expires after a predetermined input
is given to the power supply circuit or
input circuit, and at the same time out-
put signal is given and predetermined
input is turned OFF. Off-delay operation
includes power supply off-delay opera-
tion and signal off-delay operation.
• Flicker Operation
The flicker operation is an operation to
repeat output ON/OFF action accord-
ing to preset ON time and OFF time
while a predetermined input is given to
the power supply circuit or input circuit.
Flicker operation includes OFF-start
flicker operation and ON-start flicker
operation.
Example of power supply on-delay operation
Operating time
(Time delay contact)
Output signal
Power supply
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
(In time delay
operation)
:
:
1
2
t
t
ON
Output signal
(Time delay contact)
t1
Example of OFF-start flicker operation
ON
t2t1
ON
OFF
t2t
OFF
OFF
t1t <
Output OFF time
Output ON time
Power supply
or signal
Hold time
Internal circuit
Internal mechanism
Time delay contact
Power supply
(Input signal)
Reset time
Power application time
(Input signal
application time)Pause
time
Operating
time
OFF
Power supply
OFF
t2 : - Star/Delta switching time
: Delta operation timet3
: Star operation timet1
Delta side contact
Star side contact
1
t
ON
t2t3
ON
OFF
ON
Output signal
(Time delay contact)
Example of power supply off-delay operation
Power supply
ON
ON
Operating time
OFF
OFF
(In time delay
operation)
• Preset Time
The preset time is the control time set by
setting time-variable timer.
• Operating Time
The operating time means the time which
elapses between the addition of prede-
termined input to the power supply circuit
and input circuit and the completion of
operation for preset time.
• Hold Time
It means the time which elapses between
the completion of operation for preset
time and the start of resetting.
• Pause Time
It means the time elapses between the
start of operation for preset time and
the addition of input required again for
the power supply circuit or input circuit.
Timer does not perform normal function
unless this pause time is set longer than
the timer reset time.
• Resetting
It means that the operation returns to
the state before starting while the timer
is in operation for preset time or after it
completes the operation for preset time.
Resetting during the operation for preset
time is referred to as halfway resetting.
• Reset Time
It means the time elapses between shut-
off of input to the power supply circuit or
input of reset signal and the completion
of resetting.
Timer resetting function shares the reset
of contact, reset of mechanical parts
such as pointer etc., reset of parts in
internal circuit such as capacitor etc.,
and the value at which all of these parts
complete their resetting operation is
regarded as reset time. If timer is used
for a pause time shorter than specified
reset time, the operation time expires
earlier than preset, unexpected instan-
taneous operation takes place or the
operation is failed, thus making it impos-
• Minimum Power Application Time
It means the minimum time during which
power must be supplied in order to oper-
ate timer normally, in the case of power
supply off-delay timer.
• Fluctuation of Operating Time
It means the irregularity in operating time
caused when timer is set at specified
time and the operation is repeated under
the same conditions. It is also referred
to as repetitive error.
• Voltage Error
It means the difference between the
operating time at the rated voltage and
that within the allowable voltage range.
• Temperature Error
It means the difference between the
operating time at the temperature of
20±2°C and that within the allowable
temperature range.
• Set Error
It means the difference between the set
time and the time which actually elapses.
It is also referred to as setting error.
The set error of an analog timer is the
rate to the full-scale value. If the set error
is ±5%, it becomes equivalent to an error
of maximum ±5 hours on the assump-
tion that 100 hours is set in the range of
100 hours. The error produced when 10
hours is set is also equivalent to an error
of maximum ±5 hours. As far as the set
error is concerned, digital timer is by far
exact. Select a digital timer for the case
when accuracy is required.
When using an analog type multi-range
timer for setting of long time, the setting
procedure stated as follows minimizes
the error. For example, if you want to set
8 hours in the range of 10 hours, first set
the pointer to such a graduation where
the actual operating time should become
as close to 8 seconds as possible in the
range of 10 seconds. Then, reset the
range to 10 hours, leaving the pointer set
at the graduation as it is.
• Star ( )/Delta (g) Operation
T h i s operation controls the time in
the star connection used for star-delta
starting which is conducted for starting
a cage induction motor and the time for
switching the star connection over to
delta connection.
sible to expect the normal operation.
Therefore, be sure to set the timer pause
time longer than the specified reset time.
General Information
Timers
9
TIMER-RELATED TERMINOLOGY
• Pause Time Error
It means the difference between the operating time to a fixed pause time and the operating time to a pause time that varies.
The pause time characteristics are the main characteristics of CR timer (timer exploiting charge and discharge of capacitor C and
resistance R).
If the oscillation count timer (timer which comprises an oscillation circuit composed of CR and quartz and is operated by a counting
circuit inside IC or micro-computer which counts the reference signal) is used, the pause time error becomes almost negligible owing
to its principles of operation. Accordingly, the description about these characteristics may be omitted for the oscillation count timer.
• Equation for Each Error and Measurement Conditions
The operation time shall be measured, in principle, for retention time of 0.5 second and halt time of 1 second.
The measurement shall be repeated five times except for the initial test. The equation for each error and the measurement condi-
tions are shown in the table below:
Note 1: For digital timers, the set value Ts shall be optional.
Note 2: If no question arises from evaluation results, 13-35°C is acceptable.
Note 3: The measurement may be performed in other specified voltage ranges.
Note 4: The measurement may be performed in other specified temperature ranges.
TM: Average of measured values for operation time
Ts: Set value
TMs: Full-scale value. For digital timers, any arbitrary scale-value may be used.
Tmax: Maximum of measured values for operation time
Tmin: Minimum of measured values for operation time
TMx1: Average of operation time at such voltage as maximizes deviation from TM in allowable voltage range.
TMx2: Average of operation time at such temperature as maximizes deviation from TM in allowable temperature range.
TMx3: Average of operation time at such pause time (in the range from the specified reset time to 1 hour) as maximizes deviation from TM.
• Functional Vibration Resistance
Means such a vibration as occurs in the
range where the contact closed with
that vibration during the use of the timer
remains closed for the specified time (3
or 1 msec.) minimum.
• Destructive Vibration Resistance
Means such a vibration as occurs in the
range where no part is damage with that
vibration during the transportation or use
of the timer and the operation character-
istics are maintained.
• Functional Shock Resistance
Means such a shock as occurs in the
range where the contact closed with
that shock during the use of the timer
remains closed for the specified time
(1 ms) minimum.
• Destructive Shock Resistance
Means such a shock as occurs in the
range where no part is damaged with
that shock during the transportation or
use of the timer and the operation char-
acteristics are maintained.
• Mechanical life
Means the durability that is achieved
when the control output is performed in
the no-load state.
• Electrical life
Means the durability that is achieved
when the specified voltage and current
loads are individually applied to the con-
trol output while being turned ON and
OFF. Generally, the life of the timer is
represented by the number of times the
control output is performed. When a
load is connected to the control output,
the term of „electrical life“ is used. When
no load is connected to the control out-
put, the term of „mechanical life“ is used.
The electrical life is shorter than the
mechanical life, and becomes longer as
the load decreases. The life of the timer
is made longer by connecting a relay or
a similar part rather than directly switch-
ing a large load with the control output.
• Rated power consumption
Means the power that is consumed when
the rated operation voltage is applied to
the power circuit.
(Rated power consumption = rated volt-
agexcurrent consumption)
• Rated control capacity
Means the reference value that is used
to determine the performance of the
switching part of the load. This value is
represented by the combination of volt-
age and current.
• Contact resistance
Means the combined resistance that con-
sists of the contact resistance between
contacts, and the conductor resistance of
pins and contact springs.
• Insulation resistance
Means the resistance between a contact
or a conductive pin like the pin to which
the operation voltage is applied, and
a dead pin or a non-conductive metal-
lic part like the time case, the base,
or a retaining screw; or the resistance
between contacts.
• Withstand voltage
Means the limit value that does not
cause breakdown when high voltage is
applied for one minute to the same loca-
tion as measured for insulation resist-
ance. The detectable leak current is nor-
mally 10 mA. In special cases, however,
it may be 1mA or 3 mA.
• Withstand surge voltage
Means the limit value that shows the
durability against momentary abnor-
mal voltage resulting from lightning or
switching a conductive load. The surge
waveform is represented by the standard
impulsive voltage waveform at ±(1.2x50)
µs or ±(1x40) µs.
Item Equation Measurement conditions
Set value Ts (Note 1) Supply voltage Ambient temperature
Full-scale value
± —x———————x100 (%)
(1) Fluctuation in
operation time Rated voltage
20±2°C 68±36°F
(Note 2)
——————x100 (%)
(2) Voltage error
Fluctuation range of
allowable voltage of
power supply (Note 3)
——————x100 (%)
(3) Temperature
error
Rated voltage
–10 to 50°C +14 to 122°F
(Note 4)
1/3 or more of
full-scale value
——————x100 (%)
(4) Set error
20±2°C 68±36°F
(Note 2)
Full-scale value
——————x100 (%)
(5) Pause time
error
TMx1 – TM
TMs
Tmax. – Tmin.
TMs
1
2
TMx2 – TM
TMs
TMx3 – TM
TMs
TM – Ts
TMs
General Information
Timers
10
ON-DELAY TIMER BASIC CIRCUIT
1. Delay Operation (Instantaneous
input)
When control switch A is pressed, timer
T starts immediately and after t-time
elapses, load L is turned ON. When B
is pressed, timer T is reset and load L is
turned OFF.
4. Fixed Time Operation (Continuous
input)
When switch A is closed, load L is turned
ON and after t-time elapses, the load is
turned OFF. When switch A is opened,
timer T is reset and load L is turned OFF.
5. Delay Reset Operation
When contact A is reversed, load L is
immediately turned ON. When contact
A is returned to normal state, load L is
turned OFF after t-time elapses.
This circuit is used when the power sup-
ply is kept ON at all times or used for off-
delay-like application.
However, it can not be used as off-delay
timer at the time of power failure.
6. Fixed Time Operation after Delay
Time is Set (Instantaneous input)
When control switch A is pressed, load L
is turned ON after t1-time elapses, and
load L is turned OFF after t2-time elapses.
This circuit is used for the case of instan-
taneous input (one pulse).
3. Fixed Time Operation
(Instantaneous input)
When control switch A is pressed, load
L is immediately turned ON, and after t-
time elapses, load L is turned OFF.
2. Delay Operation (Continuous input)
When switch A is pressed, after t-time
elapsed, the timer contact closes and
load L is turned ON. When switch A is
opened, the timer is reset and the load is
turned OFF.
Holding switch
Relay
Timer
Load
Timer in work
L
R
T
Timer instantaneous NO contact
Timer instantaneous NC contact
Timer delay NO contact
Timer delay NC contact
Relay NC contact
Self-resetting switch
(Symbols)
Relay NO contact
OFF
L
TON
A
ON
T
R T
t
OFF
OFF
T
LT
ON
L
ARAT
w/instantaneous contact)
(In the case of timer
OFF
OFF
T1T2L
1
T2T
1
AT
ON
L
t1
T2
T1
ON
AOFF
t2
ON
R
T2
A
T1T2
T
R
1
L
w/instantaneous contact)
(In the case of timer
ON
LOFF
(In the case of timer
OFF
T
B
A
ON
B
R T
A
tON
ON
OFF
OFF
L
T
B
TR A
L
T T
w/instantaneous contact)
OFF
L
T
T
A
ON
ON
A
L
tON
OFF
OFF
T
L
A
T
t
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
T
A
L
T
A
T
L
ON
T
ON
A
OFF
t
OFF
R
T
L
R R
7. Fixed Time Operation after Delay
Time is Set (Continuous input)
When switch A is pressed, load L is
turned ON after t1-time elapses and load
L is turned OFF after t2-time elapses.
8. Repetitive Operation
When switch A is pressed, load L is
turned ON after t1-time elapses and load
L is turned OFF after t2-time elapses,
and thereafter the t1 and t2 operations
are repeated. This repetitive operation
stops when switch A is turned OFF.
A
ON
ON
T
T
L
2
1
t1
OFF
t2ON
ON
T1T2
A
L
T2
T1
ON
t
T
T
L
2
1
OFF
2t2
ON
OFF
R
A
ON
t1
TL
1
R1
A
1
t
1T2R2
OFF
R2T1
T2
R2
General Information
Timers
11
GENERAL APPLICATION GUIDELINES
Cautions for circuits
1. Protective circuit for timer contact
In the circuit that switches an inductive load, a contact failure may occur at a contact point due to surge or inrush current resulting
from that switching. Therefore, it is recommended that the following protective circuit be used to protect the contact point.
2. Type of Load and Inrush Current
The type of load and its inrush current
characteristics, together with the switch-
ing frequency are important factors which
cause contact welding. Particularly for
loads with inrush currents, measure the
steady state current and inrush current
and use a relay or magnet switch which
provides an ample margin of safety.
The table below shows the relationship
between typical loads and their inrush
currents.
(e.g., sensor)
Timer
Timer
AC power supply
(e.g., sensor)
Input device
Insulation transformer
Timer
Insulation transformer
(Fig. B) Bad example
AC power supply
(Fig. A) Good example
AC power supply
Input device
(+)
(–)
(–)
Input device
(e.g., sensor)
Alternative
current flow
Single coil transformer
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(–)
(–)
When you want large load and long life
of the timer, do not control the load direct
with a timer. When the timer is designed
to use a relay or a magnet switch, you
can acquire the longer life of the timer.
3. Connection of input
The PM4H and LT4H series use power
supply without a transformer (power and
input terminals are not insulated). In
connecting various kinds of input sig-
nals, therefore, use a power transformer
in which the primary side is separated
from the ungrounded secondary side as
shown in Fig. A, for the power supply for
a sensor and other input devices so that
short-circuiting can be prevented.
Do not use a single coil transformer (e.g.,
Sly-Duck). Otherwise, the internal circuit
of the timer will be short-circuited as
shown in Fig. B resulting in breakdown.
4. Long Continuous Current Flow
Long continuous current flow through
the timer (approx. one month or longer)
cause generation of heat internally,
which degrade the electronic parts. Use
the timer in combination with a relay
and avoid long continuous current flow
through the timer.
(1) When using contact output
(2) When using non-contact output
RT
R T R
T
R
R RT
RT
R
Timer
Timer
R
Operating voltage
C
T
Operating voltage
(Fig. B)
(Fig. A)
R C T
Leak current
5. Leakage current
1) For connecting and disconnecting
operating voltage to the timer, a circuit
should be used, which will prevent the
flow of leakage current. For example, a
circuit for contact protection as shown
in Fig A. will permit leakage current flow
through R and C, causing erroneous
operation of the timer. Instead, the cir-
cuit shown in Fig. B should be used.
Type of load Inrush current
Resistive load Steady state current
Solenoid load 10 to 20 times the steady state current
Motor load 5 to 10 times the steady state current
Incandescent lamp load 10 to 15 times the steady state current
Mercury lamp load 1 to 3 times the steady state current
Sodium vapor lamp load 1 to 3 times the steady state current
Capacitive load 20 to 40 times the steady state current
Transformer load 5 to 15 times the steady state current
CR circuit (r: resistor c: capacitor)
(see note.) Available Not available Available
Circuit
Application
Features/Notes
Device Selection
AC
Available
If the load is a relay or solenoid, the release time lengthens.
Effective when connected to both contacts if the power supply voltage is
24 or 48 V and the voltage across the load is 100 to 200 V.
If the load is a timer, leakage current
flows through the CR circuit causing
faulty operation.
Note: If used with AC voltage, be sure
the impedance of the load is sufficiently
smaller than that of the c and r.
As a guide in selecting r and c,
c: 0.5 to 1 mF per 1 A contact current
r: 0.5 to 1 W per 1 V contact voltage
Values vary depending on the properties of the load and variations in timer charac-
teristics.
Capacitor c acts to suppress the discharge the moment the contacts open. Resistor r
acts to limit the current when the power is turned on the next time. Test to confirm.
Use a capacitor with a breakdown voltage of 200 to 300 V. Use AC type capacitors
(non-polarized) for AC circuits.
—
The diode connected in parallel
causes the energy stored in the coil
to flow to the coil in the form of cur
-
rent and dissipates it as joule heat
at the resistance component of the
inductive load.
This circuit further delays the release
time compared to the CR circuit.
(2 to 5 times the release time listed in
the catalog)
Use a diode with a reverse break-
down voltage at least 10 times the
circuit voltage and a forward cur-
rent at least as large as the load
current.
In electronic circuits where the
circuit voltages reverse breakdown
voltage of about 2 to 3 times the
power supply voltage.
Using the rated voltage charac-
teristics of the varistor, this circuit
prevents excessively high voltages
from being applied across the
contacts. This circuit also slightly
delays the release time.
—
Available Available AvailableDC
Diode circuit Varistor circuit
r c
Timer contact
Inductive load
c
r
Inductive load
Timer contact
Diode
Inductive load
Timer contact
ZNR varistor
Timer contact
Inductive load
General Information
Timers
12
GENERAL APPLICATION GUIDELINES
2) If the timer is directly switched with a
non-contact element, leak current may
flow into the timer and cause it to mal-
function.
6. Power off time
If the operation voltage for the timer is
turned ON after the limit time operation
is completed or before the limit time
is reached, the Power off time longer
than the timer restoration time must be
secured.
7. Suicide circuit
If the timer is restored immediately after
the specified time is reached, the circuit
must be configured so that the restora-
tion time of the timer can be secured
sufficiently.
If the power circuit for the timer is turned
OFF with the timer contact, a suicide
circuit may be configured (Fig. A). In
order to settle the problem with this
potential suicide circuit, the circuit must
be designed so that the timer is turned
OFF after the self-retention circuit is
completely released (Fig. B).
the following cases require careful atten-
tion:
(1) If an AC load is switched in synchro-
nized phases:
Locking or welding is liable to occur due
to contact transposition. Check this with
the actual system.
(2)If a load is switched very frequently:
If a load which generates arcs when a
contact is switched is turned ON and
OFF very frequently, nitrogen and oxy-
gen in air are combined due to arc ener-
gy and then HNO3 is produced. This
may corrode metallic materials.
The effective countermeasures include:
1. Using an arc-extinguishing circuit;
2. Decreasing the switching frequency;
and
3. Decreasing the humidity in the ambi-
ent atmosphere.
R
(Fig. A)
R T
T
A
(Fig. B)
TR
T
A
R
8. Electrical life
The electrical life varies depending on
the load type, the switching phase, and
the ambient atmosphere. In particular,
Cautions for use
(common for all models)
1. Pin connections
Correctly connect the pins while seeing
the terminal layout/wiring diagram. In
particular, the DC type, which has polari-
ties, does not operate with the polarities
connected reverse. Any incorrect con-
nection can cause abnormal heating or
ignition.
2. Connection to operation power supply
1) Supply voltage must be applied at a
time through a switch, a relay, and other
parts. If the voltage is applied gradu-
ally, the specified time may be reached
regardless of its value or the power sup-
ply may not be reset.
2) The operation voltage for the DC type
must be at the specified ripple percent-
age or less. The average voltage must
fall within the allowable operation voltage
range.
Note: Refer to the ripple percentage of each timer.
3) Make sure that no induced voltage
and residual voltage are applied between
the power pins on the timer after the
power switch is turned OFF.
(If the power line is wired in parallel with
the high-voltage and motor lines, induced
voltage may be produced between the
power pins.)
3. Control output
1) The load for the control output must
be used within the load capacity speci-
fied in the rated control capacity. If it is
used exceeding the rated value, the life
is greatly shortened.
4. Installing the timer
1) To install the timer, use the dedicated
pin bracket or socket (cap). Avoid con-
necting the pins on the timer by directly
soldering them.
2) In order to maintain the character-
istics, do not remove the timer cover
(case).
5. Superimposed surge of power sup-
ply
For the superimposed surge of power
supply, the standard waveform
(±1.2x50µs or ±1x40µs) is taken as the
standard value for surge-proof voltage.
(The positive and negative voltages are
applied each three or five times between
the power pins.)
For the standard values for the PM4H,
LT4H and S1DX type timers, see the
respective items in „Cautions for use.“
If external surge occurs exceeding the
specified value, the internal circuit may
break down. In this case, use a surge
absorption element. The typical surge
absorption elements include a varis-
tor, a capacitor, and a diode. If a surge
absorption element is used, use an oscil-
loscope to see whether or not the foreign
surge exceeding the specified value
appears.
6. Changing the set time
Do not change the set time when the
limit time operation is in progress.
However, this is possible only with the
motor-driven type timer if the set time
is shorter than the remaining time. For
changing the set time on the digital timer
(LT4H series), see the relevant item in
„Cautions for use.“
L1
L2
Bad example
L1 2
L
Good example
0
01.2
50
30
50
Time
Crest value
100
90
(ms)
Crest value (%)
• Single-pole, full-wave voltage for surge
waveform [±(1.2x50) µs]
30
00 1 40
Time
100
50
90
Crest value
(ms)
Crest value (%)
• Single-pole, full-wave voltage for surge
waveform [±(1x40) µs]
• PMH [±(1x40) µs]
Voltage type Surge voltage
AC type (Except for 24V AC) 4,000V
12V DC, 24V DC, 24V AC 500V
48V DC 1,000V
100 to 110V DC 2,000V
Rectification type Ripple percentage
Single-phase, full-wave Approx. 48%
Three-phase, full-wave Approx. 4%
Three-phase, half-wave Approx. 17%
2) The following connection might result
in short circuit between the heteropolar
contacts in the timer.
General Information
Timers
13
GENERAL APPLICATION GUIDELINES
7. Operating environment
1) Use the timer within the ambient tem-
perature range from –10°C to +50°C
+14°F to +122°F (+55°C +131°F for the
LT4H series) and at ambient humidity of
85% RH maximum.
2) Avoid using the timer in a location
where inflammable or corrosive gas is
generated, the timer is exposed to much
dust and other foreign matter water or oil
is splashed on the timer or vibrations or
shocks are given to the timer.
3) The timer cover (case), the knobs, and
the dials are made of polycarbonated
resin. Therefore, prevent the timer from
being exposed to organic solvents such
as methyl alcohol, benzine, and thinner,
strong acid substances such as caustic
soda, and ammonia and avoid using the
timer in atmosphere containing any of
those substances.
4) If the timer is used where noises are
emitted frequently, separate the input
signal elements (such as a sensor), the
wiring for the input signal line, and the
timer as far as possible from the noise
source and the high power line contain-
ing noises.
8. Checking the actual load
In order to increase the reliability in the
actual use, check the quality of the timer
in the actual usage.
9. Others
1) If the timer is used exceeding the
ratings (operation voltage and control
capacity), the contact life, or any other
specified limit, abnormal heat, smoke, or
ignition may occur.
2) If any malfunction of the timer is
likely to affect human life and properties,
give allowance to the rated values and
performance values. In addition, take
appropriate safety measures such as a
duplex circuit from the viewpoint of pro-
duct liabilities.
General Information
Timers
14
LT4H
DIN 48 SIZE
DIGITAL TIMER LT4H
Features
• Bright and Easy-to-Read Display
A brand new bright 2-color back light
LCD display. The easy-to-read screen
in any location makes checking and
setting procedures a cinch.
• Simple Operation
Seesaw buttons make operating the
unit even easier than before.
• Short Body of only 64.5 mm 2.539
inch (screw terminal type) or 70.1
mm 2.760 inch (pin type)
With a short body, it is easy to install in
even narrow control panels.
• Conforms to IP66’s Weather
Resistant Standards
The water-proof panel keeps out water
and dirt for reliable operation even in
poor environments.
• Screw terminal (M3.5) and Pin Types
are Both Standard Options
The two terminal types are standard
options to support either front panel
installation or embedded installation.
• Changeable Panel Cover
Also offers a black panel cover to meet
your design considerations.
• Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE.
48
1.890
48
1.890
64.5
2.539
Pin type Screw terminal type
UL File No.: E122222
C-UL File No.: E122222
mm inch
* A rubber gasket (ATC18002) and a mounting frame (AT8-DA4) are included.
Time range Operating mode Output Operating voltage Power down insurance Terminal type Part number
9.999 s (0.001 s~)
99.99 s (0.01 s~)
999.9 s (0.1 s~)
9999 s (1 s~)
99 min 59 s (1 s~)
999.9 min (0.1 min~)
99 h 59 min (1 min~)
999.9 h (0.1 h~)
Power ON delay (1)
Power ON delay (2)
Signal ON delay
Signal OFF delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse ON-delay
Signal Flicker
Totalizing ON-delay
(8 modes)
Relay
(1 c)
Transistor
(1 a)
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
12 to 24 V DC
Available
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
LT4H-AC240V
8 pins LT4H8-AC240V
LT4H-AC240VS
LT4H-AC24V
8 pins LT4H8-AC24V
LT4H-AC24VS
LT4HT-AC240V
8 pins LT4HT8-AC240V
LT4HT-AC240VS
LT4HT-AC24V
8 pins LT4HT8-AC24V
LT4HT-AC24VS
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
LT4H-DC24V
8 pins LT4H8-DC24V
LT4H-DC24VS
LT4HT-DC24V
8 pins LT4HT8-DC24V
LT4HT-DC24VS
Product types
Part names
DOWN
UP
LOCK
RESET
smh
LOCK
RST
OP.
LT4H
TIMER
Time delay indicator
Elapsed time display
Set time display
Time units display
Up keys
Down keys
Controlled output indicator
Reset indicator
Lock indicator
Reset switch
Lock switch
(Countdown time display)
ON
87654321
DIP switches
(Same for screw terminal type and 8-pin type)
15
LT4H
Type
Item
Relay output type
AC type AC/DC type
100 to 240 V AC, 24 V AC,
24 V AC/DC
50/60 Hz common
Max. 10 V A
5 A, 250 V AC (resistive load)
9.999 s, 99.99 s, 999.9 s, 9999 s, 99 min 59 s, 999.9 min, 99 h 59 min, 999.9 h (selected by DIP switch)
Addition (UP)/Subtraction (DOWN)
(2 directions selectable by DIP switch)
A (Power ON delay 1), A2 (Power ON delay 2), B (Signal ON delay), C (Signal OFF delay), D (Pulse one-shot),
E (Pulse ON delay), F (Signal Flicker), G (Totalizing ON delay) (selectable by DIP switch)
Min. input signal width: 1 ms, 20 ms (2 directions by selected by DIP switch) (The 8-pin type does not have a stop input.)
Min. input signal width: 20 ms (The 8-pin type does not have a lock input.)
Open collector input Input impedance: Max. 1 kW; Residual voltage: Max. 2 V
Open impedance: 100kW or less, Max. energized voltage: 40V DC
7-segment LCD (LT4H, LT4H-L common), Elapsed value (backlight red LED), Setting value (backlight yellow LED)
EEP-ROM (Min. 105 overwriting)
± (0.005 % + 50 ms) in case of power on start
± (0.005 % + 20 ms) in case of input signal start
Operating voltage: 85 to 110%
Temperature: –10 to +55°C +14 to +131°F
Min. input signal width: 1ms
Timed-out 1 Form C
100 mW (at 1 A 6 V DC)
Ag alloy/Au flash
Min. 2x107 ope. (Except for switch operation parts)
1.0x105 ope. (At rated control voltage)
85 to 110 % of rated operating voltage
2,000 Vrms for 1 min: Between live and dead metal parts (Pin type)
2,000 Vrms for 1 min: Between input and output
2,000 Vrms for 1 min: Between live and dead metal parts (11-pin)
2,000 Vrms for 1 min: Between input and output
1,000 Vrms for 1 min: Between contacts
Between live and dead metal parts
Min. 100 MW: Between input and output (At 500V DC)
Between contacts
Min. 100 MW: Between live and dead metal parts
Between input and output (At 500V DC)
Max. 0.5 s
10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/min single amplitude of 0.35 mm .014 inch (10 min on 3 axes)
10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/min single amplitude of 0.75 mm .030 inch (1 h on 3 axes)
Timed-out 1 Form A (Open collector)
—
—
—
Min. 107 ope. (At rated control voltage)
12 to 24 V DC
—
Max. 3 W
100 to 240 V AC, 24 V AC,
24 V AC/DC
50/60 Hz common
Max. 10 V A
100 mA, 30 V DC
12 to 24 V DC
—
Max. 3 W
DC type
Transistor output type
AC type AC/DC type DC type
Rating
Time
accuracy
(max.)
Contact
Life
Electrical
Mechanical
Operating
conditions
Rated operating voltage
Rated frequency
Rated power consumption
Rated control capacity
Time range
Time counting direction
Operation mode
Start/Reset/Stop input
Lock input
Input signal
Indication
Power failure memory
method
Operating time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Contact arrangement
Contact resistance (Initial value)
Contact material
Mechanical (contact)
Electrical (contact)
Allowable operating voltage range
Breakdown voltage
(Initial value)
Insulation resistance
(Initial value)
Operating voltage reset
time
Max. 65° C
(under the flow of nominal operating current at nominal voltage)
—
Temperature rise
Functional
Destructive
Vibration
resistance
Min. 98 m 321.522 ft./s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Min. 294 m 964.567 ft./s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
–10° C to 55° C +14° F to +131° F
Max. 85 % RH (non-condensing)
860 to 1,060 h Pa
—
8-pin/11-pin/screw terminal
IP66 (front panel with rubber gasket)
20 % or less — 20 % or less
Functional
Destructive
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Air pressure
Ripple rate
Connection
Protective construction
Shock
resistance
Specifications
[ ]
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61812-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
1 kV (signal line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Digital
Timers
16
LT4H
Dimensions
• LT4H digital timer
(units: mm inch)
Tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
• 8-pin type
Relay output type Transistor output type
Relay output type Transistor output type
• Screw terminal type
• Dimensions for embedded installation (with adapter installed)
•
Dimensions for front panel installations
•
Installation panel cut-out dimensions
The standard panel cut-out dimensions are shown
below. Use the mounting frame (AT8-DA4) and rub-
ber gasket (ATC18002).
• For connected installations
Note) 1: The installation panel thickness should be between 1
and 5 mm .039 and .197 inch.
Note) 2: For connected installations, the waterproofing ability
between the unit and installation panel is lost.
LT4H
TIMER
RESET
LOCK
UP
h m s
OP.
RST
LOCK
DOWN
M48
M1.890
5.5
.217 55.6
2.189 14.5
.571
7.5
.295
M44.5
M1.752
7.5
.295
5.5
.217 64.5
2.539
M44.5
M1.752
Screw terminal type
(Flush mount)
Screw terminal type Pin type
Pin type
(Flush mount/Surface mount)
LT4H
TIMER
RESET
LOCK
UP
DOWN
OP.
RST
LOCK h m s
Mounting frame
for flush mount
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
1
.039
M44.5
M1.752
Rubber gasket
ATC18002 (supplied)
Panel
63.5
2.500
48
1.890
66
2.598
50
1.969
48
1.890
LT4H
TIMER
UP
OP.
RST
LOCK
DOWN
LOCK
RESET
smh
Mounting frame
for flush mount
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
Panel
Rubber gasket
ATC18002 (supplied)
1
.039
11-pin type
(11p cap AT8-DP11
sold separately)
8-pin type
(8p cap AD8-RC
sold separately)
48
1.890 90
3.543
48
1.890 66
2.598
50
1.969
DIN rail terminal block
(8-pin type AT8-DF8K
sold separately)
(11-pin type AT8-DF11K
sold separately)
Device installation rail
AT8-DLA1
(sold separately)
95.5
(90.0)
3.760
(3.543) ( ) dimension is for 8-pin type.
80 min.
3.150
80 min.
3.150
45+0.6
01.772+.024
0
45+0.6
0
1.772+.024
0
A
A = (48 × n – 2.5) +0.6
0
45+0.6
0
1.772+.024
0
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating
voltage
–+
N.O.
N.C.
Start
Reset
Operating
voltage
–+
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Start
Reset
• 11-pin type
Relay output type Transistor output type
Operating
voltage
–+
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
–+
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
+–
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Operating
voltage
+–
54321
109876
Reset
Lock
Start
Stop
Note) For connecting the output leads of the transistor output type, refer to
5) Transistor output on page 26.
Digital
Timers
17
LT4H
Setting the operation mode, time range and time
Setting procedure 1) Setting the operation mode and time range
Set the operation mode and time range with the DIP switches on the side of the LT4H timer.
DIP switches
Setting procedure 2) Setting the time
Set the set time with the keys (UP and DOWN keys) on the front of the LT4H timer.
DIP switch
Item DIP switch No.
1 2 3
ON ON ON A: Power on delay 1
OFF OFF OFF A2: Power on delay 2
ON OFF OFF B: Signal on delay
OFF ON OFF C: Signal off delay
ON ON OFF D: Pulse One shot
OFF OFF ON E: Pulse On delay
ON OFF ON F: Signal Flicker
OFF ON ON G: Totalizing On delay
Table 1: Setting the operation mode
Table 2: Setting the time range
Operation mode
Operation mode Refer to table 1
1
2
3
Minimum input reset, start, and
stop signal width 20 ms 1 ms*4
Time delay direction Addition
Subtraction
5
Time range Refer to table 2
6
7
8
ONOFF
DIP switch No.
6 7 8
ON ON ON 0.001 s to 9.999 s
OFF OFF OFF 0.01 s to 99.99 s
ON OFF OFF 0.1 s to 999.9 s
OFF ON OFF 1 s to 9999 s
ON ON OFF 0 min 01 s to 99 min 59 s
OFF OFF ON 0.1 min to 999.9 min
ON OFF ON 0 h 01 min to 99 h 59 min
OFF ON ON 0.1 h to 999.9 h
Time range
Notes: 1) Set the DIP switches before installing the timer.
2) When the DIP SW setting is changed, turn off the power once.
3) The DIP switches are set as ON before shipping.
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIP switches
(Same for screw terminal type)
Q Elapsed time display
W Set time display
E Time delay indicator
R Controlled output indicator
T Reset indicator
Y Lock indicator
U Time units display
I UP keys
Changes the corresponding digit of
the set time in the addition direction
(upwards)
O DOWN keys
Changes the corresponding digit of
the set time in the subtraction direction
(downwards)
P RESET switch
Resets the elapsed time and the output
{ LOCK switch
Locks the operation of all keys on the unit
9
8
7
2
3
4
5
6
11
10
DOWN
UP
LOCK
RESET
sm
1
h
LOCK
RST
OP.
TIMER
LT4H
• Changing the set time
1. It is possible to change the set
time with the up and down keys even
during time delay with the timer.
However, be aware of the following
points.
1) If the set time is changed to less than
the elapsed time with the time delay set
to the addition direction, time delay will
continue until the elapsed time reaches
full scale, returns to zero, and then
reaches the new set time. If the set time
is changed to a time above the elapsed
time, the time delay will continue until the
elapsed time reaches the new set time.
2) If the time delay is set to the subtrac-
tion direction, time delay will continue
until “0” regardless of the new set time.
2. If the set time is changed to “0,” the
unit will operate differently depending
on the operation mode.
1) If the operation mode is set to A
(power on delay 1) or A2 (power on
delay 2), the output will turn on when
the power supply is turned on. However,
the output will be off while reset is being
input.
2) In the other modes, the output turns
on when the start is input. When the
operation mode is C (signal off delay),
D (Pulse one shot), or F (Signal flicker),
only when the start input is on does the
output turn on. Also, when the reset is
being input, the output is off.
Front display section
* The 8-pin type does not have the stop input, so that the dip
switch can be changed over between reset and start inputs.
The signal range of the lock input is fixed (minimum 20 ms).
• Power failure memory
The EEPROM is used for power failure memory. It has a life of Min. 105 over-writings.
The EEPROM is overwriting with the following timing.
* Be aware that the contents of EEPROM for all modes will be overwritten when power is turned OFF during input to external lock terminals R to E and 7 to 6.
Such an action does not exist by doing lock operation from the front.
Output mode Overwrite timing
Power ON delay (2) A2 When power is OFF
Addition G Change of preset value or start, reset input
When power is OFF after being ON
Other modes When power is OFF after changing preset value
Digital
Timers
18
LT4H
Operation mode T: Set time t1, t2, t3, ta<T
Operation type
Power on delay (1)
Explanation Time chart
• Set the operation mode
section of the DIP switches
(no.’s 1, 2, and 3) on the
side of the timer as shown.
• Clears elapsed time value and starts time
delay at power ON.
• After timer completion, stops at the display of
the set value (addition), or stops at “0” (sub-
traction).
• Ignores start input.
• Stops delay time operation at stop ON.
Restarts delay time operation at stop OFF.
A
Power on delay (2)
A2
Signal on delay
B
Signal off delay
C
Stop
Reset
Output
Power supply
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
T t1 t2 t1+t2=T
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
T t1 t2 t1+t2=T
Stop
Reset
Output
Power supply
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Tt1 t2 t1+t2=T
Stop
Start
Reset
Output
Power supply
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Tta tb t
T>ta+tb T>t
Stop
Start
Reset
Output
Power supply
1 2 3
ON ON ON
• Set the operation mode
section of the DIP switches
(no.’s 1, 2, and 3) on the
side of the timer as shown.
• Elapsed time value does not clear at power
ON. (power outage countermeasure function)
• The output remains ON even after the power
is cut and restarted.
• After timer completion, stops at the display of
the set value (addition), or stops at “0” (sub-
traction).
• Ignores start input.
• Stops delay time operation at stop ON.
Restarts delay time operation at stop OFF.
1 2 3
OFF OFF OFF
• Set the operation mode
section of the DIP switches
(no.’s 1, 2, and 3) on the
side of the timer as shown.
• Clears elapsed time value at power ON.
• Time delay starts at start ON and elapsed
time value or output resets at start OFF.
• Instantaneous time delay start at reset OFF
and power ON while start is ON.
• Stops delay time operation at stop ON.
Restarts delay time operation at stop OFF.
• In order to have the time delay start at power
ON or reset at power OFF, short out the start
input beforehand.
1 2 3
ON OFF OFF
• Set the operation mode
section of the DIP switches
(no.’s 1, 2, and 3) on the
side of the timer as shown.
• Clears elapsed time value at power ON.
• Output control ON at start ON and time delay
start at start OFF.
• Elapsed time value clears when start goes ON
again during time delay.
• Stops delay time operation at stop ON.
Restarts delay time operation at stop OFF.
1 2 3
OFF ON OFF
Notes: 1) Each signal input (start, reset, stop, and lock) is applied by shorting their input terminal to the common terminal (terminal Q for the 8-pin type, terminal E for
the 11-pin type, and terminal for the screw terminal type).
2) The 8-pin type does not have a stop input or lock input.
Digital
Timers
19
LT4H
Operation type
Pulse One-shot
Explanation Time chart
• Set the operation mode
section of the DIP switches
(no.’s 1, 2, and 3) on the
side of the timer as shown.
• Clears elapsed time value at power ON.
• Time delay starts and output control ON at
start ON.
• Turns output control OFF and clears elapsed
time value at time-up.
• Ignores start input during time delay.
• Stops delay time operation at stop ON.
Restarts delay time operation at stop OFF.
• In order to have the time delay start at power
ON or reset at power OFF, short out the start
input beforehand.
D
Pulse On delay
E
Signal Flicker
F
Totalizing On delay
G
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
T T t1 t2
ta
T=t1+t2
T>ta
t
Stop
Start
Reset
Output
Power supply
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
T t2
T=t1+t2
T Tt1
Stop
Start
Reset
Output
Power supply
T>ta
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
t1 t1
T=t1+t2 T=t1+t2
tat2 t2
T
T T
Stop
Start
Reset
Output
Power supply
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Tt1 t2 t3 ta
T=t1+t2+t3 T>ta
Stop
Start
Reset
Output
Power supply
123
ON ON OFF
• Set the operation mode
section of the DIP switches
(no.’s 1, 2, and 3) on the
side of the timer as shown.
• Clears elapsed time value at power ON.
• Time delay starts at start ON.
• Ignores start input during time delay.
• Stops delay time operation at stop ON.
Restarts delay time operation at stop OFF.
• In order to have the time delay start at power
ON or reset at power OFF, short out the start
input beforehand.
123
OFF OFF ON
• Set the operation mode
section of the DIP switches
(no.’s 1, 2, and 3) on the
side of the timer as shown.
• Clears elapsed time value at power ON.
• Time delay starts at start ON.
• Ignores start input during time delay.
• Output control reverses, elapsed time value
clears, and timer delay starts at timer comple-
tion.
• Stops delay time operation at stop ON.
Restarts delay time operation at stop OFF.
• In order to have the time delay start at power
ON or reset at power OFF, short out the start
input beforehand.
123
ON OFF ON
• Set the operation mode
section of the DIP switches
(no.’s 1, 2, and 3) on the
side of the timer as shown.
• Elapsed time value does not clear at power
ON. (power outage countermeasure function)
• The output remains ON even after the power
is off and restarted.
• Stops delay time operation at stop ON.
Restarts delay time operation at stop OFF.
123
OFF ON ON
Notes: 1) Each signal input (start, reset, stop, and lock) is applied by shorting their input terminal to the common terminal (terminal Q for the 8-pin type, terminal E for
the 11-pin type, and ter- minal 6 for the screw terminal type).
2) The 8-pin type does not have a stop input or lock input.
6
Digital
Timers
20
LT4H-W
Features
• Wide time range
The operation time range covers from
0.01 sec. to 9999 hours.
The individual setting can be performed
on each of 1 and 2 timers.
99.99s 99min59s 99h59min
999.9s 999.9min 999.9h
9999s 9999h
• Bright and Easy-to-Read Display
A brand new bright 2-color back light
LCD display. The easy-to-read screen
in any location makes checking and
setting procedures a cinch.
• Simple Operation
Seesaw buttons make operating the
unit even easier than before.
• Short Body of only 64.5 mm 2.539
inch (screw terminal type) or 70.1
mm 2.760 inch (pin type)
With a short body, it is easy to install in
even narrow control panels.
• Conforms to IP66’s Weather
Resistant Standards
The water-proof panel keeps out water
and dirt for reliable operation even in
poor environments.
• Screw terminal (M3.5) and Pin Types
are Both Standard Options
The two terminal types are standard
options to support either front panel
installation or embedded installation.
• Changeable Panel Cover
Also offers a black panel cover to meet
your design considerations.
• Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE.
48
1.890
48
1.890
64.5
2.539
8-pin type 11-pin type Screw terminal
type
UL File No.: E122222
C-UL File No.: E122222
mm inch
Product types
Time range Operating mode Output Operating voltage Power down insurance Terminal type Part number
99.99s
999.9s
9999s
99min59s
999.9min
99h59min
999.9h
9999h
Pulse input:
• Delayed one shot
• OFF-start flicker
• ON-start flicker
Integrating input:
• Delayed one shot
• OFF-start flicker
• ON-start flicker
Relay
(1 c)
100 to 240 V AC
Available
8 pins LT4HW8-AC240V
11 pins LT4HW-AC240V
Screw terminal LT4HW-AC240VS
24 V AC
8 pins LT4HW8-AC24V
11 pins LT4HW-AC24V
Screw terminal LT4HW-AC24VS
12 to 24 V DC
8 pins LT4HW8-DC24V
11 pins LT4HW-DC24V
Screw terminal LT4HW-DC24VS
Transistor
(1 a)
100 to 240 V AC
8 pins LT4HWT8-AC240V
11 pins LT4HWT-AC240V
Screw terminal LT4HWT-AC240VS
24 V AC
8 pins LT4HWT8-AC24V
11 pins LT4HWT-AC24V
Screw terminal LT4HWT-AC24VS
12 to 24 V DC
8 pins LT4HWT8-DC24V
11 pins LT4HWT-DC24V
Screw terminal LT4HWT-DC24VS
* A rubber gasket (ATC18002) and a mounting frame (AT8-DA4) are included.
Part names
T2
T1
T2
DOWN
T1
UP
SET/LOCK
RESET
smh
LOCK
OP.
TIMER
LT4H-W
Fourth digit First digit
Controlled output indicator
Lock indicator
Reset switch
Set/Lock switch
T1/T2 Operation display
Display for change-over
Set time display
Time units display
Up keys
Down keys
(Subtraction elapsed
time display)
Elapsed time display
between T1/T2 settings
(Same for 8-pin and screw terminal type)
1
DIP switches
2345678
ON
DIN 48 SIZE
DIGITAL TIMER LT4H-W
Digital
Timers
21
LT4H-w
Specifications
Type
Item
Relay output type
AC type
100 to 240 V AC, 24 V AC
50/60 Hz common
Max. 10 V A
5 A, 250 V AC
99.99s, 999.9s, 9999s, 99min59s, 999.9min, 99h59min, 999.9h, 9999h (selected by DIP switch)
Addition (UP)/Subtraction (DOWN)
(2 directions selectable by DIP switch)
Pulse input: Delayed one shot, OFF-start flicker or ON-start flicker
Integrating input: Delayed one shot, OFF-start flicker or ON-start flicker
Min. input signal width: 1 ms, 20 ms (2 directions by selected by DIP switch) (The 8 pin type does not have a stop input.)
Min. input signal width: 20 ms (The 8-pin type does not have a lock input.)
Open collector input Input impedance: Max. 1 kW; Residual voltage: Max. 2V
Open impedance: 100 kW or less, Max. energized voltage: 40 V DC
7-segment LCD, Elapsed value (backlight red LED), Setting value (backlight yellow LED)
EEP-ROM (Min. 105 overwriting)
± (0.005% + 50 ms) in case of power on start
± (0.005% + 20 ms) in case of input signal start
Timed-out 1 Form C
100 mW (at 1 A 6 V DC)
Ag alloy/Au flash
Min. 2x107 ope. (Except for switch operation parts)
Min. 105 ope. (At rated control voltage)
85 to 110 % of rated operating voltage
2,000 Vrms for 1 min: Between live and dead metal parts (Pin type only)
2,000 Vrms for 1 min: Between input and output
2,000 Vrms for 1 min: Between live and dead metal parts (11-pin type only)
2,000 Vrms for 1 min: Between input and output
1,000 Vrms for 1 min: Between contacts
Between live and dead metal parts
Min. 100 MW: Between input and output (At 500V DC)
Between contacts
Min. 100 MW: Between live and dead metal parts
Between input and output (At 500V DC)
Max. 0.5 s
10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/ min single amplitude of 0.35 mm .014 inch (10 min on 3 axes)
10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/ min single amplitude of 0.75 mm .030 inch (1 h on 3 axes)
Timed-out 1 Form A (Open collector)
—
—
—
Min. 107 ope. (At rated control voltage)
12 to 24 V DC
—
Max. 3 W
100 to 240V AC, 24V AC
50/60 Hz common
Max. 10 V A
100 mA, 30 V DC
12 to 24 V DC
—
Max. 3 W
DC type
Transistor output type
AC type DC type
Rating
Time
accuracy
(max.)
Contact
Life
Electrical
Mechanical
Operating
conditions
Rated operating voltage
Rated frequency
Rated power consumption
Rated control capacity
Time range
Time counting direction
Operation mode
Start/Reset/Stop input
Lock input
Input signal
Indication
Power failure memory
method
Operating time fluctuation
Temperature error
Voltage error
Setting error
Contact arrangement
Contact resistance (Initial value)
Contact material
Mechanical (contact)
Electrical (contact)
Allowable operating voltage range
Breakdown voltage
(Initial value)
Insulation resistance
(Initial value)
Operating voltage reset
time
Max 65° C
(under the flow of nominal operating current at nominal voltage)
—
Temperature rise
Functional
Destructive
Vibration
resistance
Min. 98 m 321.522 ft./s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Min. 294 m 964.567 ft./s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
–10° C to 55° C +14° F to +131° F
Max. 85 % RH (non-condensing)
860 to 1,060 h Pa
—
8-pin/11-pin/screw terminal
IP66 (front panel with rubber gasket)
20 % or less — 20 % or less
Functional
Destructive
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Air pressure
Ripple rate
Connection
Protective construction
Shock
resistance
Operating voltage: 85% to 110%
Temperature: –10°C to +55°C +14°F to +131°F
Min. input signal width: 1ms
[ ]
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61812-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
1 kV (signal line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Digital
Timers
22
LT4H-W
Dimensions
• LT4H-W digital timer
(units: mm inch)
Tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
• Dimensions for flush mount (with adapter installed)
•
Dimensions for front panel installations
•
Installation panel cut-out dimensions
The standard panel cut-out dimensions are shown
below. Use the mounting frame (AT8-DA4) and rub-
ber gasket (ATC18002).
• For connected installations
Note) 1: The installation panel thickness should be between 1
and 5 mm .039 and .197 inch.
Note) 2: For connected installations, the waterproofing ability
between the unit and installation panel is lost.
LT4H-W
SET/LOCK
DOWN
T2
T1
LOCK
TIMER
RESET
T2
OP.
T1
m
UP
h s
48
1.890
44.5
1.752
44.5
1.752
7.5
.295
5.5 55.6 14.5
.217 2.189 .571
(Same for 8-pin type)
5.5 64.5
.217
2.539
7.5
.295
Screw terminal type
(Flush mount)
Screw terminal type Pin type
Pin type
(Flush mount/Surface mount)
UP
DOWN
SET/LOCK
RESET
TIMER
LOCK
T2
OP.
T1
T2
T1
mh s
LT4H-W
SET/LOCK
RESET
TIMER
T2
T2
LOCK
T1
OP.
T1
DOWN
UP
LT4H-W
mh s
Panel
Rubber gasket
ATC18002 (supplied)
48
1.890
48
1.890 48
1.890
1.890
50
1.969
1 63.5
2.500
66
2.598
50
1.969 66
2.598
1
44.5
1.752
Mounting frame
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
48
Rubber gasket
ATC18002 (supplied)
Panel
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
90
3.543
(11p cap AT8-DP11
sold separately)
(8p cap AD8-RC
sold separately)
11-pin type
8-pin type
for flush mount for flush mount
Mounting frame
( ) dimension is for 8-pin type.
(90.0)
95.5
(3.543)
3.760
AT8-DLA1
(sold separately)
Device installation rail
(11-pin type AT8-DF11K
sold separately)
DIN rail terminal block
(8-pin type AT8-DF8K
sold separately)
80min.
3.150min.
80min.
3.150min.
45 0
+0.6
1.772 0
+.024
45 0
+0.6
1.772 0
+.024
45 0
+0.6
1.772 0
+.024
A=(48 × n – 2.5)+0.6
0 A=(1.890 × n – .098)+.024
0
A
When n timers are continuously installed, the dimension
(A) is calculated according to the following formula (n:
the number of the timers to be installed):
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
• 8-Pin type
Relay output type Transistor output type Relay output type Transistor output type
• 11-Pin type
N.C.
N.O.
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
(–) (+)
Operating
voltage
Start
Reset
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
(–) (+)
Operating
voltage
Start
Reset
Operating
voltage
N.O.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
–+
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Operating
voltage
–+
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
Relay output type Transistor output type
• Screw terminal type
54321
109876
N.O.
N.C.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
+–
54321
109876
Reset
Start
Stop
Lock
Operating
voltage
+–
Note) For connecting the output leads of the transistor output type, refer to
5) Transistor output on page 26.
Digital
Timers
23
LT4H-W
Setting the operation mode and time range
Setting procedure 1) Setting the time range (Timer T1/Timer T2)
Set the time range with the DIP switches on the side of the LT4H-W timer.
Setting procedure 2) Setting the operation mode
Set the operation mode with the keys on the front of the LT4H-W timer.
DIP switch
Item
DIP switch No.
1 2 3
ON ON ON 0.01 s to 99.99 s
OFF OFF OFF 0.1 s to 999.9 s
ON OFF OFF 1 s to 9999 s
OFF ON OFF 0 min 01 s to 99 min 59 s
ON ON OFF 0.1 min to 999.9 min
OFF OFF ON 0 h 01 min to 99 h 59 min
ON OFF ON 0.1 h to 999.9 h
OFF ON ON 1 h to 9999 h
Table 1: Setting the time range (Timer T1)
Table 2: Setting the time range (Timer T2)
Time range
Time range
(Timer T1)Refer to table 1
1
2
3
Minimum input reset, start, and
stop signal width 20 ms 1 ms*4
Time delay direction Addition
Subtraction
5
Time range
(Timer T2)Refer to table 2
6
7
8
ONOFF
DIP switch No.
6 7 8
ON ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF ON
ON OFF ON
OFF ON ON
Time range
Notes: 1) Set the DIP switches before installing the timer.
2) When the DIP SW setting is changed, turn off the power once.
3) The DIP switches are set as ON before shipping.
* The 8-pin type does not have the stop input, so that the dip
switch can be changed over between reset and start inputs.
The signal range of the lock input is fixed (minimum 20 ms).
1 2 3
DIP switches
45678
ON
Q Elapsed time display
W Set time display
E T1/T2 operation indicator
R T1/T2 setting value
selectable indicator
T Controlled output
indicator
Y Lock indicator
U Time units display
I UP keys
Changes the corresponding digit of the set time in the addition direc-
tion (upwards)
O DOWN keys
Changes the corresponding digit of the set time in the subtraction
direction (downwards)
P RESET switch
Resets the elapsed time and the output
{ SET/LOCK switch
Changes over the display between T1/T2 settings, sets the operation
mode, checks the operation mode and locks the operation of each key
(such as up, down or reset key).
T2
T1
T2
DOWN
T1
UP
SET/LOCK
RESET
smh
LOCK
OP.
LT4H-W
TIMER
11
10
6
5
4
9
8
7
2
1
3
Fourth digit First digit
1) Setting or changing the operation mode
(1) When the UP or DOWN key at the first digit is pressed with the SET/LOCK
switch pressed, the mode is changed over to the setting mode.
(2) Now release the SET/LOCK switch.
(3) The operation mode in the setting mode is changed over sequentially in the left or right direction by pressing the UP or DOWN key at the first digit, respectively.
(4) The operational mode displayed at present is set by pressing the RESET switch, and the display returns to the normal condition.
2) Setting (changing) the time
(1) Pressing the SET/LOCK key switches the set value display between T1 and T2. Display the timer (T1 or T2) which is to be set (or changed).
(2) After displaying the timer (T1 or T2) which is to be set, press the UP or DOWN key to change the time.
• Checking the operation mode
When the UP or DOWN key at the second digit is pressed with the SET/LOCK switch pressed, the operational mode can be checked.
The display returns to the normal condition after indicating the operational mode for about two seconds. (While the display indicates the operational mode for about two
seconds, the other indicators continue to operate normally.)
• Setting the lock
When the UP or DOWN key at the fourth digit is pressed with the SET/LOCK switch pressed, all keys on the unit are locked.
The timer does not accept any of UP, DOWN and RESET keys.
To release the lock setting, press the UP or DOWN key at the fourth digit again with the set/lock switch pressed.
* Operational mode, adding and subtracting and minimum input signal range cannot be set at T1 and T2, respectively.
• Changing over the T1/T2 setting display
The T1/T2 setting display is changed over by pressing the SET/LOCK switch. (This operation gives no effect on the other operations. The set time and elapsed time
(residual time) at T1 are linked with those at T2.)
• Changing the set time
1) It is possible to change the set time with the UP and DOWN keys even during time delay with the timer. However, be aware of the following points.
(1) If the set time is changed to less than the elapsed time with the time delay set to the addition direction, time delay will continue until the elapsed time reaches full
scale, returns to zero, and then reaches the new set time. If the set time is changed to a time above the elapsed time, the time delay will continue until the elapsed
time reaches the new set time.
(2) If the time delay is set to the subtraction direction, time delay will continue until “0” regardless of the new set time.
2) When the set times at T1 and T2 are set to 0, the output becomes ON only while the start input is carried out. However, while the reset input is carried out, the output
becomes OFF.
Ex: Setting operation mode display
(PULSE-A example)
Pulse input
OFF-start
Repeating operation
Pulse input
OFF-start
One operation
Pulse input
ON-start
Repeating operation
Integrating input
OFF-start
One operation
Integrating input
ON-start
Repeating operation
OFF-start
Repeating operation
Integrating input
0.01 s to 99.99 s
0.1 s to 999.9 s
1 s to 9999 s
0 min 01 s to 99 min 59 s
0.1 min to 999.9 min
0 h 01 min to 99 h 59 min
0.1 h to 999.9 h
1 h to 9999 h
(same for screw terminal type and 8-pin type.)
Digital
Timers
24
LT4H-W
PULSE
Delayed
one shot
A
: Pulse inputPULSE : Integrating inputINTEGRATION
• The pulse input mode starts the operation by starting the
start input.
• When using the unit by starting it with the power on, short-
circuit the start terminal (8-pin: Q to R, 11-pin: E to Y and
screw terminal: t o ).
96
• Each signal input such as start, reset, stop and lock inputs is applied by short-circuiting its input terminal and common terminal
(8-pin type: terminal Q, 11-pin type: terminal E and screw terminal: terminal ) respectively.
• The 8-pin type does not have a stop input or lock input.
6
• The integrating input mode is operated by the integrated
time of the start input. In other word, the timer operates only
when the start input is performed.
• When the elapsed value is cleared by the reset input, the
output is reset.
• When using the unit by starting it with the power on, short-
circuit the start terminal (8-pin: Q to R, 11-pin: E to Y and
screw terminal: to 9).
6
OFF-start/1 operation t1<T1, t2<T2
APULSE
Power
Output
Reset
Start
Stop
T1 T2 ta
ta+tb=T1
tctb td t1
tc+td=T2
T1 t2
supply
OFF-start/1 operation t1<T1, t2<T2
AINTEGRATION
tb
Stop
Start
Reset
Output
Power
ta T1tc td te tf tg th
ta+tb=T1
t1
tc+td=T2 tg+th=T2
t2
te+tf=T1
supply
OFF-start
flicker
B
OFF-start/repeating operation t1<T1, t2<T2
BPULSE
tc
Power
Output
Stop
Reset
Start
T2T1 T2T1 ta tb td t1 T1 t2
ta+tb=T1 tc+td=T2
supply
OFF-start/repeating operation t1<T1,
t2<T2
BINTEGRATION
tb
Start
Reset
Stop
Output
ta
Power
T1
tc+td=T2
tetc td tf tg T2T1th t1
ta+tb=T1
t2
tg+th=T2te+tf=T1
supply
ON-start flicker
C
Remarks
and notes
ON-start/repeating operation t1<T1, t2<T2
Start
Reset
Stop
Output
Power
supply
ta+tb=T1 tc+td=T2
ta tb tc td t1 t2T1T1 T2 T1 T2
ON-start/repeating operation t1<T1, t2<T2
tb
Stop
Start
Reset
Output
Power
ta
tc+td=T2
T1tf tgtc td te t1th T1 T2
ta+tb=T1 tg+th=T2
t2
te+tf=T1
supply
Operation Mode
• Elapsed value cleared when power is turned on.
• Time limit start initiated when start input goes on; start input ignored if time limit interval
is in progress.
• Elapsed value cleared when one operation has been completed.
• Elapsed value not cleared when power is turned on (power failure backup function).
• When power is turned back on, same status is maintained for output as that previous
to power going off.
• Elapsed value cleared when one operation has been completed.
• Elapsed value cleared when power is turned on.
• Time limit start initiated when start input goes on; start input ignored if time limit interval
is in progress.
• Elapsed value not cleared when power is turned on (power failure backup function).
• When power is turned back on, same status is maintained for output as that previous
to power going off.
• Elapsed value cleared when power is turned on.
• Time limit start initiated when start input goes on; start input ignored if time limit interval
is in progress.
• Elapsed value not cleared when power is turned on (power failure backup function).
• When power is turned back on, same status is maintained for output as that previous
to power going off.
Digital
Timers
25
LT4H SERIES CAUTIONS FOR USE
1. Terminal wiring
1) When wiring the terminals, refer to the
terminal layout and wiring diagrams and
be sure to perform the wiring properly
without errors.
2) When using the instrument with an
flush mounting, the screw-down termi-
nal type is recommended. For the pin
type, use either the rear terminal block
(AT78041) or the 8P cap (AD8-RC) for
the 8-pin type, and the rear terminal
block (AT78051) or the 11P cap (AT8-
DP11) for the 11-pin type. Avoid solder-
ing directly to the round pins on the unit.
When using the instrument with a front
panel installation, use the DIN rail termi-
nal block (AT8-DF8K) for the 8-pin type
and the DIN rail terminal block (AT8-
DF11K) for the 11-pin type.
3) After turning the unit off, make sure
that any resulting induced voltage or
residual voltage is not applied to power
supply terminals W through U (8-pin
type) W through P (11-pin type) or 1
and 2 (screw terminal type). (If the
power supply wire is wired parallel
to the high voltage wire or power wire, an
induced voltage may be generated
between the power supply terminals.)
4) Have the power supply voltage pass
through a switch or relay so that it is
applied at one time. If the power supply
is applied gradually, the counting may
malfunction regardless of the settings,
the power supply reset may not function,
or other such unpredictable occurrence
may result.
2. Input connections
The power circuit has no transformer
(power and input terminals are not insu-
lated). When an input signal is fed to two
or more timers at once, do not arrange
the power circuit in an independent way.
If the timer is powered on and off inde-
pendently as shown in Fig. A, the timer‘s
internal circuitry may get damaged.Be
careful never to allow such circuitry.
(Figs. A, B and C show the circuitry for
the 11-pin type.)
If independent power circuitry must be
used, keep the input contacts or transis-
tors separate from each other, as shown
in Fig. B.
When power circuitry is not independ-
ent, one input signal can be fed to two
or more counters at once, as shown in
Fig. C.
3. Input and output
1) Signal input type
(1) Contact point input
Use highly reliable metal plated con-
tacts. Since the contact point’s bounce
time leads directly to error in the timer
operations, use contacts with as short a
bounce time as possible. Also, select a
minimum input signal width of 20 ms.
(2) Non-contact point input
Connect with an open collector. Use
transistors whose characteristics satisfy
the criteria given below.
VCEO = 20 V min.
IC = 20 mA min.
ICBO = 6µA max.
Also, use transistors with a residual volt-
age of less than 2 V when the transistor
is on.
8-pin type
Screw terminal type
1 —— 4 3
11-pin type 3 4 5 6 7
6 7 8 9 10
Reset input
Start input
Stop input
Lock
input
Reset input
12 to 40V DC
Q
(The above example is for reset input)
8-pin type
Screw terminal type
1 —— 4 3
11-pin type 3 4 5 6 7
6 7 8 9 10
Reset input
Start input
Stop input
Lock
input
8-pin type
Screw terminal type
1 — — 4 3
11-pin type 3 4 5 6 7
6 7 8 9 10
* The short-circuit impedance should be
less than 1 kW.
[When the impedance is 0 W, the cur-
rent coming from the start input and stop
input terminals is approximately 12 mA,
and from the reset input and lock input
terminals is approximately 1.5 mA.]
Also, the open-circuit impedance should
be more than 100 kW.
* As shown in the diagram below, from
a non-contact point circuit (proximity
switches, photoelectric switches, etc.)
with a power supply voltage of between
12 and 40 V, the signal can be input
without using an open collector transis-
tor. In the case of the diagram below,
when the non-contact point transistor Q
switches from off to on (when the signal
voltage goes from high to low), the sig-
nal is input.
2) The input mode and output mode
change depending on the DIP switch
settings. Therefore, before making any
connections, be sure to confirm the
operation mode and operation conditions
currently set.
3) The LT4H series use power supply
without a transformer (power and input
terminals are not insulated). In connect-
ing various kinds of input signals, there-
fore, use a power transformer in which
the primary side is separated from the
ungrounded secondary side as shown in
Fig. A, for the power supply for a sensor
and other input devices so that short-
circuiting can be prevented.
10
2
3
(Fig. A)
Input contact
point or transistor
2
3
10
Power
supply
Input
terminal
terminal
Input
10
2
3
3
2
10
(Fig. B)
Input contact
point or transistor
Power
supply
point or transistor
Input contact
terminal
Input
terminal
Input
(Fig. C)
Power
supply
3
3
Input contact
point or transistor
10
2
10
2
terminal
Input
terminal
Input
Digital
Timers
26
LT4H SERIES CAUTIONS FOR USE
values, malfunctions or damage to the
internal circuitry may result, so take the
necessary precautions.
Noise wave form (noise simulator)
Rise time: 1 ns
Pulse width: 1 µs, 50 ns
Polarity: ±
Cycle: 100 cycles/second
5) When connecting the operating power
supply, make sure that no leakage cur-
rent enters the timer. For example, when
performing contact protection, if set up
like that of fig. A, leaking current will
• Surge wave form
[± (1.2x50) µs uni-polar full wave voltage]
100
90
50
30
00 1.2
Time (ms)
Surge voltage (%)
50
Peak
T
T
CR
(Fig. A)
(Fig. B)
Operating power supply
Leakage current
R
C
Operating power supply
Load’s
power supply
Inductive load
LT4H timer
Diode rating:
IF (forward current): 1 A
VR (reverse voltage): 600 V
Once the wiring to be used is completely
installed and prior to installing this timer,
confirm that there is complete insula-
tion between the wires connected to the
power terminals (2 each) and the wires
connected to each input terminal. If the
power and input lines are not insulated,
a short-circuit may occur inside the timer
and result in internal damage.
In addition, when moving your equipment
to a new installation location, confirm that
there is no difference in environmental
conditions as compared to the previous
location.
4) The input signal is applied by the
shorting of each input terminal with the
common terminal (terminal Q for 8-pin
types, terminal E for 11-pin types and
terminal 6 for screw terminal types).
N e v e r connect other terminals or
voltages higher than 40V DC, because it
may destroy the internal circuitry.
5) Transistor output
(1) Since the transistor output is insulat-
ed from the internal circuitry by a pho-
tocoupler, it can be used as an NPN
Load
Load’s power supply
LT4H timer
{ O I
As NPN output
Load
Load’s power supply
LT4H timer
As PNP output
{ O I
output or PNP (equal value) output.
(The above example is 11-pin type)
(2) Use the diode connected to the out-
put transistor’s collector for absorbing the
reverse voltage from induced loads.
6) When wiring, use shielded wires or
metallic wire tubes, and keep the wire
lengths as short as possible.
7) For the load of the controlled output,
make sure that it is lower than the rated
control capacity.
4. Operation of LT4H digital timer
1) Turning on and off the power supply
while operating in A2* (Power on delay
2) or G (Totalizing On delay) will result in
a timer error to be generated due to the
characteristics of the internal circuitry.
Therefore, use the start input or stop
input.
* Not related to the start input.
2) When controlling the timer by turning
on the power supply, use only A (Power
on delay 1) or A2 (Power on delay 2).
Use of other modes in this situation will
result in timer errors. When using the
other modes, control the timer with the
start input or stop input.
5. Operation mode and time range set-
ting
The operation mode and time range can
be set with the DIP switches on the side
of the timer. Make the DIP switch set-
tings before installing the timer on the
panel.
The operation mode of LT4H-W series
can be set with the keys and switches on
the front of the timer.
6. Conditions of usage
1) Avoid locations subject to flammable
or corrosive gases, excessive dust, oil,
vibrations, or excessive shocks.
2) Since the cover of the timer is made of
polycarbonate resin, avoid contact with
or use in environments containing methyl
alcohol, benzene, thinners, and other
organic solvents; and ammonia, caustic
sodas, and other alkaline substances.
3) If power supply surges exceed the val-
ues given below, the internal circuits may
become damaged. Be sure to use surge
absorbing element to prevent this from
happening.
4) Regarding external noise, the values
below are considered the noise-resistant
voltages. If voltages rise above these
Operating voltage
Surge voltage (peak value)
AC type 6,000V
DC type
24V AC type 1,000V
Power supply terminals Input
terminals
AC type DC type
24V AC type
Noise
voltage 1,500V 1,000V 600V
Note: With the 8-pin type, there is no diode
between points I and O.
(e.g., sensor)
Timer
Timer
AC power supply
(e.g., sensor)
Input device
Insulation transformer
Timer
Insulation transformer
(Fig. B) Bad example
AC power supply
(Fig. A) Good example
AC power supply
Input device
(+)
(–)
(–)
Input device
(e.g., sensor)
Alternative
current flow
Single coil transformer
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(–)
(–)
Digital
Timers
27
Display Contents
Malfunctioning CPU. Enter reset input, RESET
key, or restart unit.
The values at start-up before the CPU
malfunction occurred.
0
Malfunctioning memory. See
note.
OFF
Output condition Restoration procedure Preset values after restoration
7. Self-diagnosis function
If a malfunction occurs, one of the following displays will appear.
Note: Includes the possibility that the EEPROM’s life has expired.
pass through C and R, enter the unit,
and cause incorrect operation. The fig. B
shows the correct setup.
6) Long periods of continuous operation
in the time-up completed condition (one
month or more) will result in the weaken-
ing of the internal electrical components
from the generated heat and, therefore,
should be avoided. If you do plan to use
the unit for such continuous operation,
use in conjunction with a relay as shown
in the circuit in the diagram below.
7. Acquisition of CE marking
Please abide by the conditions below
when using in applications that comply
with EN61812-1.
1) Overvoltage category III,
pollution level 2
2) This timer employs a power supply
without a transformer, so the power and
input signal terminals are not insulated.
(1) When a sensor is connected to the
input circuit, install double insulation on
the sensor side.
(2) In the case of contact input, use dual-
insulated relays, etc.
3) The load connected to the output con-
tact should have basic insulation.
This timer is protected with basic insula-
tion and can be double-insulated to meet
EN/IEC requirements by using basic
insulation on the load.
4) Please use a power supply that is
protected by an overcurrent protection
device which complies with the EN/IEC
standard (example: 250 V 1 A fuse, etc.).
5) You must use a terminal socket or
socket for the installation. Do not touch
the terminals or other parts of the timer
when it is powered. When installing or
un-installing, make sure that no voltage
is being applied to any of the terminals.
6) Do not use this timer as a safety cir-
cuit. For example when using a timer in
a heater circuit, etc., provide a protection
circuit on the machine side.
R
R
T
T
RR
Relay Timer Receive output
from contact
at relay R
Digital
Timers
28
DIN 48 SIZE
DIGITAL TIMER QM4H
QM4H
QM4H
50
Product types
Note: Time delay directional subtraction types are also available by order
Part names
Time range settings
DIN 48 SIZE
DIGITAL TIMER QM4H
Timers
Product name Time delay
direction Time range Operating mode Contact arrangement Operating voltage Part number
S Type QM4H
digital timer
Addition
0.01s/0.1s/1s/0.1min/
1min/0.1h/1h/10h
(8 time ranges)
Power ON delay
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and Instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
12 to 48 V AC/DC QM4HS-U2C-48V
100 to 240 V AC/DC QM4HS-U2C-240V
G Type QM4H
digital timer
Power ON delay
(with reset and
stop terminals)
Time delay 1C
12 to 48 V AC/DC QM4HG-U1C-48V
100 to 240 V AC/DC QM4HG-U1C-240V
Possible to set and change the time with front digit switches easily
during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a time range of 0.01s to 9990hrs!!
G TypeS Type
(with MODE switch)
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
Features
•Possible to set and change the time and the time range even
when the power is off.
•Selectable 8 different time ranges with front digit switches.
•Low price.
•[QM4H-S Type]
It can select the mode with MODE switch.
T.D. MODE: Time delay 2C (2 Form C)
INST. MODE: Time delay 1C (1 Form C)
Instantaneous 1C (1 Form C)
[QM4H-G Type]
Reset and stop signal input enable to external control.
•Compliant with UL/c-UL and CE.
QM4H-S
TIMER
MODE
INST.
T.D.
+
--
+
-
+
-
+
88 8 S
Time range switch
Elapsed time display
(OP.LED)
Time delay indicator
(QM4H-S type only)
Time setting switch
(3 digits)
MODE switch
Set time display
.01
S
Time range
switch
Operating
time range
0.01s
to
9.99s
0.1s
to
99.9s
0.1min.
to
99.9min
1min.
to
999min
0.1h
to
99.9h
1h
to
999h
10h
to
9990h
1s
to
999s
0.1
S
S M H
0.1
M0.1
H10
H
.01
Note that there are two settings with the same range.
S0.1
SS M H
0.1
M0.1
H10
H
.01
S0.1
S
Digital
Timers
QM4H
50
Product types
Note: Time delay directional subtraction types are also available by order
Part names
Time range settings
DIN 48 SIZE
DIGITAL TIMER QM4H
Timers
Product name Time delay
direction Time range Operating mode Contact arrangement Operating voltage Part number
S Type QM4H
digital timer
Addition
0.01s/0.1s/1s/0.1min/
1min/0.1h/1h/10h
(8 time ranges)
Power ON delay
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and Instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
12 to 48 V AC/DC QM4HS-U2C-48V
100 to 240 V AC/DC QM4HS-U2C-240V
G Type QM4H
digital timer
Power ON delay
(with reset and
stop terminals)
Time delay 1C
12 to 48 V AC/DC QM4HG-U1C-48V
100 to 240 V AC/DC QM4HG-U1C-240V
Possible to set and change the time with front digit switches easily
during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a time range of 0.01s to 9990hrs!!
G TypeS Type
(with MODE switch)
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
Features
•Possible to set and change the time and the time range even
when the power is off.
•Selectable 8 different time ranges with front digit switches.
•Low price.
•[QM4H-S Type]
It can select the mode with MODE switch.
T.D. MODE: Time delay 2C (2 Form C)
INST. MODE: Time delay 1C (1 Form C)
Instantaneous 1C (1 Form C)
[QM4H-G Type]
Reset and stop signal input enable to external control.
•Compliant with UL/c-UL and CE.
QM4H-S
TIMER
MODE
INST.
T.D.
+
--
+
-
+
-
+
88 8 S
Time range switch
Elapsed time display
(OP.LED)
Time delay indicator
(QM4H-S type only)
Time setting switch
(3 digits)
MODE switch
Set time display
.01
S
Time range
switch
Operating
time range
0.01s
to
9.99s
0.1s
to
99.9s
0.1min.
to
99.9min
1min.
to
999min
0.1h
to
99.9h
1h
to
999h
10h
to
9990h
1s
to
999s
0.1
S
S M H
0.1
M0.1
H10
H
.01
Note that there are two settings with the same range.
S0.1
SS M H
0.1
M0.1
H10
H
.01
S0.1
S
• Furthermore single unit has a time range of 0.01 s to 9990hrs.
QM4H
50
Product types
Note: Time delay directional subtraction types are also available by order
Part names
Time range settings
DIN 48 SIZE
DIGITAL TIMER QM4H
Timers
Product name Time delay
direction Time range Operating mode Contact arrangement Operating voltage Part number
S Type QM4H
digital timer
Addition
0.01s/0.1s/1s/0.1min/
1min/0.1h/1h/10h
(8 time ranges)
Power ON delay
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and Instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
12 to 48 V AC/DC QM4HS-U2C-48V
100 to 240 V AC/DC QM4HS-U2C-240V
G Type QM4H
digital timer
Power ON delay
(with reset and
stop terminals)
Time delay 1C
12 to 48 V AC/DC QM4HG-U1C-48V
100 to 240 V AC/DC QM4HG-U1C-240V
Possible to set and change the time with front digit switches easily
during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a time range of 0.01s to 9990hrs!!
G TypeS Type
(with MODE switch)
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
Features
•Possible to set and change the time and the time range even
when the power is off.
•Selectable 8 different time ranges with front digit switches.
•Low price.
•[QM4H-S Type]
It can select the mode with MODE switch.
T.D. MODE: Time delay 2C (2 Form C)
INST. MODE: Time delay 1C (1 Form C)
Instantaneous 1C (1 Form C)
[QM4H-G Type]
Reset and stop signal input enable to external control.
•Compliant with UL/c-UL and CE.
QM4H-S
TIMER
MODE
INST.
T.D.
+
--
+
-
+
-
+
88 8 S
Time range switch
Elapsed time display
(OP.LED)
Time delay indicator
(QM4H-S type only)
Time setting switch
(3 digits)
MODE switch
Set time display
.01
S
Time range
switch
Operating
time range
0.01s
to
9.99s
0.1s
to
99.9s
0.1min.
to
99.9min
1min.
to
999min
0.1h
to
99.9h
1h
to
999h
10h
to
9990h
1s
to
999s
0.1
S
S M H
0.1
M0.1
H10
H
.01
Note that there are two settings with the same range.
S0.1
SS M H
0.1
M0.1
H10
H
.01
S0.1
S
QM4H
50
Product types
Note: Time delay directional subtraction types are also available by order
Part names
Time range settings
DIN 48 SIZE
DIGITAL TIMER QM4H
Timers
Product name Time delay
direction Time range Operating mode Contact arrangement Operating voltage Part number
S Type QM4H
digital timer
Addition
0.01s/0.1s/1s/0.1min/
1min/0.1h/1h/10h
(8 time ranges)
Power ON delay
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C
and Instantaneous 1C
(Use MODE switch on front)
12 to 48 V AC/DC QM4HS-U2C-48V
100 to 240 V AC/DC QM4HS-U2C-240V
G Type QM4H
digital timer
Power ON delay
(with reset and
stop terminals)
Time delay 1C
12 to 48 V AC/DC QM4HG-U1C-48V
100 to 240 V AC/DC QM4HG-U1C-240V
Possible to set and change the time with front digit switches easily
during the power off.
Furthermore single unit has a time range of 0.01s to 9990hrs!!
G TypeS Type
(with MODE switch)
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
Features
•Possible to set and change the time and the time range even
when the power is off.
•Selectable 8 different time ranges with front digit switches.
•Low price.
•[QM4H-S Type]
It can select the mode with MODE switch.
T.D. MODE: Time delay 2C (2 Form C)
INST. MODE: Time delay 1C (1 Form C)
Instantaneous 1C (1 Form C)
[QM4H-G Type]
Reset and stop signal input enable to external control.
•Compliant with UL/c-UL and CE.
QM4H-S
TIMER
MODE
INST.
T.D.
+
--
+
-
+
-
+
88 8 S
Time range switch
Elapsed time display
(OP.LED)
Time delay indicator
(QM4H-S type only)
Time setting switch
(3 digits)
MODE switch
Set time display
.01
S
Time range
switch
Operating
time range
0.01s
to
9.99s
0.1s
to
99.9s
0.1min.
to
99.9min
1min.
to
999min
0.1h
to
99.9h
1h
to
999h
10h
to
9990h
1s
to
999s
0.1
S
S M H
0.1
M0.1
H10
H
.01
Note that there are two settings with the same range.
S0.1
SS M H
0.1
M0.1
H10
H
.01
S0.1
S
29
QM4H
QM4H
51
Changing the time setting
• It is possible to use the up and down keys to change the time setting even during timer delay.
However, attention should be paid to the following.
1) When the time setting is shorter than the elapsed time, and timer delay is set in the plus direction, the time setting will return to “0”
after the timer delay reaches full-scale, timer delay will be performed up to the changed time setting, and time up will be reached.
2) When timer delay is set in the minus direction, timer delay will be performed up to “0” regardless of the time, even if the time setting
is shorter than the elapsed time, and time up will be reached.
Specifications
Notes: 1. Unspecified measuring conditions are rated operating voltage (in case of DC type, ripple rate of 5% or less), ambient temp. 20°C68°F,
and stop time 1 second.
2. Reset start applies to QM4H-G type.
3. Excluding switches
4. Note that if the QM4H-G type is set to zero “0” and a STOP signal is input, output will begin when the power is turned on.
5. The protective structure on the AQM4801 is IP50, and IP64 for the AQM4803.
Type
Item QM4H-S QM4H-G
Rating
Rated operating voltage 12 to 48 V AC/DC and 100 to 240 V AC/DC
Rated power
consumption
12 to 48 V
AC/DC
During time
delay
12 V DC, 48 V DC: Max. 1.5W
12 V AC, 48 V AC: Max. 3.0 VA
During time
delay
12 V DC, 48 V DC: Max. 1.0W
12 V AC, 48 V AC: Max. 2.0 VA
After time
delay
12 V DC, 48 V DC: Max. 2.5W
12 V AC, 48 V AC: Max. 5.0 VA
After time
delay
12 V DC, 48 V DC: Max. 1.5W
12 V AC, 48 V AC: Max. 3.5 VA
100 to 240 V
AC/DC
During time
delay
100 V DC, 240 V DC: Max. 1.5W
100 V AC, 240 V AC: Max. 3.0 VA
During time
delay
100 V DC, 240 V DC: Max. 1.0W
100 V AC, 240 V AC: Max. 2.5 VA
After time
delay
100 V DC, 240 V DC: Max. 2.0W
100 V AC, 240 V AC: Max. 4.0 VA
After time
delay
100 V DC, 240 V DC: Max. 1.8W
100 V AC, 240 V AC: Max. 3.2 VA
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz common (at AC)
Rated control capacity 5 A, 250V AC (resistive load)
Time range 0.01s to 9990h, Selection of 8 range: 0.01s/0.1s/1s/0.1min/1min/0.1h/1h/10h
Operation mode Power ON delay Power ON delay (with reset and stop terminals)
Min. input signal width — 20ms (Reset and Stop inputs)*4
Time
accuracy*1
Operating time fluctuation ±(0.01%+0.05s) in case of power on start
±(0.005%+0.03s) in case of input reset start*2
Operating voltage: 85 to 110% V
Temperature: –10 to +55°C+14 to 131°F (20°C68°F)
Stopped time: 0.1 sec to 1 hour
Temperature error
Setting error
Voltage error
Contact Contact arrangement
T.D. mode: Time delay 2C
INST. mode: Time delay 1C and
Instantaneous 1C (Use MODE switch on front)
Time delay 1C
Contact material Silver alloy
Life*3Mechanical (contact) Min. 107
Electrical (contact) Min. 105(at rated control vltage)
Electrical
Allowable operating voltage range 85 to 110% of rated operating voltage
Breakdown voltage
(Initial value)
Between live and dead metal parts, between input and output,
between contact sets, between contacts
Min. 100 MΩ(at 500 V DC megger)
Insulation resistance
(Initial value)
Between live and dead metal parts: 2, 000 Vrms for 1 min
Between input and output: 2, 000 Vrms for 1 min
Between contact sets: 2, 000 Vrms for 1 min
Between contacts: 1, 000 Vrms for 1 min
Reset time Max. 0.1s
Mechanical
Vibration
resistance
Functional 10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/min. single amplitude of 0.25 mm .010 inch (10 min on 3 axes)
Destructive 10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/min. single amplitude of 0.375 mm .015 inch (1h on 3 axes)
Shock
resistance
Functional 98 m/s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive 980 m/s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
Operating
conditions
Ambient temperature –10°C to 55°C+14°F to +131°F
Ambient humidity Min. 35 to 85% RH (non-condensing)
Air pressure 860 to 1060 hPa
Others
Mass (Weight) Approx. 130 g 4.59 oz Approx. 120 g 4.23 oz
Available standards UL, c-UL, CE
Operating display LED (red), During time delay: blinking, After time delay: OFF
Digital
Timers
30
QM4H
QM4H
52
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61010-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Dimensions
72.5
2.854
�44.5
�1.752
(85.4)
(3.362)
6
.236
9.5
.374
12.9
.508
• S Type • G Type
QM4H-S
TIMER
MODE
INST.
T.D.
+
--
+
-
+
-
+
88 8 S
TIMER
QM4H-G
+
-
8
-
+
8-
+
8-
+
S
�48
�1.890
Panel cut-out dimensions
Dimensions A when n products
are installed continuously:
A = (48∗n–2.5 )
+0.6
0A = (1.890∗n–.098 )
+.024
0
A
45+0.6
0
1.772+.024
0
45+0.6
0
1.772+.024
0
45+0.6
0
1.772+.024
0
Panel Mounting Diagram
Panel (Thickness: 1 to 5 mm .039 to .197 inch)
Mounting frame (AQM4812: supplied)
(AT8-DA4 can also be used for
mounting frame. Sold separately)
Mounting screw
(supplied with mounting frame)
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagrams
• QM4H-S Type
3
2
1 8
7
6
54
MODE
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
Operating
voltage
COM
MODE
T.D. INST.
TD mode: Time delay 2C
INST mode:
Time delay 1C and
Instantaneous 1C
*Use MODE switch on front
Notes:
1. Operating voltage signs in parentheses ( ) indicate
the polarity of the DC type.
2. is a time delay contact.
is an instantaneous contact.
• QM4H-G Type
Operating
voltage
4 5
6
7
81
2
3
NO
NC
COM
RESET
STOP
COM
(units: mm inch)
Tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
Digital
Timers
31
QM4H
53
Operation mode
Precautions in using the QM4H
Compliance with the CE marking
• QM4H-S Type
1) T.D. mode
2) INST. mode
ON
TON
OFF
OFF
Power supply
Time delay contact
(N.O. contact)
1-3 or 6-8
OP.LED
ON
ON
TON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Power supply
Time delay contact
(N.O. contact) 6-8
Instantaneous contact
(N.O. contact) 1-3
OP.LED
• QM4H-G Type
* Set the reset inputs 1 to 3 and stop inputs 1 to 4 to 20 ms or higher.
* When shorting a signal, please set the inter-terminal resistance to 1 kΩ or less,
and the inter-terminal residual voltage to 2 V or less.
When releasing, please set the inter-terminal resistance to 100 kΩ or greater.
ON
Power supply
Lit Blinking Blinking slowly
OP.LED
ON
ta t1 t2T
ON
Reset 1-3
Stop 1-4
Time delay contact
(N.O. contact) 6-8
ON
T: Setting time t1+t2 = T ta<T
ON ON
1. Avoid locations subject to
flammable or corrosive gases,
excessive dust, oil, vibrations, or
excessive shocks.
2. Since the main-unit is made of
polycarbonate resin, avoid contact
with or use in environments
containing methyl alcohol, benzene,
thinners, and other organic solvents;
and ammonia, caustic sodas, and
other alkaline substances.
3. Power supply superimposed surge
protector
Although a surge protector will withstand
standard-waveform voltage with the
values in the next table, anything above
this will destroy the internal circuit. You
should therefore use a surge absorber.
• Surge waveform
[±(1.2×50) µs uni-polar full wave voltage]
4. In order to maintain the
characteristics, do not remove the
timer case.
5. When installing the panel, use the
supplied AQM4812 main-unit
mounting frame. Note that the
ATA4811 is also available for sale
separately.
6. If you change the operating voltage,
be sure not to allow leak current into
the timer.
7. Avoid leaving the unit powered
continuously. Leaving the unit
powered up with output set to ON
continuously for a long period of time
(about 1 month or more) will wear out
the electronic components. If you will
be keeping it powered continuously,
combine with a relay to create the
circuit shown below:
12 to 48 V AC/DC 100 to 240 V AC/DC
1,000 V 6,000 V
R T
R
R
T
• When using in applications to which
EN61010-1/IEC61010-1 applies, abide
by the following conditions.
1) Ambient conditions
• Overvoltage category II, pollution level 2
• Indoor use
• Acceptable temperature and humidity
range: –10 to +55°C, 30 to 85%RH (with
no condensation at 20°C)
• Under 2000 m elevation
2) Use the unit in a location that matches
the following conditions.
• There is minimal dust and no corrosive
gas.
• There is no combustible or explosive
gas.
• There is no mechanical vibration or
impacts.
• There is no exposure to direct sunlight.
• Located away from large-volume
electromagnetic switches and power
lines with large electrical currents.
3) Connect a breaker that conforms to
EN60947-1 or EN60947-3 to the voltage
input section.
4) Applied voltage should be protected
with an overcurrent protection device
(example: T 1A, 250 V AC time lag fuse)
that conforms to the EN/IEC standards.
Digital
Timers
32
MuLTI-rAnGe
AnALOG TIMer S1DXM-A/M
S1DXM-A/M
S1DXM-A/M
57
Product ypes
1. S1DXM-A multi-range timer
No MODE switch, Operation mode (fixed): Power ON-delay
MULTI-RANGE
ANALOG TIMER S1DXM-A/M
Timers
Operating voltage Time range Timed-out 2 Form C Timed-out 4 Form C
Part number Part number
12V DC
0.05 s to 10 min S1DXM-A2C10M-DC12V S1DXM-A4C10M-DC12V
0.2 s to 30 min S1DXM-A2C30M-DC12V S1DXM-A4C30M-DC12V
0.5 s to 60 min S1DXM-A2C60M-DC12V S1DXM-A4C60M-DC12V
0.05 min to 10 hr S1DXM-A2C10H-DC12V S1DXM-A4C10H-DC12V
24V DC
0.05 s to 10 min S1DXM-A2C10M-DC24V S1DXM-A4C10M-DC24V
0.2 s to 30 min S1DXM-A2C30M-DC24V S1DXM-A4C30M-DC24V
0.5 s to 60 min S1DXM-A2C60M-DC24V S1DXM-A4C60M-DC24V
0.05 min to 10 hr S1DXM-A2C10H-DC24V S1DXM-A4C10H-DC24V
24V AC
0.05 s to 10 min S1DXM-A2C10M-AC24V S1DXM-A4C10M-AC24V
0.2 s to 30 min S1DXM-A2C30M-AC24V S1DXM-A4C30M-AC24V
0.5 s to 60 min S1DXM-A2C60M-AC24V S1DXM-A4C60M-AC24V
0.05 min to 10 hr S1DXM-A2C10H-AC24V S1DXM-A4C10H-AC24V
100 to 120V AC
0.05 s to 10 min S1DXM-A2C10M-AC120V S1DXM-A4C10M-AC120V
0.2 s to 30 min S1DXM-A2C30M-AC120V S1DXM-A4C30M-AC120V
0.5 s to 60 min S1DXM-A2C60M-AC120V S1DXM-A4C60M-AC120V
0.05 min to 10 hr S1DXM-A2C10H-AC120V S1DXM-A4C10H-AC120V
200 to 220V AC
0.05 s to 10 min S1DXM-A2C10M-AC220V S1DXM-A4C10M-AC220V
0.2 s to 30 min S1DXM-A2C30M-AC220V S1DXM-A4C30M-AC220V
0.5 s to 60 min S1DXM-A2C60M-AC220V S1DXM-A4C60M-AC220V
0.05 min to 10 hr S1DXM-A2C10H-AC220V S1DXM-A4C10H-AC220V
220 to 240V AC
0.05 s to 10 min S1DXM-A2C10M-AC240V S1DXM-A4C10M-AC240V
0.2 s to 30 min S1DXM-A2C30M-AC240V S1DXM-A4C30M-AC240V
0.5 s to 60 min S1DXM-A2C60M-AC240V S1DXM-A4C60M-AC240V
0.05 min to 10 hr S1DXM-A2C10H-AC240V S1DXM-A4C10H-AC240V
UL File No.: E122222
C-UL File No.: E122222
FEATURES
• Multiple functions built in
The operation mode and time range can
be switched by using the MODE and
RANGE switches on the front panel.
• Part number consolidation
1) The lineup consists of 64 easy-to-
choose models.
2) An operation mode fixed type
(S1DXM-A) and 4-operation mode
switching type (S1DXM-M) are available.
• Cadmium-free contacts used
To eliminate environmentally harmful
chemical substances, relays with
cadmium-free contacts are used.
• Economically priced
1) Prices set to lower costs.
2) Further cost reduction when used with
HJ Relay terminal socket.
• CE marking supported
UL and C-UL approved.
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
t
33
Analog
Timers
S1DXM-A/M
3$8-!-
3$8--MULTIRANGETIMER
7ITH-/$%SWITCH/PERATIONMODESWITCHABLE0OWER/.DELAY0OWER&LICKER/.START0OWER&LICKER/&&START0OWER/NESHOT
0ART NAMES
/PERATIONMODEANDTIMERANGESETTING
/PERATINGVOLTAGE 4IMERANGE 4IMEDOUT&ORM# 4IMEDOUT&ORM#
0ARTNUMBER 0ARTNUMBER
6$#
STOMIN 3$8--#-$#6 3$8--#-$#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-$#6 3$8--#-$#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-$#6 3$8--#-$#6
MINTOHR 3$8--#($#6 3$8--#($#6
6$#
STOMIN 3$8--#-$#6 3$8--#-$#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-$#6 3$8--#-$#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-$#6 3$8--#-$#6
MINTOHR 3$8--#($#6 3$8--#($#6
6!#
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
MINTOHR 3$8--#(!#6 3$8--#(!#6
TO6!#
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
MINTOHR 3$8--#(!#6 3$8--#(!#6
TO6!#
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
MINTOHR 3$8--#(!#6 3$8--#(!#6
TO6!#
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
STOMIN 3$8--#-!#6 3$8--#-!#6
MINTOHR 3$8--#(!#6 3$8--#(!#6
4IMERANGE
SWITCH
4IMERANGE
SWITCH
3ETTINGDIAL
/PERATION,%$
ORANGE
0OWER,%$
GREEN
3ETTING
HAND
#ONTROLTIME
SCALE
3$8--3$8-!
/PERATION
MODESWITCH
s;2!.'%=4IMERANGESWITCH
DIFFERENTTIMERANGESCANBESWITCHED
s;-/$%=/PERATIONMODESWITCH
DIFFERENTOPERATIONMODESCANBESWITCHED
0OWER/.DELAY
0OWER&LICKER/&&START
0OWER&LICKER/.START
0OWER/NESHOT
-TYPE
-TYPE
-TYPE
(TYPE
SSMINMIN
SSMINMIN
SSMINMIN
MINMINHRHR
.OTES 4HEPRODUCTISFACTORYSHIPPEDWITHALLSETTINGSONTHE/&&SIDELEFT
$ONOTOPERATETHESWITCHESWITHASHARPEDGEDOBJECTSUCHASAKNIFE
BLADE
4HEPOWERMUSTBETURNEDOFFWHENSETTINGTHETIMERANGEOROPERATION
MODE/PERATINGTHESWITCHESWITHTHEPOWERONISACAUSEOFBREAKDOWN
ANDMALFUNCTION
5SEAFORCEOFUNDER.TOOPERATETHE$)0SWITCHESWHENSETTINGTHETIME
RANGEANDOPERATIONMODE
/PERATIONMODESWITCH/PERATIONMODE
0OWER/.DELAY
0OWER&LICKER/&&START
0OWER&LICKER/.START
0OWER/NESHOT
/.
/.
/.
/.
4IMERANGESWITCH
4HETIMESETTINGCANBESWITCHEDAMONG
RANGESEACHFORTYPESFORANINTERVALBETWEEN
SECONDSANDHOURS
S
M
M
H
8 8
34
Analog
Timers
S1DXM-A/M
S1DXM-A/M
59
Operation
1. S1DXM-A multi-range timer
Power ON-delay operation
• When power is turned on, the output contact operates after the set time. The output contact remains on until the power is turned off.
2. S1DXM-M multi-range timer
Time
Note: The time setting range is the combination of the time scale (X1 or X10) on the dial and the time unit (s, m, or h).
Example: When dial reads 1, time scale is X1 and time units is seconds, then it is 1 second.
Ordering nformation
Type Time scale Time unit Min. scale Max. scale Setting range
S1DXM-A
10M type
X1 X10
s m 0.05 1 0.05 to 1s 0.5 to 10s 0.05 to 1m 0.5 to 10m
30M type s m 0.2 3 0.2 to 3s 2 to 30s 0.2 to 3m 2 to 30m
60M type s m 0.5 6 0.5 to 6s 5 to 60s 0.5 to 6m 5 to 60m
10H type m h 0.05 1 0.05 to 1m 0.5 to 10m 0.05 to 1h 0.5 to 10h
S1DXM-M
10M type
X1 X10
s m 0.05 1 0.05 to 1s 0.5 to 10s 0.05 to 1m 0.5 to 10m
30M type s m 0.2 3 0.2 to 3s 2 to 30s 0.2 to 3m 2 to 30m
60M type s m 0.5 6 0.5 to 6s 5 to 60s 0.5 to 6m 5 to 60m
10H type m h 0.05 1 0.05 to 1m 0.5 to 10m 0.05 to 1h 0.5 to 10h
T
T: Setting time
Power supply
Time chart
Timed-out contact (NO)
UP (operation) LED
ON (power) LED (orange)
OFF
(green)
ON
OFF
ON
Power ON-delay operation
[MODE] switch 1: OFF, switch 2: OFF
• When power is turned on, the output contact operates after the set time.
The output contact remains on until the power is turned off.
Power Flicker OFF start operation
[MODE] switch 1: OFF, switch 2: ON
• When the power is turned on, the output contacts repeatedly operate at
the set time. The output contact begins from the off state.
T
T: Setting time
Power supply
Time chart
Timed-out contact (NO)
UP (operation) LED
ON (power) LED (orange)
OFF
(green)
ON
OFF
ON
T T T T T T t
t < T
T: Setting time
Power supply
Time chart
Timed-out contact (NO)
ON (power) LED
UP (operation) LED (orange)
OFF
(green)
ON
OFF
ON
Power Flicker ON start operation
[MODE] switch 1: ON, switch 2: OFF
• When power is turned on, the output contact operates repeatedly at the
set time. The output contact outputs at the same time power turns on.
Power One-shot operation
[MODE] switch 1: ON, switch 2: ON
When power is turned on, the output contact performs the on operation
at the same time power turns on, only for the set time.
T T T T T T t
t < T
T: Setting time
Power supply
Time chart
Timed-out contact (NO)
ON (power) LED
UP (operation) LED (orange)
OFF
(green)
ON
OFF
ON
T
T: Setting time
Power supply
Time chart
Timed-out contact (NO)
ON (power) LED
UP (operation) LED (orange)
OFF
(green)
ON
OFF
ON
Operation mode
A
M
Control output
arrangement
2C: Timed-out 2 Form C
4C: Timed-out 4 Form C
Time range
10M:
30M:
60M:
10H:
0.05 s to 10 min
0.2 s to 30 min
0.5 s to 60 min
0.05 min to 10 hr
DC12V:
DC24V:
AC24V:
AC120V:
AC220V:
AC240V:
12 V DC
24 V DC
24 V AC
100 to 120 V AC
200 to 220 V AC
220 to 240 V AC
Operating voltage*
* For other operating voltage types, please consult us.
A 2C 30M DC24VEx. S1DXM-
range setting
i
mode
35
S1DXM-A/M
S1DXM-A/M
60
Specifications
Notes: *1. Unspecified measuring conditions are rated operating voltage (in case of DC type, ripple rate of 5% or less), ambient temp. 20°C 68°F, and power off time 1 second.
*2. Power one-shot 1 s range: +2% and 10 ms
*3. When using with a transmission wave rectification, vibration resistance and shock resistance properties worsen compared to when using a stabilized power supply.
Item Specifications
Rating
Rated operating voltage 24VAC 100 to 120VAC 200 to 220VAC 220 to 240VAC 12VDC 24VDC
Rated frequency 50/60Hz common —
Rated power
consumption
Max. 3 VA
(at 24 VAC)
Max. 3 VA
(at 100 VAC)
Max. 3 VA
(at 200 VAC)
Max. 3 VA
(at 220 VAC)
Max. 2 W
(at 12 VDC)
Max. 2 W
(at 24 VDC)
During time delay Approx. 3mA Approx. 3mA Approx. 3mA Approx. 3mA Approx. 5mA Approx. 3mA
After time delay Approx. 80mA Approx. 20mA Approx. 13mA Approx. 13mA Approx. 70mA Approx. 40mA
Rated control capacity Timed -out 2 Form C: 7A 250V AC (resistive load)
Timed -out 4 Form C: 5A 250V AC (resistive load)
Operation mode
S1DXM-A
Power on delay operation fixed
(Power display: ON/green; Operation display (when output is on): UP/orange)
S1DXM-M
4 switchable operations: Power ON-delay/Power Flicker OFF start/Power Flicker ON start/Power One-shot
(Power display: ON/green; Operation display (when output is on): UP/orange)
Time accuracy*1
Operating time fluctuation &
Power off time change error Max. ±1 %, (power off time change at the range of 0.1 s to 1 h), 1 s range: Max. ±1 % and 10 ms*2
Voltage error Max. ±1 % (at the operating voltage changes between –20 to +10%), 1 s range: Max. ±1 % and 10 ms*2
Temperature error Max. ±5% (at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C +14 to +122°F)
Setting error Max. ±10%, 1 s range: Max. ±10% and 20 ms
Contact
Contact arrangement Timed-out 2 Form C, Timed-out 4 Form C
Contact resistance (Initial value) Max. 100mΩ(at 1A, 6V DC)
Contact material Timed-out 2 Form C type: Silver alloy, Au plating
Timed-out 4 Form C type: Silver alloy, Au plating
Life Mechanical (constant) Min. 107
Electrical (constant) 2×105 (at rated control capacity)
Mechanical
Vibration
resistance
Functional 10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.25mm (10min on 3 axes)
Destructive 10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.375mm (1h on 3 axes)
Shock
resistance
Functional Min. 98m/s2(4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive Min. 980m/s2(5 times on 3 axes)
Electrical
Allowable operating voltage range 80 to 110% of rated operating voltage
Reset time Max. 0.1s
Insulation resistance (Initial value) Between live and dead metal parts, between input and output, between contact sets, between contacts
Min. 100 MΩ(at 500 V DC megger)
Breakdown voltage (Initial value)
Between live and dead metal parts: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min
Between input and output: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min
Between contact sets: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min
Between contacts: 1,000 Vrms for 1 min
Max. temperature rise 70°C 158°F
Operating
conditions
Ambient temperature –10 to 50°C +14 to 122°F
Ambient humidity 35 to 85% RH (non-condensing)
Air pressure 860 to 1060 hPa
Ripple rate DC type only, transmission wave rectification (ripple rate: approx. 48%)*3
Mass (Weight) Approx. 45 g
Protective construction IEC standard: IP40 (IP50 when using ADX18008 protective cover)
Analog
Timers
36
S1DXM-A/M
S1DXM-A/M
61
Dimensions mm inch
Applicable tandard
Safety standard EN61812-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II (2 Form C type);
Pollution Degree 1/Overvoltage Category II (4 Form C type)
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
1 kV (signal line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
1. S1DXM-A
Tolerance: ±0.5 ±.020
ON UP
sm
RANGE
X1
X10
0
S1DXM
Time range switch
ON LED (green)
Nameplate
For 4 Form C type
28.5
1.122 16.6
.654
Control time scale
UP LED (orange)
22.1
.870
6.4
.252
57.9
2.280
52.7
2.075
Terminal layouts and Wiring diagram
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
* For the DC operating type, terminal 14 is “+” and terminal 13 is “–”.
1
5
9
13
4
8
12
14
Operating
voltage
13.35
.526
1
5
9
2
6
10
3
7
11
13
4
8
12
14
Operating
voltage
5.1
.201 4.1
.161
6.4
.252 6.4
.252
13.35
.526
.175
4.45
2. S1DXM-M
Tolerance: ±0.5 ±.020
ON UP
MODE ON
sm
RANGE
X1
X10
2
1
0
S1DXM
Time range switch
Operation mode switch
ON LED (green)
Nameplate
For 4 Form C type
Control time scale
UP LED (orange)
22.1
.870
28.5
1.122
6.4
.252
57.9
2.280
52.7
2.075
16.6
.654
Terminal layouts and wiring diagram
Timed-out 2 Form C type
Timed-out 4 Form C type
* For the DC operating type, terminal 14 is “+” and terminal 13 is “–”.
1
5
9
13
4
8
12
14
Operating
voltage
13.35
.526
1
5
9
2
6
10
3
7
11
13
4
8
12
14
Operating
voltage
5.1
.201 4.1
.161
6.4
.252 6.4
.252
13.35
.526
.175
4.45
s
Analog
Timers
37
S1DXM-A/M
S1DXM-A/M
62
Precautions during usage
1. Reset periods
After unscheduled operations have been
completed, or if the timer operation power
supply has been turned off at any time
during operation, a reset period of at
least 0.1 seconds should be allowed
before resuming operation.
2. External surge protection
External surge protection may be
required if the following values are
exceeded. Otherwise, the internal circuit
will be damaged. The typical surge
absorption elements include a varistor, a
capacitor, and a diode. If a surge
absorption element is used, use an
oscilloscope to see whether or not the
foreign surge exceeding the specified
value appears.
• Single-pole, full-wave voltage for surge
waveform [±(1.2 × 50) µs]
Since the main body cover and knob are
made of polycarbonate resin, prevent
contact with organic solvents such as
methyl alcohol, benzine and thinner, or
strong alkali materials such as ammonia
and caustic soda.
3. Terminal wiring
Make sure that terminals are wired
carefully and correctly, referring to the
terminal layout and wiring diagrams.
Particularly, since the DC type has
polarity, do not operate it with reverse
polarity.
4. Assembly
1) When installing, use a terminal socket
or socket intended for the HC/HJ relay.
For adjacent installations, be sure to first
verify the installation conditions of the
terminal sockets or sockets you will be
using.
2) Use the separately-sold dedicated
socket leaf holding clip to secure terminal
sockets and sockets to the timer unit. The
conditions of use for dedicated socket
leaf holding clip will differ depending on
the terminal socket or socket you will be
using. Therefore, please test under actual
conditions before putting into operation.
3) If terminals are to be soldered directly,
please hand solder with a 30 to 60 W
solder iron with a tip temperature of
300°C for no more than 3 seconds.
Automatic soldering should be avoided.
4) A flux-tight construction is not used
with this timer, so be careful that flux or
cleaning fluid does not get inside the
case.
5) To assure that characteristics are
maintained, do not remove the case.
5. Long Continuous Current Flow
Long continuous current flow through the
timer cause generation of heat internally,
which degrade the electronic parts. Use
the timer in combination with a relay and
avoid long continuous current flow
through the timer. (Refer to the circuit
diagram below when using a safety
circuit for continuous operation.)
6. Phase synchronization using AC
load
If the turning on of the timer output relay
is synchronized to the AC power supply
phase, there may be times when the
service life is shortened because of
electrical factors, or when a locking
phenomenon (defective relay return)
occurs because of contact point welding
or a shift in the contact relay. Check the
operation using the actual timer.
7. Acquisition of CE marking
Please abide by the conditions below
when using in applications that comply
with EN61812-1.
1) Overvoltage category II,
pollution level 2 (2 Form C type)
Overvoltage category II,
pollution level 1 (4 Form C type)
2) The load connected to the output
contact should have basic insulation.
This timer is protected with basic
insulation and can be double-insulated to
meet EN/IEC requirements by using
basic insulation on the load.
3) Please use a power supply that is
protected by an overcurrent protection
device which complies with the EN/IEC
standard (example: 250 V 1 A fuse, etc.).
4) You must use a terminal socket or
socket for the installation. Do not touch
the terminals or other parts of the timer
when it is powered. When installing or un-
installing, make sure that no voltage is
being applied to any of the terminals.
5) Do not use this timer as a safety
circuit. For example when using a timer in
a heater circuit, etc., provide a protection
circuit on the machine side.
8. Others
1) When setting the time, the dial should
be kept within the range indicated on the
dial face. The “0” marking on the dial
indicates the minimum time during which
the control time can be varied (it does not
indicate 0 seconds).
2) Do not rotate the knob past the
stopper.
3) Turn off the power before changing the
DIP switch settings. Changing the DIP
switch with the power on can cause
breakdown.
4) When connecting the operating power
supply, make sure that no leakage
current enters the timer. For example,
when performing contact protection, if set
up like that of fig. A, leaking current will
pass through C and R, enter the timer,
and cause incorrect operation. The fig. B
shows the correct setup.
When a contact switch having an
operation indicating lamp (lamp equipped
limit switch, etc.) is used to apply power
to the timer, a resistor having a value
equal to or greater than the value below
shall be connected in series with the
lamp.
100 to 120V AC operating type:
Min. 33kΩ
200 to 220V AC operating type:
Min. 82kΩ
Operation voltage Surge voltage
100 to 120V AC, 200 to 220V AC 4,000V
12V DC, 24V DC 1,000V
100
90
50
30
00 1.2 50
Time (µs)
Crest value
Crest value (%)
R
TR
T
R
T
T
CR
(Fig. A)
(Fig. B)
Operating power supply
Leakage current
R
C
Operating power supply
WRONG
CORRECT
T
Resistor Neon lamp
Limit switch
Example of limit switches
with lamp.
VL with lamp, Vertical type
with lamp, ML with lamp.
Analog
Timers
38
PM4H-A/S/M
Features
• 100-240V AC free-voltage input, 48-125V DC type available
• Short body — 62.5mm 2.461 inch (screw terminal type)
• Front panel of IP65 type is protected against water-splash and dust
• Built-in Screw terminals
Screw terminal type is used for easy wiring and reducing additional cost for
accessories.
• 0 setting instantaneous output operation
• Multiple time ranges — 1 s to 500 h (Max.)
• 8 different operation modes: (PM4H-A)
• Compliant with UL/CSA, CE and LLOYD
48
1.890
48
1.890
62.5
2.461
mm inch
Pin type
Screw
terminal type
Product types
Type
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-A
Operation mode Contact
arrangement Time range Rated
operating voltage
Protective
construction Terminal type Part number
PM4HA-H-AC240VW
PM4HA-H-AC240VSW
PM4HA-H-DC125VW
PM4HA-H-DC125VSW
PM4HA-H-24VW
PM4HA-H-24VSW
PM4HA-H-DC12VW
PM4HA-H-DC12VSW
PM4HA-H-AC240V
PM4HA-H-AC240VS
PM4HA-H-DC125V
PM4HA-H-DC125VS
PM4HA-H-24V
PM4HA-H-24VS
PM4HA-H-DC12V
PM4HA-H-DC12VS
PM4HS-H-AC240VW
PM4HS-H-AC240VSW
PM4HS-H-DC125VW
PM4HS-H-DC125VSW
PM4HS-H-24VW
PM4HS-H-24VSW
PM4HS-H-DC12VW
PM4HS-H-DC12VSW
PM4HS-H-AC240V
PM4HS-H-AC240VS
PM4HS-H-DC125V
PM4HS-H-DC125VS
PM4HS-H-24V
PM4HS-H-24VS
PM4HS-H-DC12V
PM4HS-H-DC12VS
PM4HM-H-AC240VW
PM4HM-H-AC240VSW
PM4HM-H-DC125VW
PM4HM-H-DC125VSW
PM4HM-H-24VW
PM4HM-H-24VSW
PM4HM-H-DC12VW
PM4HM-H-DC12VSW
PM4HM-H-AC240V
PM4HM-H-AC240VS
PM4HM-H-DC125V
PM4HM-H-DC125VS
PM4HM-H-24V
PM4HM-H-24VS
PM4HM-H-DC12V
PM4HM-H-DC12VS
16 selectable
ranges
1s to 500h
Relay
Timed-out
1 Form C
Instantaneous
1 Form C
Relay
Timed-out
2 Form C
Relay
Timed-out
2 Form C
8 operation modes
• Pulse ON-delay
• Pulse Flicker
• Pulse ON-flicker
• Differential ON/OFF-delay (1) (2)
• Signal OFF-delay
• Pulse One-shot
• Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
5 operation modes
(With instantaneous contact)
• Power ON-delay
• Power Flicker
• Power ON-flicker
• Power One-shot
• Power One-cycle
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
100 to 240V AC
48 to 125V DC
24V AC/DC
12V DC
100 to 240V AC
48 to 125V DC
24V AC/DC
12V DC
100 to 240V AC
48 to 125V DC
24V AC/DC
12V DC
100 to 240V AC
48 to 125V DC
24V AC/DC
12V DC
100 to 240V AC
48 to 125V DC
24V AC/DC
12V DC
100 to 240V AC
48 to 125V DC
24V AC/DC
12V DC
IP65
IP50
IP65
IP50
IP65
IP50
If you use this timer under harsh environment, please order above sealed type (IP65 type). IP65 type — Protection dust and water jet splay on the front face.
UL File No.: E122222
CSA File No.: LR39291
DIN48 SIZE
MULTI-RANGE
ANALOG TIMER
PM4H-A
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
Analog
Timers
39
PM4H-A/S/M
18
Specifications
PM4H-A
Type
Item PM4H-S
100 to 240V AC, 48 to 125V DC, 12V DC, 24V AC/DCRated operating voltage
50/60Hz common (AC operating type)
5A 250V AC (resistive load)
Power ON-delay
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Differential ON/OFF-delay (1) (2)
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
Power Flicker
Power ON-flicker
Power One-shot
Power One-cycle
(with instantaneous contact)
Rated frequency
Rated control capacity
1s to 500h (Max.) 16 time ranges switchable
±0.3% (power off time change at the range of 0.1s to 1h)
±5% (Full-scale value)
±0.5% (at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
Max. 100mΩ (at 1A 6V DC)
±2% (at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C+14 to +122°F)
Timed-out 1 Form C
Instantaneous 1 Form C
Time range
Operating time fluctuation
2×107
105 (at rated control capacity)
Mechanical (contact)
Electrical (contact)
85 to 110% of rated operating voltage (at 20°C coil temp.)Allowable operating voltage range
–10 to +50°C+14 to +122°FAmbient temperature
30 to 85%RH (at 20°C68°F, non-condensing)Ambient humidity
860 to 1,060hPaAtmospheric pressure
20%Ripple factor (DC type)
IP65 on front panel (using rubber gasket ATC18002) <only for IP65 type>Protective construction
100g 3.527 oz (Pin type)
110g 3.880 oz (Screw terminal type)
Weight
10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.25mm (10min on 3 axes)
Vibration resistance 10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.375mm (1h on 3 axes)
Min. 98m/s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Min. 980m/s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
Functional
Destructive
Functional
Destructive
Between live and dead metal parts
Between input and output
Between contacts of different poles
Between contacts of same pole
Insulation resistance (Initial value)
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between live and dead metal parts
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between input and output
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between contacts of different poles
1,000Vrms for 1 min Between contacts of same pole
Breakdown voltage (Initial value)
Setting error
Voltage error
Contact resistance (Initial value)
100msMin. power off time
55°C131°F65°C149°FMax. temperature rise
Silver alloy Au flash on Silver alloyContact material
Temperature error
Timed-out 2 Form CContact arrangement
Operating mode
Approx. 10VA (100 to 240V AC)
Approx. 2.5VA (24V AC)
Approx. 1.5W (12V DC, 24V DC, 48 to 125V DC)
Rated power consumption
Rating
Time
accuracy
Note:1)
Contact
Life
Electrical
function
Mechanical
function
Operating
condition
Others
PM4H-M
Min. 100MΩ(At 500V DC)
Note: 1) Unless otherwise specified, the measurement conditions at the maximum scale time standard are specified to be the rated operating voltage (within 5% ripple
factor for DC), 20°C 68°F ambient temperature, and 1s power off time.
2) For the 1s range, the tolerance for each specification becomes ±10ms.
PM4H-A/S/M
PM4H-A/PM4H-S/PM4H-M
All types of PM4H timer have multi-time
range.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is controlled.
Time range
1
Scale
Time unit
0.1s to 1s
sec min hrs 10h
0.1 min to 1 min 0.1h to 1h 1.0h to 10h
5 0.5s to 5s
Control
time range
0.5 min to 5 min 0.5h to 5h 5h to 50h
10 1.0s to 10s 1.0 min to 10 min 1.0h to 10h 10h to 100h
50 5s to 50s 5 min to 50 min 5h to 50h 50h to 500h
Note: 0 setting is for instantaneous output operation.
Analog
Timers
40
PM4H-A/S/M
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
PM4H-A
Pin type
• Timed-out 2 Form C
Screw terminal type
• Timed-out 2 Form C
PM4H-M
Pin type
• Timed-out 1 Form C
• Instantaneous 1 Form C
Screw terminal type
• Timed-out 1 Form C
• Instantaneous 1 Form C
PM4H-S
Pin type
• Timed-out 2 Form C
Screw terminal type
• Timed-out 2 Form C
2) Contact
3)
Voltage should not be applied to the various inputs (reset, start, and stop) of
the PM4H-A multi-range timer. These inputs should be input without voltage.
Timed-out contact Instantaneous contact
Type
PM4H-A
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
Pin
Connect the terminal b to negative
(–), and the terminal j to positive (+). Connect the terminal x to
negative (–), and the terminal
z to positive (+).
Connect the terminal b to negative
(–), and the terminal g to positive (+).
Screw terminal
1) DC Type
Start input
Reset input
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
Stop input
N.O.
(–) (+)
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Stop
input
Reset
input
Start
input
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Part names
PM4H-S PM4H-A PM4H-M
Time range selector
16 time settings selectable
(1 s to 500 h)
1s 5s 10s 50s
1min 5min 10min 50min
1h 5h 10h 50h
10h 50h 100h 500h
Power indicator LED
Time indicator window
Time unit indicator
Output indicator LED
Hand
Operation mode selector
Selectable from 8 operation modes
ON : Pulse ON-delay
FL : Pulse Flicker
FO : Pulse ON-flicker
OF1 : Differential ON/OFF-delay (1)
SF : Signal OFF-delay
OS : Pulse One-shot
OF2 : Differential ON/OFF-delay (2)
OC : Pulse One-cycle
Set dial
Operation mode indicator
Instantaneous output area
When the hand is in this area,
instantaneous operation starts.
Operation mode selector
Selectable from
5 operation modes
ON : Power ON-delay
FL : Power flicker
FO : Power ON-flicker
OS : Power One-shot
OC : Power One-cycle
Analog
Timers
41
PM4H-A/S/M
Dimensions mm inch
Tolerance: ±0.5 ±.020
• PM4H-M
Screw terminal type
(Flush mount)
• Panel mount dimensions (with mounting frame)
Screw terminal type
• Surface mount dimensions
Pin type
• Panel cut out dimensions
Standard cut out dimensions are shown
below.
Use mounting frame (AT8-DA4) and rubber
gasket (ATC18002).
• Adjacent mounting
Pin type
Pin type
(Flush mount/Surface mount)
Note) 1. The proper thickness of
mounting panel is between 1
to 5mm.
2. Adjacent mount is less
water-resistant.
62.5
2.461
12.0
.472
.236
6.0
48
1.890
48
1.890 M44.5
M1.752
41 dia.
1.614 dia.
1
.039
48
1.890
61.5
2.421
48
1.890 M44.5
M1.752
50
1.969
66
2.598
Rubber gasket
ATC 18002 (attached)
Mounting frame
AT8-DA4 (attached)
Panel
48
1.890
48
1.890
50
1.969
66
2.598
72.5 2.854 (8-pin)
78 3.071 (11-pin)
Rubber gasket
ATC18002
Mounting frame
AT8-DA4
(Sold separately)
Rear terminal socket
AT78041 (8-pin: sold separately)
AT78051 (11-pin: sold separately)
Panel
Din rail socket
AT8-DF8K
(8-pin: sold separately)
AT8-DF11K
(11-pin: sold separately)
Mounting rail
AT8-DLA1
104.0 (11-pin)
4.094
97.3 (8-pin)
3.831
45+
1.772+.024
0
0.6
0
45+
1.772+.024
0
0.6
0
Min. 80
3.150
Min. 80 3.150
A
45+
1.772+.024
0
0.6
0
A = (48×n–2.5)+
A = (1.890×n–.098)+.024
0
0.6
0
14.5
66.5
2.618
48
1.890 M44.5
M1.752
41 dia.
1.614 dia.
48
1.890 12.0
.472
.236
6.0
Analog
Timers
42
PM4H-A/S/M
Operation mode
PM4H-A
Note: Keep 0.1s or more for power off time.
Keep 0.05s or more for start, stop, reset input time.
Operation type Explanation Time chart
• If using a time-limit start when the power is turned on, and a reset when
the power is turned off, pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c)
should be shorted ahead of time.
• Turn the operation mode selector switch to the position.
If pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) are shorted (the start input
is turned on) with the power supply on, the output will go on after the set
time has elapsed.
If the power supply is turned off, or pins 2 to 7 (screw-tightening pins x to
v) are shorted (the reset input is turned on), a reset is carried out.
Note) During time-limited operation, the time-limited operation is stopped
while the pins 2 to 5 (screw-tightening pins x to b) are being shorted
(the stop input is on). When the pins are released, time-limited operation
resumes.
• Turn the operation mode selector switch to the position.
When pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) are shorted (the start
input is turned on) with the power supply on, the output goes on, and when
pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) are released (the start input
is turned off), the time limit interval begins. After the set time has elapsed,
the output goes off. If start input is entered at any point during the time limit
interval, the time limit interval is reset.
Note) During time-limited operation, the time-limited operation is stopped
while the pins 2 to 5 (screw-tightening pins x to b) are being shorted
(the stop input is on). When the pins are released, time-limited operation
resumes.
• Turn the operation mode selector switch to the position.
When pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) are shorted (the start
input is turned on) with the power supply on, the output goes on, and after
the set time has elapsed, it goes off.
Also, when pins 2 to 6 are released (the start input goes off), the output
goes on, and after the set time has elapsed, it goes off.
If the status of pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) changes dur-
ing the time-limit interval (the start input goes from on to off, or from off to
on), the time-limit interval is restarted from the point at which the change
took place.
If the power supply is turned off, or pins 2 to 7 (screw-tightening pins x to
v) are shorted (the reset input is turned on), a reset is carried out.
Note) During time-limited operation, the time-limited operation is stopped while
the pins 2 to 5 (screw-tightening pins x to b) are being shorted (the stop
input is on). When the pins are released, time-limited operation resumes.
• If using a time-limit start when the power is turned on, and a reset when
the power is turned off, pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c)
should be shorted ahead of time.
• Turn the operation mode selector switch to the position.
When pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) are shorted (the start
input is turned on) with the power supply on, the output goes on, and after
the set time has elapsed, it goes off. This process is subsequently repeated.
If the power supply is turned off, or pins 2 to 7 (screw-tightening pins x to
v) are shorted (the reset input is turned on), a reset is carried out.
Note) During time-limited operation, the time-limited operation is stopped
while the pins 2 to 5 (screw-tightening pins x to b) are being shorted
(the stop input is on). When the pins are released, time-limited operation
resumes.
• If using a time-limit start when the power is turned on, and a reset when
the power is turned off, pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c)
should be shorted ahead of time.
• Turn the operation mode selector switch to the position.
When pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) are shorted (the start
input is turned on) with the power supply on, the limited time interval begins,
and the output goes on after the set time has elapsed. After the output has
gone on, it goes off when the set time has elapsed, and this process is sub-
sequently repeated.
If the power supply is turned off, or pins 2 to 7 (screw-tightening pins x to
v) are shorted (the reset input is turned on), a reset is carried out.
Note) During time-limited operation, the time-limited operation is stopped
while the pins 2 to 5 (screw-tightening pins x to b) are being shorted
(the stop input is on). When the pins are released, time-limited operation
resumes.
Pulse
ON-delay
ON
ON
Pulse
Flicker
FL
FL
Pulse
ON-flicker
FO
FO
Differential
ON/OFF-delay (1)
OF1
OF1
Signal
OFF-delay
SF
SF
Power supply
ON
OFF
Start
ON
OFF
ON ON
OFF
Reset
ON
OFF
Stop
ON
OFF
Time out (N.O. contact)
OP. LED
POWER LED
b–f
b–g
b–e
ON
T t1t2
ON
OFFOFF
Note: LED lighting or No LED lighting
Power supply
ON
OFF
Start
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Reset
ON
Stop
ON
OFF
Time out (N.O. contact)
OP. LED
POWER LED
b–f
b–g
b–e
ON
T T t1tat2tb
ON
OFFOFF
Note: LED lighting or No LED lighting
Power supply
ON
OFF
Start
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Reset
ON
Stop
ON
OFF
Time out (N.O. contact)
OP. LED
POWER LED
b–f
b–g
b–e
ON
T T t2Ttatbt1
OFFOFF
*Note: LED lighting or No LED lighting
Power supply
ON
OFF
Start
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Reset
Stop
ON
OFF
Time out (N.O. contact)
OP. LED
POWER LED
b–f
b–g
b–e
ON ON
T t1t2tatb
OFF OFF
ON
OFF
Restart
OFF
Note: LED lighting or No LED lighting
Power supply
ON
OFF
Start
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Reset
Stop
Time out (N.O. contact)
OP. LED
POWER LED
b–f
b–g
b–e
ON
T tbta
OFF
OFF
Note: LED lighting or No LED lighting
LED lighting LED flickering
T: Setting time t1, t2, ta, tb<T t1+t2=T
Analog
Timers
43
PM4H-A/S/M
Note: Keep 0.1s or more for power off time.
Keep 0.05s or more for start, stop, reset input time.
Operation type Explanation Time chart
• If using a time-limit start when the power is turned on, and a reset when
the power is turned off, pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c)
should be shorted ahead of time.
• Turn the operation mode selector switch to the position.
When pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) are shorted (the start
input is turned on) with the power supply on, the output goes on for the set
time limit interval.
If the power supply is turned off, or pins 2 to 7 (screw-tightening pins x to
v) are shorted (the reset input is turned on), a reset is carried out.
Note) During time-limited operation, the time-limited operation is stopped
while the pins 2 to 5 (screw-tightening pins x to b) are being shorted
(the stop input is on). When the pins are released, time-limited operation
resumes.
• If using a time-limit start when the power is turned on, and a reset when
the power is turned off, pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c)
should be shorted ahead of time.
• Turn the operation mode selector switch to the position.
When pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) are shorted (the start
input is turned on) with the power supply on, the output goes on after the
set time limit interval has elapsed. After it has gone on, it goes off after
one pulse (approximately 0.8 seconds).
If the power supply is turned off, or pins 2 to 7 (screw-tightening pins x
to v) are shorted (the reset input is turned on), a reset is carried out.
Note) During time-limited operation, the time-limited operation is stopped
while the pins
2 to 5
(screw-tightening pins
x to b
) are being shorted
(the stop input is on). When the pins are released, time-limited operation
resumes.
• Turn the operation mode selector switch to the position.
When pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) are shorted (the start
input is turned on) with the power supply on, the time limit interval begins,
and after the set time interval has elapsed, the output goes on.
Also, when pins 2 to 6 are released (the start input goes off), the time limit
interval begins, and after it has elapsed, the output goes off.
If the status of pins 2 to 6 (screw-tightening pins x and c) changes dur-
ing the time-limit interval (the start input goes from on to off, or from off to
on), the time limit interval is restarted from the point at which the change
took place.
If the power supply is turned off, or pins 2 to 7 (screw-tightening pins x to
v) are shorted (the reset input is turned on), a reset is carried out.
Note) During time-limited operation, the time-limited operation is stopped while
the pins 2 to 5 (screw-tightening pins x to b) are being shorted (the stop
input is on). When the pins are released, time-limited operation resumes.
Pulse
One-shot
OS
OS
Differential
ON/OFF-delay (2)
OF2
OF2
Pulse
One-cycle
OC
OC
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
Operation type Explanation Time chart
Time limit contact relay
When the power supply is turned on, the output goes on after the set
time interval has elapsed.
When the power supply is turned off, a reset is carried out.
Power ON-delay
Note: Keep 0.1s or more for power off time. PM4H-M timers do not have each input which is start, reset and stop.
Operation type Explanation Time chart
Turn the operation mode selector switch to display the various opera-
tions.
When the power supply is turned on, the time limit interval begins,
and operation is carried out.
When the power supply is turned off, a reset is carried out.
Power ON-delay
ON
Power Flicker
FL
Power ON-flicker
FO
Power One-shot
OS
Power One-cycle
OC
Power supply
ON
OFF
Start
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Reset
Stop
Time out (N.O. contact)
OP. LED
POWER LED
b–f
b–g
b–e
ON
T T ta
t1t2
OFF
OFF
Note: LED lighting or No LED lighting
Power supply
ON
OFF
Start
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Reset
Stop
Time out (N.O. contact)
OP. LED
POWER LED
b–f
b–g
b–e
ON ON
T tbt1t2ta
OFF
OFF
Restart
Note: LED lighting or No LED lighting
Power supply ON OFF
Start
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Reset
Stop
Time out (N.O. contact)
OP. LED
POWER LED
b–f
b–g
b–e
T ta
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
t t1tbt2t
OFF
One pulse time (t): Approx. 0.8s
Note: LED lighting or No LED lighting
ON
Power supply
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Time out (N.O. contact)
OP. LED
POWER LED
*Note: Keep 0.1s or more for power off time.
T
Power supply
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Instantaneous contact (N.O. contact)
Time out (N.O. contact)
Power ON-delay
OP. LED
POWER LED
T
*Note: Keep 0.1s or more for power off time.
LED lighting LED flickering
T: Setting time
Analog
Timers
44
DIN48 SIZE ANALOG
STAR ( )-DELTA ( )
TIMERS
PM4H
-SD/SDM
PM4H-SD/SDM
Features
• Select four types of time ranges between 0.2 s and 100 s on a single unit.
• Select between five types of time ranges between 0.04 s and 0.7 s for the -g
switching times.
• There is a -g switching indicator so you can check the operation at a glance.
• The AC free power supply and shorter body make it easier to use.
• Compliant with UL, CSA, CE and LLOYD.
48
1.890
48
1.890
66.5
2.618
mm inch
Notes: 1) Unless otherwise specified, the measurement conditions at the maximum scale time standard are specified to be the rated operating voltage, 20°C 68°F
ambient temperature, and 1s power off time.
2) For the 2s range, the tolerance for each specification becomes ±10ms.
3) Between contacts of different poles for PM4H-SDM type only.
UL File No.: E122222
CSA File No.: LR39291
Specifications
Type
Item PM4H-SD/SDM
100 to 240V AC, 24V ACRated operating voltage
50/60Hz common
5A 250V AC (resistive load)
-� star-delta switching (Power ON-delay)
Rated frequency
Rated control capacity
0.04, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 0.7s (5 time range selectable)
±0.3% (power off time change at the range of 0.5s to 1h)
±5% (Full-scale value)
±0.5% (at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
Max. 100mΩ (at 1A 6V DC)
±2% (at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C +14 to +122°F)
Star ( ) side: Timed-out 1 Form A, Delta (�) side: Timed-out 1 Form A
Instantaneous: 1 Form A (Instantaneous for PM4H-SDM type only)
-� switching time
Operation time fluctuation
2×107
105 (at rated control capacity)
Mechanical (contact)
Electrical (contact)
85 to 110% of rated operating voltage (at 20°C coil temp.)Allowable operating voltage range
–10 to +50°C +14 to +122°FAmbient temperature
Max. 85%RH (non-condensing)Ambient humidity
860 to 1,060hPaAtmospheric pressure
IP65 on front panel (using rubber gasket ATC18002) <only for IP65 type>Protective construction
100g 3.527 oz (Pin type), 110g 3.880 oz (Screw terminal type)
Weight
Min. 294m/s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Min. 980m/s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
Functional
Destructive
10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.25mm (10min on 3 axes)
Vibration resistance 10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.375mm (1h on 3 axes)
Functional
Destructive
Between live and dead metal parts
Between input and output
Between contacts of different poles (*3)
Between contacts of same pole
Insulation resistance (Initial value)
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between live and dead metal parts
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between input and output
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between contacts of different poles (*3)
1,000Vrms for 1 min Between contacts of same pole
Breakdown voltage (Initial value)
Setting error
Voltage error
Contact resistance (Initial value)
500msMin. power off time
65°C 131°FMax. temperature rise
Au flash on Silver alloyContact material
Temperature error
Contact arrangement
Operation mode
Approx. 6VA (100 to 240V AC), Approx. 1.4VA (24V AC)Rated power consumption
Rating
Time
accuracy
Note:1)
Contact
Life
Electrical
function
Mechanical
function
Operating
condition
Others
Min. 100MΩ(At 500V DC)
2s to 100s, 4 time ranges switchable operation control time range
Analog
Timers
45
PM4H-SD/SDM
Product types
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
Time range
Dimensions
Operation
mm inch
PM4H-SD
Star ( )-Delta
(g) switching
Type Contact arrangement Time range Part number
Rated operating
voltage
Protective
construction
Terminal
type
Operation
mode
PM4HSD-S-AC240VW
PM4HSD-S-AC240VSW
PM4HSD-S-AC24VW
PM4HSD-S-AC24VSW
PM4HSDM-S-AC240VW
PM4HSDM-S-AC240VSW
PM4HSDM-S-AC24VW
PM4HSDM-S-AC24VSW
PM4HSD-S-AC240V
PM4HSD-S-AC240VS
PM4HSD-S-AC24V
PM4HSD-S-AC24VS
PM4HSDM-S-AC240V
PM4HSDM-S-AC240VS
PM4HSDM-S-AC24V
PM4HSDM-S-AC24VS
4 selectable ranges over
2s to 100s
( -g switching time:
0.04, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 0.7s)
Relay Timed-out
side: 1 Form A
g side: 1 Form A
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
IP65
IP50
100 to 240V AC
24V AC
100 to 240V AC
24V AC
100 to 240V AC
24V AC
100 to 240V AC
24V AC
Star ( )-
Delta (g)
switching
PM4H-SDM
Star ( )-Delta
(g) switching
(Instantaneous
contact)
PM4H-SD
Star ( )-Delta
(g) switching
PM4H-SDM
Star ( )-Delta
(g) switching
(Instantaneous
contact)
Relay Timed-out
side: 1 Form A
g side: 1 Form A
Instantaneous: 1 Form A
Relay Timed-out
side: 1 Form A
g side: 1 Form A
Relay Timed-out
side: 1 Form A
g side: 1 Form A
Instantaneous: 1 Form A
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
54321
109876
11
Operating
voltage
54321
109876
11
Operating
voltage
side time-delay contact
side time-delay contact
Instantaneous contact
(PM4H-SDM type)
side time-delay contact
side time-delay contact
Instantaneous contact
(PM4H-SDM type)
Power
supply
Instantaneous
contact
side Contact
side Contact
t1t2t3
operation time
( indicator LED lights)
– switching time
operation time
( indicator LED lights)
t1:
t2:
t3:
.236
6.0
48
1.890 66.5
2.618 14.5
.571
12.0
.472
48
1.890 41 dia.
1.614 dia. M44.5
M1.752
Pin type
• No instantaneous contact
Screw terminal type
• No instantaneous contact • With instantaneous contact• With instantaneous contact
Time range
Time range
unit
2
10
20
100
0.2 to 2
1 to 10
2 to 20
10 to 100
0.04
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.7
Operating (s) -g switching time (s)
Analog
Timers
46
PM4H-F
DIN48 SIZE ANALOG
MULTI-RANGE POWER
OFF-DELAY TIMERS
PM4H-F
Features
• Switch operation times between three types of time ranges of 1 s to 10 s
and 1 min to 10 min.
• Instantaneous reset available.
• The shorter body makes it easier to use.
• Compliant with UL, CSA, CE and LLOYD.
48
1.890
48
1.890
62.5
2.461
mm inch
Specifications
PM4H-F8
Type
Item PM4H-F8R
100 to 120V AC, 200 to 240V AC, 24V AC, 12V DC, 24V DCRated operating voltage
50/60Hz common (AC operating type)
3A 250V AC (resistive load)
Power OFF-delay Power OFF-delay (with reset)
Rated frequency
Rated control capacity
1s to 10s: 3 range switchable 1 min to 10 min: 3 range selectable
±0.3%
±5% (Full-scale value)
±0.5% (at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
Max. 100mW (at 1A 6V DC)
±2% (at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C +14 to +122°F)
Time range
Operation time fluctuation
107
105 (at rated control capacity)
Mechanical (contact)
Electrical (contact)
85 to 110% of rated operating voltage (at 20°C coil temp.), 90 to 110% (DC Type)Allowable operating voltage range
–10 to +50°C +14 to +122°FAmbient temperature
30 to 85%RH (non-condensing)Ambient humidity
860 to 1,060hPaAtmospheric pressure
20%Ripple factor (DC type)
IP65 on front panel (using rubber gasket ATC18002) <only for IP65 type>Protective construction
100g 3.527 oz (Pin type), 110g 3.880 oz (Screw terminal type)Weight
Min. 98m/s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Min. 980m/s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
Functional
Destructive
10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.25mm (10min on 3 axes)
Vibration resistance 10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.375mm (1hr on 3 axes)
Functional
Destructive
Between live and dead metal parts
Between input and output
Between contacts of different poles (*3)
Between contacts of same pole
Insulation resistance (Initial value)
1,500Vrms for 1 min Between live and dead metal parts
1,500Vrms for 1 min Between input and output
1,000Vrms for 1 min Between contacts of different poles (*3)
750Vrms for 1 min Between contacts of same pole
Breakdown voltage (Initial value)
Setting error
Voltage error
Contact resistance (Initial value)
50msMin. reset time
s range type: 100ms
min range type: 2s
Min. power supply width
55°C 131°FMax. temperature rise
Au flash on Silver alloyContact material
Temperature error
Timed-out 1 Form CTimed-out 2 Form C Timed-out 2 Form CContact arrangement
Operation mode
Approx. 1.6VA (100 to 120V AC, 200 to 240V AC), Approx. 2.3VA (24V AC)
Approx. 1.1W (12V DC, 24V DC)
Rated power consumption
Rating
Time
accuracy *1
Contact
Life
Electrical
function
Mechanical
function
Operating
condition
Others
PM4H-F11R
Min. 100MW(At 500V DC)
*Notes: 1) Unless otherwise specified, the measurement conditions at the maximum scale time standard are specified to be the rated operating voltage (within 5% rip-
ple factor for DC), 20°C 68°F ambient temperature.
2) For the 1s range, the tolerance for each specification becomes ±10ms. When the power goes on, in rush current (0.3A) flows. Cautions should be taken.
The minimum power supplying time after forced reset input is 2s or more.
3) Between contacts of different pools for PM4H-F8, PM4H-F11R types only.
UL File No.: E122222
CSA File No.: LR39291
Analog
Timers
47
PM4H-F
Product types
PM4H-F8
Type Contact arrangement Time range Part number
Rated operating
voltage
Protective
construction
Terminal
type
Operation
mode
PM4HF8-S-AC120VW
PM4HF8-S-AC240VW
PM4HF8-S-AC24VW
PM4HF8-S-DC12VW
PM4HF8-S-DC24VW
PM4HF8-M-AC120VW
PM4HF8-M-AC240VW
PM4HF8-M-AC24VW
PM4HF8-M-DC12VW
PM4HF8-M-DC24VW
PM4HF8-S-AC120V
PM4HF8-S-AC240V
PM4HF8-S-AC24V
PM4HF8-S-DC12V
PM4HF8-S-DC24V
PM4HF8-M-AC120V
PM4HF8-M-AC240V
PM4HF8-M-AC24V
PM4HF8-M-DC12V
PM4HF8-M-DC24V
PM4HF8R-S-AC120VW
PM4HF8R-S-AC240VW
PM4HF8R-S-AC24VW
PM4HF8R-S-DC12VW
PM4HF8R-S-DC24VW
PM4HF8R-M-AC120VW
PM4HF8R-M-AC240VW
PM4HF8R-M-AC24VW
PM4HF8R-M-DC12VW
PM4HF8R-M-DC24VW
PM4HF8R-S-AC120V
PM4HF8R-S-AC240V
PM4HF8R-S-AC24V
PM4HF8R-S-DC12V
PM4HF8R-S-DC24V
PM4HF8R-M-AC120V
PM4HF8R-M-AC240V
PM4HF8R-M-AC24V
PM4HF8R-M-DC12V
PM4HF8R-M-DC24V
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
3 selectable time ranges
over 1s to 10s
Relay Timed-out
2 Form C
Power
OFF-delay
(without reset)
PM4H-F8R Relay Timed-out
1 Form C
Power
OFF-delay
(with
instantaneous
reset)
3 selectable time ranges
over 1 min to 10 min
3 selectable time ranges
over 1s to 10s
3 selectable time ranges
over 1 min to 10 min
3 selectable time ranges
over 1s to 10s
3 selectable time ranges
over 1 min to 10 min
3 selectable time ranges
over 1s to 10s
3 selectable time ranges
over 1 min to 10 min
IP65
IP50
IP65
IP50
Time range
Time range
Time range
unit
1
5
10
0.04s to 1s
0.2s to 5s
0.4s to 10s
0.04 min to 1 min
0.2 min to 5 min
0.4 min to 10 min
s range type min range type
Analog
Timers
48
PM4H-F
PM4H-F11R
Type Contact arrangement Time range Part number
Rated operating
voltage
Protective
construction
Terminal
type
Operation
mode
PM4HF11R-S-AC120VW
PM4HF11R-S-AC120VSW
PM4HF11R-S-AC240VW
PM4HF11R-S-AC240VSW
PM4HF11R-S-AC24VW
PM4HF11R-S-AC24VSW
PM4HF11R-S-DC12VW
PM4HF11R-S-DC12VSW
PM4HF11R-S-DC24VW
PM4HF11R-S-DC24VSW
PM4HF11R-S-AC120V
PM4HF11R-S-AC120VS
PM4HF11R-S-AC240V
PM4HF11R-S-AC240VS
PM4HF11R-S-AC24V
PM4HF11R-S-AC24VS
PM4HF11R-S-DC12V
PM4HF11R-S-DC12VS
PM4HF11R-S-DC24V
PM4HF11R-S-DC24VS
PM4HF11R-M-AC120VW
PM4HF11R-M-AC120VSW
PM4HF11R-M-AC240VW
PM4HF11R-M-AC240VSW
PM4HF11R-M-AC24VW
PM4HF11R-M-AC24VSW
PM4HF11R-M-DC12VW
PM4HF11R-M-DC12VSW
PM4HF11R-M-DC24VW
PM4HF11R-M-DC24VSW
PM4HF11R-M-AC120V
PM4HF11R-M-AC120VS
PM4HF11R-M-AC240V
PM4HF11R-M-AC240VS
PM4HF11R-M-AC24V
PM4HF11R-M-AC24VS
PM4HF11R-M-DC12V
PM4HF11R-M-DC12VS
PM4HF11R-M-DC24V
PM4HF11R-M-DC24VS
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
3 selectable time ranges
over 1s to 10s
Relay Timed-out
2 Form C
Power
OFF-delay
(with
instantaneous
reset)
3 selectable time ranges
over 1 min to 10 min
IP65
IP50
IP65
IP50
Dimensions
• Screw terminal type (Flush mount) • Pin type (Flush mount/surface mount)
.236
6.0
48
1.890 62.5
2.461
12.0
.472
41 dia.
1.614 dia.
48
1.890 M44.5
M1.752
.236
6.0
66.5
2.618
12.0
.472
48
1.890
41 dia.
1.614 dia.
M44.5
M1.752
48
1.890
14.5
.571
mm inch
Toletance: ±0.5 ±.020
Analog
Timers
49
PM4H-F
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
• PM4H-F8 (without reset input)
Pin type
Time-out 2 Form C
Screw-tightening pin type
The PM4H-F11R should be used for the time-
limit 2C.
Screw-tightening pin type
The PM4H-F11R should be used for the time-
limit 1C and to connect reset input.
PM4H-F (with reset) input conditions
1. Contact input (pin type example) 2. Non-contact input (pin type example)
• PM4H-F8R (with reset input)
Pin type
Time-out 1 Form C, with reset input
• PM4H-F11R (with reset input)
Pin type
Time-out 2 Form C, with reset input
Screw terminal type
Time-out 2 Form C, with reset input
(–) (+)
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Operating voltage
N.O.
N.C.
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Reset
input
(–) (+)
Operating voltage
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
N.O.
Reset input
(–) (+)
Operating voltage
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
Reset input
Reset input
Reset input
Reset input
Reset input
Photo-coupler
Photo-coupler
PM4H-F8R PM4H-F11R PM4H-F8R
PM4H-F11R
Use a contact with good contact reli-
ability for the input. Contact bounce
can lead to erroneous operation of
the timer, so use a contact with short
bounce time. Make the resistance
between terminals for a short circuit
less than 1k-ohms. Make the resist-
ance between terminals for an open
circuit greater than 100k-ohms.
Be sure to use a photo-
coupler for non-contact
input.
Check that Vce = 0.6V
Max. when ON.
• PM4H-F8 (without reset input) • PM4H-F8R/F11R (with reset input)
Operation
Power
supply
Time-delay
contact N.O.
Time-delay
contact N.C.
Tr
T
Power
supply
Reset
input
Time-delay
contact N.O.
Time-delay
contact N.C.
Tr TrTs Ts
tT
Note: Note:
Note: t<T: Time setting
Tr: Minimum power supply application time
Ts: Min. 2s (Time to restart operation after
reset input is set to OFF: both second
type and minute type)
Analog
Timers
50
PM4H-W
DIN48 SIZE
ANALOG MULTI-RANGE
CYCLIC TWIN TIMERS
PM4H-W
Features
• A single twin timer unit that repeats (variable) ON/OFF.
• Multiple ranges with a 0.1 s to 500 h time specification on a single unit.
• The output ON/OFF operation is indicated by red and green LED’s.
It’s easy to check the operation at a glance.
• The AC free power supply and shorter body make it easier to use.
• A new screw terminal type has been added to the conventional pin type. Wiring
can be done easily with a screwdriver.
• Compliant with UL, CSA, CE and LLOYD.
48
1.890
48
1.890
62.5
2.461
mm inch
Specifications
Type
Item PM4H-W
100 to 240V AC, 48 to 125V DC, 12V DC, 24V AC/DCRated operating voltage
50/60Hz common (AC operating type)
5A 250V AC (resistive load)
Cyclic (OFF-start/Twin operation)
Rated frequency
Rated control capacity
1s to 500h 16 time ranges switchable (T1, T2 time setting individually)
±0.3% (power off time change at the range of 0.3s to 1h)
±5% (Full-scale value)
±0.5% (at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
Max. 100mΩ (at 1A 6V DC)
Timed-out 2 Form C
±2% (at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +50°C +14 to 122°F)
Time range
Operation time fluctuation
2×107
105 (at rated control capacity)
Mechanical (contact)
Electrical (contact)
85 to 110% of rated operating voltage (at 20°C coil temp.)Allowable operating voltage range
–10 to +50°C +14 to +122°FAmbient temperature
30 to 85%RH (non-condensing)Ambient humidity
860 to 1,060hPaAtmospheric pressure
20%Ripple factor (DC type)
IP65 on front panel (using rubber gasket ATC18002) <only for IP65 type>Protective construction
120g 4.233 oz (Pin type), 130g 4.586 oz (Screw terminal type)Weight
10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.25mm (10min on 3 axes)
Vibration resistance 10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.375mm (1h on 3 axes)
Min. 98m/s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Min. 980m/s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
Functional
Destructive
Functional
Destructive
Between live and dead metal parts
Between input and output
Between contacts of different poles
Between contacts of same pole
Insulation resistance (Initial value)
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between live and metal parts
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between input and output
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between contacts of different poles
1,000Vrms for 1 min Between contacts of same pole
Breakdown voltage (Initial value)
Setting error
Voltage error
Contact resistance (Initial value)
300msMin. power off time
55°C 131°FMax. temperature rise
Silver alloyContact material
Temperature error
Contact arrangement
Operation mode
Approx. 10VA (100 to 240V AC)
Approx. 2.5VA (24V AC)
Approx. 1.5W (12V DC, 24V DC, 48 to 125V DC)
Rated power consumption
Rating
Time
accuracy
Note:1)
Contact
Life
Electrical
function
Mechanical
function
Operating
condition
Others
Min. 100MΩ(At 500V DC)
Notes: 1) Unless otherwise specified, the measurement conditions at the maximum scale time standard are specified to be the rated operating voltage (within 5% rip-
ple factor for DC), 20°C 68°F ambient temperature, and 1s power off time.
2) For the 1s range, the tolerance for each specification becomes ±10ms.
3) As internal components may become worn when using continuous conduction, the product should be replaced periodically.
UL File No.: E122222
CSA File No.: LR39291
Analog
Timers
51
PM4H-W
Product types
PM4H-W
Twin timer
Type Contact arrangement Time range Part number
Rated Operating
voltage
Protective
structure
Terminal
type
Operating
mode
PM4HW-H-AC240VW
PM4HW-H-AC240VSW
PM4HW-H-DC125VW
PM4HW-H-DC125VSW
PM4HW-H-24VW
PM4HW-H-24VSW
PM4HW-H-DC12VW
PM4HW-H-DC12VSW
PM4HW-H-AC240V
PM4HW-H-AC240VS
PM4HW-H-DC125V
PM4HW-H-DC125VS
PM4HW-H-24V
PM4HW-H-24VS
PM4HW-H-DC12V
PM4HW-H-DC12VS
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
8 pins
Screw terminal
100 to 240V AC
48 to 125V DC
24V AC/DC
12V DC
100 to 240V AC
48 to 125V DC
24V AC/DC
12V DC
16 selectable ranges
(1s to 500h)
Relay
Timed-out
2 Form C
Cyclic
(OFF-start,
Twin)
IP65
IP50
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
Dimensions mm inch
Toletance: ±0.5 ±.020
Pin Type
Cyclic timed-out relay contact: 2C
Screw terminal type
Cyclic timed-out relay contact: 2C
Operation
(–) (+)
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
Operating voltage
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
N.C.
N.O.
N.C. N.O.
54321
109876
11
(–)
(+)
Operating
voltage
48
1.890 62.5
2.461
17.0
.670
6.0
.236
48
1.890
∅41
∅1.614
44.5
1.752
17.0
.670
6.0
.236
48
1.890
48
1.890
66.5
2.618 14.5
.571
∅41
∅1.614
44.5
1.752
Power supply
Time-delay contact
(N.O. contact)
Time-delay contact
(N.C. contact)
Output ON-OFF
indicator
T1 T1T2
Output OFF indicator (green)
Output ON indicator (orange)
OFF set time
ON set time
:
:
T1:
T2:
All types of PM4H-W timer have multi-time range.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is controlled.
Time range
1
Scale
Time unit
0.1s to 1s
sec min hrs 10h
0.1 min to 1 min 0.1h to 1h 1.0h to 10h
5 0.5s to 5s
Control
time range
0.5 min to 5 min 0.5h to 5h 5h to 50h
10 1.0s to 10s 1.0 min to 10 min 1.0h to 10h 10h to 100h
50 5s to 50s 5 min to 50 min 5h to 50h 50h to 500h
• Screw terminal type: M3.5 • Pin type
Analog
Timers
52
PM4H SERIES MODES AND TIME SETTING
1. Operation method
1) Operation mode setting
[PM4H-A type]
8 operation modes are selectable with
operation mode selector.
Turn the operation mode selector with
screw driver.
Operation mode is shown up through the
window above the mode selector. The
marks are , , , , , , , .
Turn the mode selector to the mark until
you can check by clicking sound.
Confirm the mode selector position if it is
correct.
If the position is not stable, the timer
might mis-operate.
2) Time range setting
[PM4H series common]
16 time ranges are selectable between
1s to 500h.
Turn the time range selector with the
screw driver.
Clockwise turning increases the time
range, and Counter-clockwise turning
decrease the time range.
Confirm the range selector position if it is
correct.
If the position is not stable, the timer
might mis-operate.
3) Time setting [common]
To set the time, turn the set dial to a
desired time within the range.
Instantaneous output will be on when the
dial is set to “0”.
When the instantaneous output is used,
the dial should be set under “0” range.
(Instantaneous output area)
When power supply is on, the time
range, setting time and operation mode
cannot be changed.
Turn off the power supply or a reset sig-
nal is applied to set the new operation
mode.
If the position is not stable, the timer
might mis-operate.
ON FL FO
OF1
SF OS
OF2
OC
2. How to use “Set ring” [PM4H series common]
1) Fixed time setting
Set the desired time and put 2 set rings
together.
Insert the rings into stopper to fix the
time.
2) Time range setting
Example: Time range 20s to 30s.
a Shorter time value setting
Set the dial to 20s.
Place the stop ring at the right side of
stopper.
b Longer time value setting
Set the dial to 30s.
Place the stop ring at the left side of
stopper.
Set range
Applicable standard (PM4H series common)
Set dial
Set ring (2 pcs)
ATC18001 (sold separately)
Stopper boss
Stopper
Stop ring
Stopper boss
0 0
30
Longer time value
SEC
20
Shorter time value
SEC
Note) The stoppers for the lower limit setting set ring and the upper limit setting set ring face the opposite directions.
Safety standard EN61812-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category III
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
1 kV (signal line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Analog
Timers
53
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE PM4H SERIES
1. Input connections (PM4H-A type)
1) Be sure not to use terminal j as the
common terminal of the input signal as
shown in Fig. A. Otherwise, the internal
circuit of the timer may be damaged. Use
terminal b as the common terminal as
shown in Fig. B.
If the circuits is connected as in Fig. C,
the internal circuits must be broken. Be
sure to connect the circuit as in Fig. D.
2) When one input signal is simultane-
ously applied to more than one timer,
be sure to avoid the wiring shown in Fig.
E. Otherwise, the short-circuit current
will flow and cause damage. Be sure to
align the polarity of the power supply as
shown in Fig. F.
3) Terminal b-f (screw terminal x-c)
should be connected as the start input.
Connect terminals b-g (screw terminal
x-v) for reset signal input. Connect
terminals b-e (screw terminal x-b) for
stop signal input. Be sure not to connect
with other terminals and apply excessive
voltage. The internal circuit will be dam-
aged.
4) The input wiring other than the power
supply circuit should avoid these condi-
tions, high-voltage wiring and parallel
wiring with power wire. Wire in short with
using the shielding wire or metal wiring
tube.
5) For start, reset and stop input, use
gold-plated contact with high reliability.
Since contact bouncing causes errors
in the start, use an input contact less
bounce time.
6) Keep the minimum signal input time
over 0.05 s.
2. Input signal conditions
(PM4H-A type)
1) Connection of contact input (Pin type
example
Use gold-plated contacts with high-reli-
ability. The bounce time at the contacts
causes errors in the timer operation
time. Accordingly, use start input contact
whose bounce time is short. The resist-
ance when shorted should be less than
1kW, and when open resistance should
be more than 100kW.
For the screw terminal type, connect the
terminal x to the each input signal.
2) Connection of non-contact input (Pin
type example)
(open-collector)
Apply the open-collector connection.
The characteristics of the transistor used
must be VCEO=10V or more, IC=10mA or
more, and ICBO=6µA or less. Additionally,
the input impedance must be 1kW or
less, and the residual voltage must be
0.6V or less.
For the screw terminal type, connect the
terminal x to the each input signal.
3) Connection of non-contact input (Pin
type example)
(voltage input)
Even if the open collector is not used,
input is also possible from the non-con-
tact circuit of 6 to 30V DC. In this case,
the start input is turned on when the sig-
nal is turned from H to L.
The residual voltage must be 0.6V or
less when Q is on. On the AC type, an
insulated transformer is required as
the power supply for the photoelectric
sensor, etc. (power supply for the input
devices).
Note: Keep the minimum input signal time of
each signal to 0.05s or more.
3. Checking the contacts before use
(PM4H-F only)
When the power ON time is less than
the minimum power application time,
the contacts may remain in an ON state,
so the state of the contacts should be
checked before use. When the contacts
are in an ON state, activating them once
will return them to their normal state (the
OFF state after time-out). (Be aware that
relay characteristics may result in the
contacts being in that same ON state
if exposed to excessive vibration and
impact during transport.)
4. Time setting
To set the time, turn the set dial to a
desired time within the range.
Instantaneous output will be on when the
dial is set to “0”.
When the instantaneous output is used,
the dial should be set under “0” range.
(Instantaneous output area)
Note) When power supply is on, the time
range, setting time and operation mode
cannot be changed.
Turn off the power supply or a reset sig-
nal is applied to set the new operation
mode.
If the position is not stable, the timer
might mis-operate.
Fig. C
Fig. D
Good
No good
10
6
2
10
6
2
T
T
Fig. E
Fig. F
Good
No good
Contact or
non-contact input
10
2
10
2
Power
supply
Power
supply
10
2
Input
terminal
Input
terminal
Input
terminal
Input
terminal
10
2
Reset input
Start input
Stop input
2
5 7
6
Fig. B
5
2
10
7
6
Fig. A
No good
Good
5
2
10
7
6
Operating
voltage
Operating
voltage
Contact input
(or non-contact
input)
Contact input
(or non-contact
input)
2
5 7
6
Reset input
Start input
Stop input
Internal circuit
with photoelectric
sensor, etc.
[Example of
start input]
(The start input
is turned on.)
1mA
Q
2
5 7
6
Analog
Timers
54
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE PM4H SERIES
5. Superimposed surge of power
supply (PM4H series common)
For the superimposed surge of power
supply, the standard waveform is taken
as the standard value for surge-proof
voltage.
If external surge occurs exceeding the
specified value, the internal circuit may
break down. In this case, use a surge
absorption element.
The positive and negative voltages are
applied each five times between the
power pins.
The typical surge absorption elements
include a varistor, a capacitor, and a
diode. If a surge absorption element is
used, use an oscilloscope to see whether
or not the foreign surge exceeding the
specified value appears.
6. Acquisition of CE marking
Please abide by the conditions below
when using in applications that comply
with EN61812-1.
1) Overvoltage category III, pollution
level 2
2) This timer employs a power supply
without a transformer, so the power and
input signal terminals are not insulated.
(PM4H-A only)
(1) When a sensor is connected to the
input circuit, install double insulation on
the sensor side.
(2) In the case of contact input, use dual-
insulated relays, etc.
3) The load connected to the output con-
tact should have basic insulation.
This timer is protected with basic insula-
tion and can be double-insulated to meet
EN/IEC requirements by using basic
insulation on the load.
4) Please use a power supply that is
protected by an overcurrent protection
device which complies with the EN/IEC
standard (example: 250 V 1 A fuse, etc.).
5) You must use a terminal socket or
socket for the installation. Do not touch
the terminals or other parts of the timer
when it is powered. When installing or
un-installing, make sure that no voltage
is being applied to any of the terminals.
6) Do not use this timer as a safety cir-
cuit. For example when using a timer in
a heater circuit, etc., provide a protection
circuit on the machine side.
Operation voltage
100 to 240V AC
100 to 120V AC
200 to 240V AC
48 to 125V DC
Surge voltage
4,000V
12V DC, 24V DC
24V AC/DC 500V
Analog
Timers
55
PM5S-A/S/M
DIN 24 SIZE
MULTI-RANGE
ANALOG TIMER
PM5S-A
PM5S-S
PM5S-M
Features
• 24-240V AC/DC free-voltage input
• Built-in Screw terminals
• 6 different operation modes: (PM5S-A)
• Multiple time ranges — 1 s to 500 h (Max.)
• Slim body — DIN 22.5 mm .886 inch
• 0 setting instantaneous output operation.
• UL/C-UL/CE approval.
75.0
2.953
22.5
.886
98.5
3.878
mm inch
Product types
Type
PM5S-M
PM5S-A
PM5S-S
Operation mode Contact
arrangement Time range Rated
operating voltage
Protective
construction Part number
PM5S-A-24-240V
PM5S-S-24-240V
PM5S-M-24-240V
16 selectable
ranges
1s to 500h
Relay
Timed-out
1 Form C
Instantaneous
1 Form C
Relay
Timed-out
2 Form C
Relay
Timed-out
2 Form C
6 operation modes
• Pulse ON-delay
• Pulse Flicker
• Pulse ON-flicker
• Signal OFF-delay
• Pulse One-shot
• Pulse One-cycle
Power ON-delay
6 operation modes
(With instantaneous contact)
• Pulse ON-delay
• Pulse Flicker
• Pulse ON-flicker
• Signal OFF-delay
• Pulse One-shot
• Pulse One-cycle
24 to 240V AC/DCIP40
PM5S-A/PM5S-S/PM5S-M
All types of PM5S timer have multi-time range.
16 time ranges are selectable.
1s to 500h (Max. range) is controlled.
Time range
1
Scale
Time unit
0.1s to 1s
sec min hrs 10h
0.1 min to 1 min 0.1h to 1h 1.0h to 10h
5 0.5s to 5s
Control
time range
0.5 min to 5 min 0.5h to 5h 5h to 50h
10 1.0s to 10s 1.0 min to 10 min 1.0h to 10h 10h to 100h
50 5s to 50s 5 min to 50 min 5h to 50h 50h to 500h
Note: 0 setting is for instantaneous output operation.
Note: PM5S-M timer will be released soon.
C-UL File No.: E59504 (Vol. 3)
Analog
Timers
56
PM5S-A/S/M
Specifications
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
PM5S-A
Type
Item PM5S-S
24 to 240V AC/DCRated operating voltage
50/60Hz common
5A 250V AC (resistive load)
Power ON-delay
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
Pulse ON-delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-flicker
Signal OFF-delay
Pulse One-shot
Pulse One-cycle
(with instantaneous contact)
Rated frequency
Rated control capacity
1s to 500h (Max.) 16 time ranges switchable
±0.3% (power off time change at the range of 0.1s to 1h)
±10% (Full-scale value)
±0.5% (at the operating voltage changes between 85 to 110%)
Max. 100mΩ (at 1A 6V DC)
±2% (at 20°C ambient temp. at the range of –10 to +55°C +14 to +131°F)
Timed-out 1 Form C
Instantaneous 1 Form C
Time range
Operating time fluctuation
2×1071×107
105 (at rated control capacity)
Mechanical (contact)
Electrical (contact)
85 to 110% of rated operating voltage (at 20°C coil temp.)Allowable operating voltage range
–10 to +55°C +14 to +131°FAmbient temperature
Max. 85%RH (non-condensing)Ambient humidity
860 to 1,060hPaAtmospheric pressure
20%Ripple factor (DC)
IP40Protective construction
120g 4.233 ozWeight
Min. 98m/s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Min. 980m/s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min Single amplitude of 0.35mm (10min on 3 axes)
Vibration resistance 10 to 55Hz: 1 cycle/min Single amplitude of 0.75mm (1h on 3 axes)
Functional
Destructive
Functional
Destructive
Between live and dead metal parts
Between input and output
Between contacts of different poles
Between contacts of same pole
Insulation resistance (Initial value)
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between live and dead metal parts
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between input and output
2,000Vrms for 1 min Between contacts of different poles
1,000Vrms for 1 min Between contacts of same pole
Breakdown voltage (Initial value)
Setting error
Voltage error
Contact resistance (Initial value)
100msMin. power off time
55°C 131°F65°C 149°FMax. temperature rise
Silver alloy Au flash on Silver alloyContact material
Temperature error
Timed-out 2 Form CContact arrangement
Operating mode
2.6 VA (AC), 1.4 W (DC)Rated power consumption
Rating
Time
accuracy
Note:1)
Contact
Life
Electrical
function
Mechanical
function
Operating
condition
Others
PM5S-M
Min. 100MΩ (At 500V DC)
Note: 1) Unless otherwise specified, the measurement conditions at the maximum scale time standard are specified to be the rated operating voltage (within 5% rip-
ple factor for DC), 20°C 68°F ambient temperature, and 1s power off time.
2) For the 1s range, the tolerance for each specification becomes ±10ms.
PM5S-A
• Timed-out 2 Form C
PM5S-M
• Timed-out 1 Form C
• Instantaneous 1 Form C
PM5S-S
• Timed-out 2 Form C
Contact
Timed-out contact Instantaneous contact
Analog
Timers
57
PM5S-A/S/M
Dimensions
PM5S-M
mm inch
Mode selection
PM5S-A/M type
ON
0
0
S
PWR
OUT
L
1
6
8
2
4
18
A1 15 25
A216
28 B126
Sec
PM5S
Operation mode indicator
Selectable from 8 operation modes
ON: ON-delay
FL: Flicker
FO: ON-flicker
SF: Signal OFF-delay
OS: Pulse One-shot
OC: Pulse One-cycle
The 6 operation modes of PM5S-A and PM5S-M
can be selected by the operation mode selector
switch. In the next pages the different modes will
be explained.
PM5S
Sec
ON
0
0
S
PWR
OUT
L
1
6
8
2
4
18
A1 15 25
A216
28 B126
75.0
2.953
22.5
.886
75.0
2.953 5.0
.197
41.3
1.626
48.0
1.890
9.0
.354
9.0
.354
14.2
.559
98.5
3.878
37.5
1.476
3.5
.138
ATD1217 PM5S-A-24-240V
PM5S MULTIRANGE TIMER
20
.787
Analog
Timers
58
PM5S-A/S/M
Operation mode
PM5S-A/M
Note: Keep 0.1s or more for power off time.
Keep 0.05s or more for signal, input time.
Operation type Operation Time chart
Power supply
Signal A1-B1
Relay output
(NO contact)
OUT. LED
POWER LED
ON
ON
ON
T T
Power supply
Signal A1-B1
Relay output
(NO contact)
OUT. LED
POWER LED
ON
ON
ON
T T Tt1t2
Power supply
Signal A1-B1
Relay output
(NO contact)
OUT. LED
POWER LED
ON
ON
ON
T T t1T T
Power supply
Signal A1-B1
Relay output
(NO contact)
OUT. LED
POWER LED
ON
ON
ON
T t1t2
LED lighting LED flickering
T: Setting time t1, t2<T
Turn the operation selector to .
Timing operation starts when terminals A1 – B1 are connected while
power is on. Control output is turned on after the set time regardless
of duration of operation signal
ON
Turn the operation selector to .
Timing operation starts when terminals A1 – B1 are connected while
power is on. Control output repeatedly turn OFF and ON regardless
of operation signal input time.
FL
Turn the operation selector to .
Timing operation starts when terminals A1 – B1 are connected while
power is on. Control output repeatedly turns ON and OFF regardless
of operation signal input time.
FO
Turn the operation selector to .
Timing operation starts when terminals A1 – B1 are opened while
power is on. Control output is turned off after the set time.
If the signal input turns OFF during timing operation, the timing opera-
tion starts at that point again.
SF
ON-delay
ON
Flicker
FL
ON-flicker
FO
Signal
OFF-delay
SF
Turn the operation selector to .
Timing operation starts when terminals A1 – B1 are connected while
power is ON.
Control output continues ON state while timing operation.
OS
ON
ON
ON
T T T t1
Power supply
Signal A1-B1
Relay output
(NO contact)
OUT. LED
POWER LED
OS
One-shot
Analog
Timers
59
PM5S-A/S/M
Note: Keep 0.1s or more for power off time.
Keep 0.05s or more for signal, input time.
Operation type Operation Time chart
Turn the operation selector to .
Timing operation starts when terminals A1 – B1 are connected while
power is ON.
Control output is turned on after the set time, the pulse is 0.5 to 1.0 s.
OC
PM5S-S
Operation type Operation Time chart
When power is applied continuously, the time cycle begins. The out-
put contacts change state after the time delay is completed.
Power ON-delay
ON
ON
T T t1
0.5-1.0S
Power supply
Signal A1-B1
Relay output
(NO contact)
OUT. LED
POWER LED
ON
ON
Power supply
Time-out relay output
(NO contact)
OUT. LED
POWER LED
T
OC
One-cycle
LED lighting LED flickering
T: Setting time
Modes and time setting
1) Operation mode setting [PM5S-A]
6 operation modes are selectable with
operation mode selector.
Turn the operation mode selector with
screw driver.
Operation mode is shown up through the
window above the mode selector. The
marks are , , , , , . Turn
the mode selector to the mark until you
can check by clicking sound.
Confirm the mode selector position if it is
correct.
If the position is not stable, the timer
might mis-operate.
2) Time setting [common]
16 time ranges are selectable between
1s to 500h.
Turn the time range selector with the
screw driver.
Clockwise turning increases the time
range, and Counter-clockwise turning
decrease the time range.
Confirm the range selector position if it is
correct.
3) Time setting [common]
To set the time, turn the set dial to a
desired time within the range.
Instantaneous output will be on when the
dial is set to “0”.
When the instantaneous output is used,
the dial should be set under “0” range.
(Instantaneous output area)
When power supply is on, the time
range, setting time and operation mode
cannot be changed.
Turn off the power supply is applied to
set the new operation mode.
To set the time in the range, turn the dial
to a desired time scale. Do not turn the
dial beyond the stopper.
• Cautions for Time setting/Operating
mode setting
1) Time chart
• T shots setting time, t1 and t2 means
the time in setting time. (t1, t2<T)
• When the output relay is turned on,
No contact is closed and NC contact is
opened.
• LED indication shows “Turn ON”
2) Timing opera- tion starts when
power is applied to terminals A1 – B1
Input signal time should be taken over
0.05 sec.
Short-circuited condition: Max. 1kW
Open-circuited condition: Min. 100kW
ON FL FO SF OS OC
PM5S
PM5S
Analog
Timers
PM5S-A/S/M
Input connections
The inputs of the PM5S-A/M are voltage (voltage imposition or
open) inputs.
Mounting and dismounting
The PM5S should be mounted as horizontally as possible.
When mounting the PM5S on a socket mounting track, hook
portion (A) of the Timer to an edge of the track first, and then
depress the Timer in the direction of (B).
When dismounting the PM5S pull out portion (C) with a flat-
blade screwdriver and remove the Timer from the mounting
track.
Power supplies
The PM5S Series is provided with a
transformerless power supply system.
An electric shock may be received if the
input terminal or the output type selector
switch is touched while power is being
supplied.
Use the bar terminal for wiring the PM5S.
Using a stranded-wire terminal may
cause a short-circuit due to a stray wire
entering into the Timer.
For the power supply of the input device,
use a single-phase or double-phase
insulated power transformer. The sec-
ond-phase side must not be grounded.
• Input and Power supply circuit
(PM5S-A/M)
• Since input circuit and power sup-
ply circuit is independent, it is possible
to switch ON and OFF for input circuit
regardless power ON and OFF.
Note that the contact of input circuit is
given same voltage as power voltage.
No-contact input
(Connection to PNP output sensor.)
Contact input
Circuit
Power supplyPM5S
A1
B1
Start
input
A2
Rectifier
circuit
Isolation tranformer is required.
B1
Input circuit
A1
A2
Power supply
circuit
Power supply
AC/DC
(A)
(B)
(C)
Rail stopper
(A)
(B)
(C)
Rail stopper
Voltage Input Signal Levels
No-contact
input
Contact
input
1. Transistor ON
Residual voltage: 1 V max.
(Voltage between terminals B1 and A2 must be more than the
rated “H-level” voltage (20.4 V DC min.).)
2. Transistor OFF
Leakage current: 0.01 mA max.
(Voltage between terminals B1 and A2 must be less than the rated
“L-level” voltage (2.5 V DC max.).)
Use contacts that can adequately switch 0.1 mA at each voltage to
be imposed. (When the contacts are ON or OFF, voltage between
terminals B1 and A2 must be within the following ranges:
When contacts are ON: 20.4 to 264 V AC/DC
When contacts are OFF: 0 to 2.5 V AC/DC
Operates with transistor ON
24 V DC
Sensor
Timer
A1
A2
B1
Start
Operates with relay ON
Timer
A1
A2
B1
Start
Cautions for use
Cautions
1) Prevent using the timer in such places
where flammable or corrosive gas is
generated, a lot of dust exisits, oil is
splashed or considerable shock and
vibration occur.
2) Since the body cover is consisted of
polycarbonate resin, prevent from con-
tact with organic solvents such as methyl
alcohol, benzine and thinner, or strong
alkali materials such as ammonia and
caustic soda.
60
Analog
Timers
PM5S-A/S/M
Operating voltage 24 to 240 V AC
Surge voltage 4,000 V
Terminal connections
• Refer to the terminal layout and wiring
diagram and securely connect the
terminals accordingly.
• Do not allow control output to exceed
rated control capacity.
1. When one input signal is simultane-
ously applied to more than one timer,
be sure to avoid the wiring shown in Fig.
A. Otherwise, the short-circuit current
will flow and cause damage. Be sure to
align the polarity of the power supply as
shown in Fig. B.
2. External surge protection may be
required if the following values are
exceeded. Otherwise, the internal circuit
will be damaged.
3. For connecting and disconnecting
operating voltage to the timer, a circuit
should be used to prevent the flow of
leakage current. For example, a circuit
for contact protection as shown in Fig.
C will permit leakage current to flow
through R and C, causing erroneous
operation of the timer. Instead, the circuit
shown in Fig. D should be used.
4. In order to maintain the characteris-
tics of the timer, long continuous current
flow through the timer, causing genera-
tion of heat internally should be avoided
because of the degradation it can cause.
For such long continuous operation, the
circuit shown below should be used.
No good
Leak current
(Fig. C)
CR T
Power
supply
Good
(Fig. D)
C
R
T
Power
supply
R: contacts of
relay
RT
T TimeR Relay
R
R
Surge wave form [±(1.2¥50)µs single
polarity full wave voltage]
0
01.2
50
30
50
Time
Crest value
100
90
(ms)
Crest value (%)
Power
supply
Contact or transistor for
external input signal
Short-circuit
current
PM5S
A1
B1
A2
PM5S
A1
B1
A2
Incorrect
Power
supply
Contact or transistor for
external input signal
Short-circuit
current
PM5S
A1
B1
A2
PM5S
A1
B1
A2
Correct
Fig. A
Fig. B
The PM5S series is provided with a
transformer less power supply system.
61
Analog
Timers
62
56
INSTALLING DIN SIZE TIMER
Installations
1. Surface mount
1) For the timers of PM4H and LT4H
series, use the pin type timer. With the
PM4S and QM4H series, only pin-type
timers are available.
2) Put the terminal socket on the board
directly or put it on the DIN rail (Fig. 1).
3) Insert the timer into the terminal sock-
et and fix it with clip (Fig. 2)
4) On DIN rail mounting, mount the timer
on the DIN rail tightly to get the proper
dimension (Fig. 3).
5) 8-pin type should be connected with
terminal socket (AT8-DF8K). 11-pin type
should be connected with terminal sock-
et (AT8-DF11K).
6) DIN rail (AT8-DLA1) is also available
(1 m).
2. Flush mount
1) For the timers of PM4H and LT4H
series, it is recommended to use the
built-in screw terminal type for flush
mount. (Mounting frame and rubber
gasket are provided when timer is
shipped.)
If the pin type is used, the mounting
frame (AT8-DA4) and rubber gasket
(ATC18002 for surface waterproofing)
that are available at extra costs are nec-
essary. If the pin connection socket is
the 8-pin type, use the 8P cap (AD8-
RC); or if it is the 11-pin type, use the
11P cap (AT8-DP11).
2) How to mount the timer
From the panel front, pass the timer
through the square hole. Fit the mount-
ing frame from the rear, and then push it
in so that the clearance between the
mounting frame and the panel surface is
minimized. In addition, lock the mount-
ing frame with a screw.
3) Caution in mounting the timer
• PM4H, and LT4H series
�a If the PM4H and the LT4H series are
used as the waterproof types, tighten the
reinforcing screws on the mounting
frames so that the timers, the rubber
gaskets, and the panel surfaces are
tightly contacted with each other.
(Tighten the two screws with uniform
force and make sure that there is no rat-
tling. If the screws are tightened too
excessively, the mounting frame may
come off.)
�b If the timer is installed with the panel
cover and the rubber gasket removed,
the waterproofing characteristic is lost.
4) Installation
Loosen the screws on the mounting
frame, spread the edge of frame and
remove it.
Pull the mounting
frame backward while
spreading out its hooks
with your thumbs and
index fingers.
5) Correctly connect the pins while see-
ing the pin connection diagram.
Tighten the terminal screws with a torque
of 0.8 N·cm or less. The screws are
M3.5. (screw-tightened terminal type)
6) If the pin type is used, the rear termi-
nal block (ATC78041) or the 8P cap
(AD8-RC) is necessary to connect the
pins. For the 11-pin type, use the rear
terminal block (ATC78051) or the 11P
cap (AT8-DP11) and avoid directly sol-
dering the round pins on the timer.
7) Panel cutout dimensions
The standard panel
cutout dimensions are
shown in the left figure.
(Panel thickness: 1 to 5
mm .039 to .197 inch)
8) Although the
timers can be
mounted adjacent
to each other in
this case, it is rec-
ommended to
arrange the
mounting holes
as shown in the
right figure to
facilitate attaching
and detaching the
mounting frame.
9) Adjacent
mounting
Although the
timers can be
mounted adjacent to each other, remem-
ber that the panel surface of PM4H or
LT4H series timer will lose its water-
resistant effect. (Panel thickness: 1 to 5
mm .039 to .197 inch)
A = (48 ×n – 2.5) (mm)
When lining up the
timers horizontally,
set the frames in
such a position so
the formed spring
areas are at the
top and bottom.
When lining up the
timers vertically,
set the frames in
such a position as
the formed spring
areas are at the
right and left.
+0.6
+0
45
+
45 0
0.6
0
0.6+
1.772 0
.024+
1.772 0
.024+
80 mm
3.150 inch
or more
80 mm
3.150 inch
or more
45 0
0.6+
1.772 0
.024+
45 0
0.6+
1.772 0
.024+
0
0.6
45+
A
1.772 0
.024+
Formed spring
Formed spring
Terminal socket
(Fig. 1) (Fig. 2)
DIN rail
(Fig. 3)
Rubber gasket
Mounting frame
Panel cover
Push in
Screw
Panel
Screw
Push in
1
2
1
• Pin type
• Screw terminal type
INSTALLING DIN SIZE TIMER
62
Analog
Timers
63
DIN SIZE TIMERS COMMON OPTIONS
Note: The socket’s numbering system matches that of the timer terminals.
Terminal sockets (Unit: mm inch, Tolerance: ±1 ±.039)
Sockets (Unit: mm inch, Tolerance: ±1 ±.039)
Type
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-SD
PM4H-F8
PM4H-F8R
PM4H-W
LT4H
LT4H-W
QM4H
(8-pin type)
PM4H-A
PM4H-F11R
LT4H
LT4H-W
(11-pin type)
Appearance
• DIN rail socket (8-pin)
ATC180031
Note: Terminal No.
on the main body
are identifical to
those on the terminal
socket.
• DIN rail socket (11-pin)
ATC180041
Note: Terminal No.
on the main body
are identifical to
those on the terminal
socket.
Dimensions Terminal wiring
(Top view) Mounting hole dimensions
Type
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-SD
PM4H-F8
PM4H-F8R
PM4H-W
LT4H
LT4H-W
(8-pin type)
QM4H
PM4H-A
PM4H-F11R
LT4H
LT4H-W
(11-pin type)
Appearance
• Rear terminal socket
AT78041
• 8P cap
AD8-RC
• 11P cap
AT8-DP11
Note: The terminal socket’s numbering system matches that of the timer terminals.
Dimensions Terminal wiring
(Top view) Mounting hole dimensions
—
—
—
6 5 4 3
7 8 1 2
50 1.969
40 1.575
2- 4.5
φ
2- .177
φ
70
2.756 70
2.756
35.5
1.390
4
.157
24
.945
19
.748
M3.5
M.138
4
39
8 7 6 5
1 210 11
2- 4.5
φ
2- .177
φ
50 1.969
40 1.575
70
2.756
4
.157
70
2.756
29.5
1.161
30.5
1.201
M3.5
M.138
87 1 2
56 4 3
4
110
9
1
1 2
3
78 6 5
70
2.756
13
.512
0.2
40±
.008
1.575±
2-M4 2-M.157
±0.1
50
1.969
between the holes which
areparallel drilled.
The minimum distance
(or 4.2 ±0.1
.165
screw holes
dia. holes)
70
2.756
13
.512
0.2
40±
.008
1.575±
2-M4 2-M.157
±0.1
50
1.969
between the holes which
areparallel drilled.
The minimum distance
(or 4.2 ±0.1
.165
screw holes
dia. holes)
24
.945
70
2.756
50
1.969
30.5
1.201
70
2.756
50
1.969
3 4 5 6
2 1 8 7
38
1.496
41
1.614
21
.827
16
.630
M3.5 .138
8 712
5 643
8
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
10
8
7
1
3
2
11
5
4
6
9
8.6
.339
32.5
1.280
31.4
1.236
8
.315
(34.6)
(1.362)
26
1.024
3014
1.181.551
φ
φ
φ
φφ
φφ
φ
26
8.6
.339
8
.315
(34.6)
(1.362)
1.024
32.5
1.280
31.4
1.236
3014
1.181.551
φ
φ
φ
φφ
φφ
φ
41
1.614
21
.827
38
1.496
30
1.181
φ
φ
34.6
1.362
31.4
1.236
φ
φ
30
1.181
φ
φ
34.6
1.362
31.4
1.236
φ
φ
• Rear terminal socket
AT78051
—
3 9
8
10
21
7654
1
1
4 5 6 7 8
3 2 1 1 0
11
9
43.4
1.709
45
1.772
5
.197
21
.827
16
.630
M3.5 .138
43.4
1.709
21
.827
45
1.772
•
Options and
Accessories Timers
64
DIN SIZE TIMERS COMMON OPTIONS
Accessories
PM4H series
• Panel cover (Black)
LT4H series
• Panel cover (Black)
• Set ring
• Rubber gasket
• Mounting rails (Applicable for
DIN and IEC standards)
• Mounting frame
• Fastening plate
AT8-DLA1
Length: 1 m
aluminum
Applicable for PM4H series
and LT4H series
PM4H-A
ATC18011
PM4H-S
ATC18012
PM4H-M
ATC18013
PM4H-W
LT4H LT4H-W
ATC18014
ATL58011
The black panel cover is also available so that you can change the
appearance of the panel by changing the panel cover. The color of the
standard panel cover is ash gray.
When you control the fixed time
range, the setting rings (a set of 2
pcs.) make it easy to do the time
setting and keep the time range all
the time. (Excluding PM4H-W)
ATL68011
PM4H-SD
ATC18015
PM4H-F
ATC18016
Applicable for PM4H series
LT4H series and QM4H
series
For holding DIN rails
The rubber gasket is enclosed in the PM4H
(screw terminal type) and the LT4H series.
AT8-DA4
ATA4806
ATC18001
50.0
1.969
50.0
1.969
1.0
.039
48
1.890
4
.157
26
1.024
48 1.890
68 2.677
Oval hole, 40-5.5x15 40-.217x.591
10
.217
5.5
155
27
1.063
2435 .9451.378
7.5
.295
1.5
.059
15
2.75R .108R
1,000
15
±139.37 ±.039
15
.591.591.591.394 .394 .197.197 .591
10
5
• Protective cover for DIN 48 size: LT4H, QM4H series • Protective cover for DIN 48 size: QM4H series
AQM4801
Hard type
ATA4806
UP
12
.472
50
1.969
M4
M.157
10
10
.394
.394
50.6
1.992
17.2
.677
50.6
1.992
AQM4803
Flexible type
50
1.969
50
1.969
11
.433
S
RANGE
N
POWER
MODE
PM4H-A
OP
S
RANGE
N
POWER
PM4H-S
OP
S
RANGE
N
POWER
MODE
PM4H-M
OP
S
RANGE
L
OFF
RANGE
OFF
PM4H-W
ON
RANGE
L
S
RANGE
--
PM4H-SD
S
L
S
RANGE
L
POWER
PM4H-F
DOWN
UP
LOCK
RESET
TIMER
LT4H
RESET
SET/LOCK
UP
DOWN
TIMER
LT4H-W
Options and
Accessories Timers
ATC18002
65
S1DXM-A/M/S1DX COMMON OPTIONS
69
Accessories Note: Accessories are the same as those for the S1DX timer.
Terminal ocket
S1DXM-A/M/S1DX COMMON OPTIONS
• Mounting frame
ADX18002 (Titanium-gray)
ADX18006 (Gray)
ADX18007 (Black)
Appearance Panel cutout dimensions
Board thickness 1 to 3 mm
Note: Make sure the holes area stays
as right angles.
27.1
1.067
33.5
1.319
3
.118
30
1.181 31.5
1.240
25.1
.988 0
0.2+ 5
.197
3
.118
25.2
0
.008+
.992
0
0.2+
31.6
0
.008+
1.244 *Note
• Protective cover
ADX18008
• Cap block
ADX18011
• Cap
ADX18004
• Socket
ADX18003
28.2
1.110
34.6
1.362
10.5
.413
30.0
1.181
36 1.417
21.2
.835
29.4
1.157
18.85
.742
21.2
.835
7.65
.301
2 .079
• HC2 slim DIN
terminal socket
HC2-SFD-S
• HC2 DIN high
terminal socket
HC2-SFD-K
• HC4 DIN high
terminal socket
HC4-SFD-K
• HC4 socket
HC4-SS-K
• HJ2 terminal
socket
HJ2-SFD/HJ2-SFD-S
• HJ4 terminal
socket
HJ4-SFD/HJ4-SFD-S
3.248
82.5
86.5
3.406
3.248
82.5
86.5
3.406
3.248
82.5
86.5
3.406 10
.394
58.1
2.287 86.0
3.386
88.0
3.465
86.0
3.386
88.0
3.465
18012 AD68002
Figure
Dimensions
Figure Dimensions
Figure
(2 pieces per set)(2 pieces per set) (2 pieces per set)
63.1
2.484
4.5
.177
63.8
2.512
61.6
2.425
Dimensions
4.5
.177
4.5
.177
ADX28005
52.6
2.071
7.5
.295
Dimensions
Note: The triangles indicate that removal will be slightly difficult when installed laterally in succession.
Type
Terminal socket
Application
ADX18001 ADX18012 AD68002 ADX28005
For HC relay
HC2-SFD-S — — � �
HC2-SFD-K �—∆�
HC4-SFD-K �—∆�
For HJ relay
HJ2-SFD — �— —
HJ2-SFD-S — �— —
HJ4-SFD — ∆— —
HJ4-SFD-S — ∆— —
Socket leaf holding clip Socket line holding
clip for S1DXM-A/M
s
Options and
Accessories Timers
66
S1DX TIMER OPTIONS
Name/Part No.
• Terminal socket, HC
2-pin
HC2-SF-K
Available Not
available
Dimensions Terminal layout Mounting hole dimensions
Applicable timers
S1DX(2c)
S1DXM(2c)
S1DX(4c)
S1DXM(4c)
6.2
.244
30
1.181
Oval hole: 2-4.2×5
.165×.197
12
.472
15
.591
40
1.575
5
.197
17.5
.689
Terminal screw M3
4
1
8 12 14
5 9 13
Screw hole: 2-M3.5
(or 4.2±0.1 hole)
φ
(or .165±.004 hole)
φ
30
1.181
12
.472
2 .079
30
1.181
40
1.575
20
.787 12
.472
• High terminal socket,
HC 1-, 2- and 4-pin
HC4-HSF-K
Available Available
For general rails
67
2.638
53.5
2.106
30
1.181
6.2
.244 9
.354
Oval hole: 2-4.2×9
.165×.354
22.5
.886
Screw
hole
size
27.8
1.094
16
.630
8
.315
28.6
1.126
Terminal screw M3
3 7
4 8
1
11
12
14
5 9 13
62 10
2 .079
9.5 .374
30
1.181
22.5
.886
30
1.181
67
2.638
53.5
2.106
22.5
.886
Screw hole: 2-M3.5
(or 4.2±0.1 hole)
φ
(or .165±.004 hole)
φ
• Slim DIN terminal
socket, HC2
HC2-SFD-S
Available Not
available
Terminal screw M3
0.3
57
6.4±0.2
.252±.008
8±0.2
.315
±.008
22±0.6
.866±.024
4.2
±
20.15
±
.079 .006
±0.3
.165±.012
6.2±
.012
.244 ±
4.1
±
6.3
±0.2
.161±.008
0.2
±
.248 .008
15
13.5
±0.6
.591±.024
±0.2
.531±.008
67±1
2.638
±.039
6
0.6
28.5±
.024
1.122±
±0.3
.236±.012
35.4
±1
2.244±.039
0.6
20±
.024
.787±
±0.5
1.394±.020
8
12
14 13
9
5
14
2 .079
22
.866 22
.866
0.2
15±
.008
.591±
0.2
15±
.008
.591±
9 .354
67
2.638
0.5
57±
.020
2.244
±
Screw hole: 2-M3.5
(or 4.2±0.1 hole)
φ
(or .165±.004 hole)
φ
• DIN high terminal
socket, HC2
HC2-SFD-K
Available Not
available
30
6
.236 ±0.6
1.181±.024
4.1±0.2
.161±.008
6.4±0.2
.252±.008
6.3±0.2
.248±.008
2±0.15
.079±.006
13.35±0.2
.526±.008
26±0.6
1.024±.024
0.3
4.2±
.012
.165±
67±1
2.638±.039
Terminal screw M3
21±0.6
.827±.024
4 1
14
12
8
13
9
5
4 .157
26
30
26
1.024 1.024
30
1.181 1.181
33.5
1.319
67
2.638
10 .394
Screw hole: 2-M3.5
(or 4.2±0.1 hole)
φ
(or .165±.004 hole)
φ
• DIN high terminal
socket, HC4
HC4-SFD-K
Available Available
For DIN rails
30±0.6
1.181±.024
6
.236
6.4±0.2
.252±.008 2±0.15
.079±.006
4.1±0.2
.161±.008
6.3±0.2
.248±.008
26
13.35
4.45
±0.6
1.024±.024
±0.2
.526±.008
±0.2
.175±.008
0.3
4.2±
.012
.165±
67±1
2.638±.039
Terminal screw M3
21±0.6
.827±.024
12
14
8
11 10 9
13
765
4321
Drilling size of panel holes for installing
the terminal sockets parallel
Drilling size of panel holes for installing
the terminal sockets parallel
Drilling size of panel holes for installing
the terminal sockets parallel
Note) Only wire springs can be used.
(Plate springs cannot be used.)
Note) Only wire springs can be used.
(Plate springs cannot be used.)
HC relay terminal sockets
Options and
Accessories Timers
67
S1DXM-A/M/S1DX COMMON OPTIONS
Name/Part No.
• HJ2 terminal socket
HJ2-SFD
Available Not
available
Dimensions Terminal layout Mounting hole dimensions
Applicable timers
S1DX(2c)
S1DXM(2c)
S1DX(4c)
S1DXM(4c)
1314
912
8 5
4 1
M3 .118
terminal screw
2-M4.2×5 .165×5
mounting holes
30
1.181
22
.866
59±1
2.323±.039
72±1
2.835±.039 35.4
1.394
4
.157
16.5
.650 3.4±0.3
.134±.012
6±0.3
.236±.012
4 1
8 5
912
1314
15±0.2
.591±.008
59±0.3
2.323±.012
2-M3 .118 or M4 .157
or 4.5 .177 dia. hole
• HJ2 terminal socket
(Finger protect type)
HJ2-SFD-S
Available Not
available
1314
912
8 5
4 1
M3 .118
terminal screw
2-M4.2×5 .165×5
mounting holes
59±1
2.323±.039
72±1
2.835±.039
30
1.181
16.5
.650 3.4±0.3
.134±.012
35.4
1.394
4
.157
6±0.3
.236±.012
22
.866
4 1
8 5
912
1314
• HJ4 terminal socket
HJ4-SFD
Available Available
8 7
3
9
1
56
2
1112
144
10
13 Lot No.
30
1.181
16.5
.650 3.4±0.3
.134±.012
35.4±0.5
1.394±.020
6±0.3
.236±.012
M3 .118
terminal screw
2-M4.2×5 .165×5
mounting holes
59±1
2.323±.039
72±1
2.835±.039
29
1.142
123
7 6 58
12 11 10 9
13
144
2-M3 .118 or M4 .157
or 4.5 .177 dia. hole
59±0.3
2.323±.012
22±0.2
.866±.008
• HJ4 terminal socket
(Finger protect type)
HJ4-SFD-S
Available Available
8 7
3
9
1
56
2
1112
144
10
13 Lot No.
30
1.181
18
.709 3.4±0.3
.134±.012
35.4
1.394
4
.157
6±0.3
.236±.012
M3 .118
terminal screw
2-M4.2×5 .165×5
mounting holes
59±1
2.323±.039
72±1
2.835±.039
29
1.142
123
7 6 58
12 11 10 9
13
144
HJ relay terminal sockets
Options and
Accessories Timers
68
S1DXM-A/M/S1DX COMMON OPTIONS
29.4
1.157
9 10
13
1
5
2
6
1211
14
4
8
3
7
7.06
.278
16.55
.652
2.3
.091
7.65
.301
21.2
.835
25.5
1.004
4.06
.160
6.35
.250
.250
6.35
25.2
.992 1.27
.050
.175 .175
4.45 4.45
.175
4.45
Sockets
• Sockets for PC board
HC2 – Socket for PC board: AP3825K
HC4 – Socket for PC board: AP3845K
Name/Order No.
• Socket, HC 2-pin
HC2-SS-K
Available Not
available
Dimensions Mounting hole dimensions
Applicable timers
S1DX(2c)
S1DXM(2c)
S1DX(4c)
S1DXM(4c)
• Socket, HC 4-pin
HC4-SS-K
Available Available
21.2
.835
29.4
1.157
5 876
9
13
10 12
14
11
1 2 43
7.06
.278
4.06
.160
16.55
.652
6.35
.250
6.35
.250
2.3
.091
25.2
.992
7.65
.301
25.5
1.004
1.27
.050
.175
.175
4.45
.175
4.45 4.45
parallel installed.
25.8
1.016
21.6
.850
5.9
.232
The interval size between
the sockets which are
• The difference between the HC2 and HC4
sockets is only the number of the pins. Their
appearances and sizes are the same.
General tolerance: ±0.5
Dimensional tolerance of machining: ±0.1 ±.004
• The thickness of applicable chassis plates
ranges from 1.0 to 2.0 mm.
• To install the socket easily, insert the socket
top surface into the drilled holes and press the
two points on the fastening plate indicated by
arrows as shown in the fig. below.
Options and
Accessories Timers
69
Name of product LC2H Counter LC4H Counter
Type Total counter Preset counter
Input mode/Input
method
Appearance
PC board
mounting
type
AEL3
Flush
mounting
type
Features
Rated operating voltage
Number of digits
(counter capacity)
Counter/Indication
Zero-suppress function
(LCD)
Counting speed
Flush mounting type:
2kHz/30Hz
(Changeable by a switch)
PC board mounting type:
2kHz/30Hz
(Different type)
30Hz/5kHz
30Hz/5kHz
switchable
Input
Counting (signal) input and
reset input
• Input by short-circuiting
or opening contacts
• Open collector input
• Voltage input
• Front reset button and
external reset input
terminal
• External reset dip
terminal
2-input (multi-mode) and
reset input
• Input by short-circuiting
or opening contacts.
• Open collector input
Reset (Reset input
specifications conform
to those of counting
input)
• Manual reset with and
external terminal and
front reset key
• Manual reset types
inside one-short output
models
• Manual reset with and
external terminal and
front reset key
• Manual reset types
inside one-short output
models
—
Preset
—
Control output
— —
Power supply output
Flush mounting type (No
need for easy installation
type)
Mounting frame, rubber
gasket
11 P plug-in
(terminal block, socket)
8 P plug-in
(terminal block, socket)
Options
Available standards UL/C-UL UL/C-UL
• Operation mode setting
with dip switches
• Counter number setting
with key switches
• Counter number setting
with key switches
7-segment LCD
Counter value
(backlight red LED)
Setting value
(backlight yellow LED)
8.7 mm tall 8-digit display
Bright 2-color back light
Bright and easy-to-read
display
Simple operation
Short body
Conforms to IP66’s
weather resistant
standards
Flush mounting type:
Unnecessary (Built-in
battery)
PC board mounting type:
3 V DC (Battery in
externally installed)
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC, 12 to 24 V DC
4-digit
display
6-digit
display
30Hz/5kHz
2-input (multi-mode) and
reset input
• Input by short-circuiting
or opening contacts.
• Open collector input
• Manual reset with and
external terminal and
front reset key
• Manual reset types
inside one-short output
models
External power supply 12 V DC 100
mA max. (AC type only)
11 P plug-in
(terminal block, socket)
UL/C-UL
• Operation mode setting
with dip switches
• Counter number setting
with key switches
7-segment LCD
Counter value
(backlight red LED)
Setting value
(backlight yellow LED)
Bright and easy-to-read
display
Simple operation
Pre-scale function Built-in
power supply for
high-capacity sensor (100
to 240 V AC type)
Conforms to IP66’s
weather resistant
standards
100 to 240 V AC
4-digit
display
6-digit
display
UP type
LC2H Counter
Preset counter
AEL3
Zero-suppress function
(LCD)
Counting (signal) input and
reset input
• Input by short-circuiting
or opening contacts
• Open collector input
—
Mounting frame, rubber
gasket
UL/C-UL
8.7 mm tall 8-digit display
Preset function equipped
in half size
Display has backlight for
instant recognition
24 V DC
UP, DOWN type UP, DOWN, and DIR
(multi-mode)/DIP switch
LC4H-S Counter
Preset counter
UP, DOWN, and DIR
(multi-mode)/DIP switch
Electronic counters
99 99 99 9
0
8-digit
9
6-digit
99 9 9
0
4-digit
9 99 9 9
0
9
or
9
6-digit
99 9 9
0
4-digit
9 99 9
or
99 99 99 9
0
8-digit
9
LC4H-W Counter
Preset counter
30Hz/5kHz
2-input (multi-mode) and
reset input
• Input by short-circuiting
or opening contacts.
• Open collector input
• Manual reset with and
external terminal and
front reset key
• Manual reset types
inside one-short output
models
—
11 P plug-in
(terminal block, socket)
UL/C-UL
• Output mode setting
with dip switches
• Counter number setting
with key switches
7-segment LCD
Counter value
(backlight red LED)
Setting value
(backlight yellow LED)
Bright and easy-to-read
display
Simple operation
Upper and lower limit
settings are available.
Conforms to IP66’s
weather resistant
standards
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
UP, DOWN, and DIR
(multi-mode) 2 modes
selectable/DIP switch
6-digit
999 999
0
or
Contact
output
(1 Form A)
Contact
output
(1 Form C)
Open
collector
output
COUNTERS SELECTOR CHART
#LASSIFICATION
.AMEOFPRODUCT ,#(#OUNTER ,#(#OUNTER
4YPE 4OTALCOUNTER 0RESETCOUNTER
)NPUTMODE)NPUTMETHOD
!PPEARANCE
0#BOARD
MOUNTING
TYPE
!%,
&LUSH
MOUNTING
TYPE
&EATURES
2ATEDOPERATINGVOLTAGE
.UMBEROFDIGITS
COUNTERCAPACITY
#OUNTER)NDICATION
:EROSUPPRESSFUNCTION
,#$
#OUNTINGSPEED
&LUSHMOUNTINGTYPE
K(Z(Z
#HANGEABLEBYASWITCH
0#BOARDMOUNTINGTYPE
K(Z(Z
$IFFERENTTYPE
(ZK(Z
(ZK(Z
SWITCHABLE
)NPUT
#OUNTINGSIGNALINPUTAND
RESETINPUT
s)NPUTBYSHORTCIRCUITING
OROPENINGCONTACTS
s/PENCOLLECTORINPUT
s6OLTAGEINPUT
s&RONTRESETBUTTONAND
EXTERNALRESETINPUT
TERMINAL
s%XTERNALRESETDIP
TERMINAL
INPUTMULTIMODEAND
RESETINPUT
s)NPUTBYSHORTCIRCUITING
OROPENINGCONTACTS
s/PENCOLLECTORINPUT
2ESET
2ESETINPUT
SPECIFICATIONSCONFORMTO
THOSEOFCOUNTINGINPUT
s-ANUALRESETWITHAND
EXTERNALTERMINALAND
FRONTRESETKEY
s-ANUALRESETTYPES
INSIDEONESHORTOUTPUT
MODELS
s-ANUALRESETWITHAND
EXTERNALTERMINALAND
FRONTRESETKEY
s-ANUALRESETTYPES
INSIDEONESHORTOUTPUT
MODELS
0RESET
#ONTROLOUTPUT
0OWERSUPPLYOUTPUT
&LUSHMOUNTINGTYPE.O
NEEDFOREASYINSTALLATION
TYPE
-OUNTINGFRAMERUBBER
GASKET
0PLUGIN
TERMINALBLOCKSOCKET
0PLUGIN
TERMINALBLOCKSOCKET
/PTIONS
!VAILABLESTANDARDS 5,#5,
0AGE 0 0
5,#5,
s/PERATIONMODESETTING
WITHDIPSWITCHES
s#OUNTERNUMBERSETTING
WITHKEYSWITCHES
s#OUNTERNUMBERSETTING
WITHKEYSWITCHES
SEGMENT,#$
#OUNTERVALUE
BACKLIGHTRED,%$
3ETTINGVALUE
BACKLIGHTYELLOW,%$
MMTALLDIGITDISPLAY
"RIGHTCOLORBACKLIGHT
"RIGHTANDEASYTOREAD
DISPLAY
3IMPLEOPERATION
3HORTBODY
#ONFORMSTO)0S
WEATHERRESISTANT
STANDARDS
&LUSHMOUNTINGTYPE
5NNECESSARY"UILTIN
BATTERY
0#BOARDMOUNTINGTYPE
6$#"ATTERYIN
EXTERNALLYINSTALLED
TO6!#
6!#TO6$#
DIGIT
DISPLAY
DIGIT
DISPLAY
(ZK(Z
INPUTMULTIMODEAND
RESETINPUT
s)NPUTBYSHORTCIRCUITING
OROPENINGCONTACTS
s/PENCOLLECTORINPUT
s-ANUALRESETWITHAND
EXTERNALTERMINALAND
FRONTRESETKEY
s-ANUALRESETTYPES
INSIDEONESHORTOUTPUT
MODELS
%XTERNALPOWERSUPPLY6$#
M!MAX!#TYPEONLY
0PLUGIN
TERMINALBLOCKSOCKET
0
5,#5,
s/PERATIONMODESETTING
WITHDIPSWITCHES
s#OUNTERNUMBERSETTING
WITHKEYSWITCHES
SEGMENT,#$
#OUNTERVALUE
BACKLIGHTRED,%$
3ETTINGVALUE
BACKLIGHTYELLOW,%$
"RIGHTANDEASYTOREAD
DISPLAY
3IMPLEOPERATION
0RESCALEFUNCTION"UILTIN
POWERSUPPLYFOR
HIGHCAPACITYSENSOR
TO6!#TYPE
#ONFORMSTO)0S
WEATHERRESISTANT
STANDARDS
TO6!#
DIGIT
DISPLAY
DIGIT
DISPLAY
50TYPE
,#(#OUNTER
0RESETCOUNTER
!%,
:EROSUPPRESSFUNCTION
,#$
#OUNTINGSIGNALINPUTAND
RESETINPUT
s)NPUTBYSHORTCIRCUITING
OROPENINGCONTACTS
s/PENCOLLECTORINPUT
-OUNTINGFRAMERUBBER
GASKET
5,#5,
0
MMTALLDIGITDISPLAY
0RESETFUNCTIONEQUIPPED
INHALFSIZE
$ISPLAYHASBACKLIGHTFOR
INSTANTRECOGNITION
6$#
50$/7.TYPE 50$/7.AND$)2
MULTIMODE$)0SWITCH
,#(3#OUNTER
0RESETCOUNTER
50$/7.AND$)2
MULTIMODE$)0SWITCH
%LECTRONICCOUNTERS
DIGIT
DIGIT
DIGIT
OR
DIGIT
DIGIT
OR
DIGIT
,#(7#OUNTER
0RESETCOUNTER
(ZK(Z
INPUTMULTIMODEAND
RESETINPUT
s)NPUTBYSHORTCIRCUITING
OROPENINGCONTACTS
s/PENCOLLECTORINPUT
s-ANUALRESETWITHAND
EXTERNALTERMINALAND
FRONTRESETKEY
s-ANUALRESETTYPES
INSIDEONESHORTOUTPUT
MODELS
0PLUGIN
TERMINALBLOCKSOCKET
0
5,#5,
s/UTPUTMODESETTING
WITHDIPSWITCHES
s#OUNTERNUMBERSETTING
WITHKEYSWITCHES
SEGMENT,#$
#OUNTERVALUE
BACKLIGHTRED,%$
3ETTINGVALUE
BACKLIGHTYELLOW,%$
"RIGHTANDEASYTOREAD
DISPLAY
3IMPLEOPERATION
5PPERANDLOWERLIMIT
SETTINGSAREAVAILABLE
#ONFORMSTO)0S
WEATHERRESISTANT
STANDARDS
TO6!#
6!#
TO6$#
50$/7.AND$)2
MULTIMODEMODES
SELECTABLE$)0SWITCH
DIGIT
OR
#LASSIFICATION
.AMEOFPRODUCT ,#(#OUNTER ,#(#OUNTER
4YPE 4OTALCOUNTER 0RESETCOUNTER
)NPUTMODE)NPUTMETHOD
!PPEARANCE
0#BOARD
MOUNTING
TYPE
!%,
&LUSH
MOUNTING
TYPE
&EATURES
2ATEDOPERATINGVOLTAGE
.UMBEROFDIGITS
COUNTERCAPACITY
#OUNTER)NDICATION
:EROSUPPRESSFUNCTION
,#$
#OUNTINGSPEED
&LUSHMOUNTINGTYPE
K(Z(Z
#HANGEABLEBYASWITCH
0#BOARDMOUNTINGTYPE
K(Z(Z
$IFFERENTTYPE
(ZK(Z
(ZK(Z
SWITCHABLE
)NPUT
#OUNTINGSIGNALINPUTAND
RESETINPUT
s)NPUTBYSHORTCIRCUITING
OROPENINGCONTACTS
s/PENCOLLECTORINPUT
s6OLTAGEINPUT
s&RONTRESETBUTTONAND
EXTERNALRESETINPUT
TERMINAL
s%XTERNALRESETDIP
TERMINAL
INPUTMULTIMODEAND
RESETINPUT
s)NPUTBYSHORTCIRCUITING
OROPENINGCONTACTS
s/PENCOLLECTORINPUT
2ESET
2ESETINPUT
SPECIFICATIONSCONFORMTO
THOSEOFCOUNTINGINPUT
s-ANUALRESETWITHAND
EXTERNALTERMINALAND
FRONTRESETKEY
s-ANUALRESETTYPES
INSIDEONESHORTOUTPUT
MODELS
s-ANUALRESETWITHAND
EXTERNALTERMINALAND
FRONTRESETKEY
s-ANUALRESETTYPES
INSIDEONESHORTOUTPUT
MODELS
0RESET
#ONTROLOUTPUT
0OWERSUPPLYOUTPUT
&LUSHMOUNTINGTYPE.O
NEEDFOREASYINSTALLATION
TYPE
-OUNTINGFRAMERUBBER
GASKET
0PLUGIN
TERMINALBLOCKSOCKET
0PLUGIN
TERMINALBLOCKSOCKET
/PTIONS
!VAILABLESTANDARDS 5,#5,
0AGE 0 0
5,#5,
s/PERATIONMODESETTING
WITHDIPSWITCHES
s#OUNTERNUMBERSETTING
WITHKEYSWITCHES
s#OUNTERNUMBERSETTING
WITHKEYSWITCHES
SEGMENT,#$
#OUNTERVALUE
BACKLIGHTRED,%$
3ETTINGVALUE
BACKLIGHTYELLOW,%$
MMTALLDIGITDISPLAY
"RIGHTCOLORBACKLIGHT
"RIGHTANDEASYTOREAD
DISPLAY
3IMPLEOPERATION
3HORTBODY
#ONFORMSTO)0S
WEATHERRESISTANT
STANDARDS
&LUSHMOUNTINGTYPE
5NNECESSARY"UILTIN
BATTERY
0#BOARDMOUNTINGTYPE
6$#"ATTERYIN
EXTERNALLYINSTALLED
TO6!#
6!#TO6$#
DIGIT
DISPLAY
DIGIT
DISPLAY
(ZK(Z
INPUTMULTIMODEAND
RESETINPUT
s)NPUTBYSHORTCIRCUITING
OROPENINGCONTACTS
s/PENCOLLECTORINPUT
s-ANUALRESETWITHAND
EXTERNALTERMINALAND
FRONTRESETKEY
s-ANUALRESETTYPES
INSIDEONESHORTOUTPUT
MODELS
%XTERNALPOWERSUPPLY6$#
M!MAX!#TYPEONLY
0PLUGIN
TERMINALBLOCKSOCKET
0
5,#5,
s/PERATIONMODESETTING
WITHDIPSWITCHES
s#OUNTERNUMBERSETTING
WITHKEYSWITCHES
SEGMENT,#$
#OUNTERVALUE
BACKLIGHTRED,%$
3ETTINGVALUE
BACKLIGHTYELLOW,%$
"RIGHTANDEASYTOREAD
DISPLAY
3IMPLEOPERATION
0RESCALEFUNCTION"UILTIN
POWERSUPPLYFOR
HIGHCAPACITYSENSOR
TO6!#TYPE
#ONFORMSTO)0S
WEATHERRESISTANT
STANDARDS
TO6!#
DIGIT
DISPLAY
DIGIT
DISPLAY
50TYPE
,#(#OUNTER
0RESETCOUNTER
!%,
:EROSUPPRESSFUNCTION
,#$
#OUNTINGSIGNALINPUTAND
RESETINPUT
s)NPUTBYSHORTCIRCUITING
OROPENINGCONTACTS
s/PENCOLLECTORINPUT
-OUNTINGFRAMERUBBER
GASKET
5,#5,
0
MMTALLDIGITDISPLAY
0RESETFUNCTIONEQUIPPED
INHALFSIZE
$ISPLAYHASBACKLIGHTFOR
INSTANTRECOGNITION
6$#
50$/7.TYPE 50$/7.AND$)2
MULTIMODE$)0SWITCH
,#(3#OUNTER
0RESETCOUNTER
50$/7.AND$)2
MULTIMODE$)0SWITCH
%LECTRONICCOUNTERS
DIGIT
DIGIT
DIGIT
OR
DIGIT
DIGIT
OR
DIGIT
,#(7#OUNTER
0RESETCOUNTER
(ZK(Z
INPUTMULTIMODEAND
RESETINPUT
s)NPUTBYSHORTCIRCUITING
OROPENINGCONTACTS
s/PENCOLLECTORINPUT
s-ANUALRESETWITHAND
EXTERNALTERMINALAND
FRONTRESETKEY
s-ANUALRESETTYPES
INSIDEONESHORTOUTPUT
MODELS
0PLUGIN
TERMINALBLOCKSOCKET
0
5,#5,
s/UTPUTMODESETTING
WITHDIPSWITCHES
s#OUNTERNUMBERSETTING
WITHKEYSWITCHES
SEGMENT,#$
#OUNTERVALUE
BACKLIGHTRED,%$
3ETTINGVALUE
BACKLIGHTYELLOW,%$
"RIGHTANDEASYTOREAD
DISPLAY
3IMPLEOPERATION
5PPERANDLOWERLIMIT
SETTINGSAREAVAILABLE
#ONFORMSTO)0S
WEATHERRESISTANT
STANDARDS
TO6!#
6!#
TO6$#
50$/7.AND$)2
MULTIMODEMODES
SELECTABLE$)0SWITCH
DIGIT
OR
General Information
Counters, Hour Meters
70
COUNTER-RELATED TERMINOLOGY
Types of Counters
1. Electro Preset Counter
The counter is equipped with semi-
conductor counting circuitry. When the
counter counts up to a preset number, its
output circuit sends a signal.
2. Electro Magnetic Counter
A magnet is magnetized and demagnet-
ized to drive the dial and count up num-
bers.
Rating
1. Rated Operating Voltage
The voltage is applied to start the coun-
ter.
Countings
1. Pulse
This is a voltage or current signal sent at
intermittent time intervals.
2. Count
Pulses are used to count up and down.
3. Miss-count
This happens if the number of pulses
does not correspond to the number of
counts.
4. Hertz
This unit of counting speed is used to
give the number of counts per one
second.
5. Make Ratio
This is the ratio of ON time (Ta) to OFF
time (Tb).
6. Maximum Counting Speed
Suppose that the counter is operated
with an input pulse of a make ratio of 1.
The highest counting speed is the peak
of a range in which the output circuit can
send signals without mis-counting. The
speed is expressed in units of Hz (cps:
counts per a second).
7. Over Count
Counting continues beyond a preset
number.
8. Recount
When counting is up, the counter display
resets to zero and counting restarts.
9. Down Count
Numbers are counted down one by one
from a preset number.
10. Up Count
Numbers are counted up one by one
from zero.
11. Up/Down Count
Numbers are counted up or down
depending on input
conditions.
12. Rejection (gate) Input
This signal is used to keep the counter
from counting.
Outputs
1. Count Up
When a preset number is reached, the
output circuit sends a signal.
2. Retained Output
The output is held until a reset signal is
sent.
3. One Shot Output
This output has a specified width of time.
Resettings
1. Reset
The counting process, display and output
sections are all brought back to the initial
status.
2. Power off Reset
The operating voltage is turned off to
reset the counter.
3. Manual Reset
The counter is manually reset.
4. Remote Reset
A signal is sent from a remote point to
the reset terminal so as to reset the
counter.
5. Automatic Reset
When counting is up, internal circuitry
is activated to automatically reset the
counter.
6. Reset Signal Width
This is the time during which the power
is off so as to reset the counter or during
which an external (manual) reset signal
is sent.
7. Reset time
This is the time from the moment a reset
signal is sent to the instant the counter is
ready to start counting again.
OTHERS
1. Function of Memorizing Condition
Counting data up until the operating
voltage is turned off can be stored in
memory. When the power is reactivated,
the data can be reproduced.
2. Anti-surge
The strength against power voltage
surge is determined by applying a sin-
gle-pole full-wave voltage (several hun-
dred to several thousand volt wave for
±(1.2x50) µs) acrosss the control power
terminals.
Surge waveform
[Single-pole full-wave voltage for ±(1.2x50)
µs]
3. Noise Immunity
This is the strength against external
noise. Relay noise tests, noise simulator
tests, etc. are conducted.
Ta
Time
Tb
0 1.2 50
Time (ms)
50
30
Surge voltage (%)
0
100
90
Peak value
General Information
Counters, Hour Meters
71
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE COUNTER
General Information
Counters, Hour Meters
Cautions for circuits
1. Protective circuit for counter contact
In the circuit that switches an inductive load, a contact failure may occur at a contact point due to surge or inrush current resulting
from that switching. Therefore, it is recommended that the following protective circuit be used to protect the contact point.
2. Type of Load and Inrush Current
The type of load and its inrush cur-
rent characteristics, together with the
switching frequency, are important
factors which cause contact welding.
Particularly for loads with inrush currents,
measure the steady state current and
inrush current and use a relay or magnet
switch which provides an ample margin
of safety. The table below shows the
relationship between typical loads and
their inrush currents.
When you want large load and long life
of the counter, do not control the load
direct with a counter. When the counter
is designed to use a relay or a magnet
switch, you can acquire the longer life of
the counter.
3. Connection of input
(Except for LC4H-S/AC type)
The LC4H series use power supply
without a transformer (power and input
terminals are not insulated). In connect-
ing various kinds of input signals, there-
fore, use a power transformer in which
the primary side is separated from the
ungrounded secondary side as shown in
Fig. A, for the power supply for a sensor
and other input devices so that short-
circuiting can be prevented.
Do not use a single coil transformer (e.g.,
Sly-Duck). Otherwise, the internal circuit
of the counter will be short-circuited as
shown in Fig. B resulting in breakdown.
CR circuit (r: resistor c: capacitor)
Counter contact
(see note.) Available Not available Available
Counter contact Counter contact Counter contact
Circuit
Application
Features/Others
Device Selection
AC
Available
If the load is a relay or solenoid, the release time lengthens.
Effective when connected to both contacts if the power supply voltage is
24 or 48 V and the voltage across the load is 100 to 200 V.
If the load is a timer, leakage current
flows through the CR circuit causing
faulty operation.
Note: If used with AC voltage, be sure
the impedance of the load is sufficiently
smaller than that of the CR circuit.
As a guide in selecting r and c,
c: 0.5 to 1 µF per 1 A contact current
r: 0.5 to 1 W per 1 V contact voltage
Values vary depending on the properties of the load and variations in counter char-
acteristics.
Capacitor c acts to suppress the discharge the moment the contacts open. Resistor r
acts to limit the current when the power is turned on the next time. Test to confirm.
Use a capacitor with a breakdown voltage of 200 to 300 V. Use AC type capacitors
(non-polarized) for AC circuits.
—
The diode connected in parallel
causes the energy stored in the coil
to flow to the coil in the form of cur-
rent and dissipates it as joule heat
at the resistance component of the
inductive load.
This circuit further delays the release
time compared to the CR circuit.
(2 to 5 times the release time listed in
the catalog)
Use a diode with a reverse break-
down voltage at least 10 times the
circuit voltage and a forward cur-
rent at least as large as the load
current.
In electronic circuits where the
circuit voltages reverse breakdown
voltage of about 2 to 3 times the
power supply voltage.
Using the rated voltage charac-
teristics of the varistor, this circuit
prevents excessively high voltages
from being applied across the
contacts. This circuit also slightly
delays the release time.
—
Available Available AvailableDC
Diode circuit Varistor circuit
4. Long Continuous Current Flow
Avoid keeping the counter on for a
long period of time (over one month).
Otherwise heat is generated and accumu-
lated inside the counter, which may dete-
riorate its electronic parts. If the counter
must be kept on for a long period of time,
a relay is added. See the circuit diagram
below.
Type of load Inrush current
Resistive load Steady state current
Solenoid load 10 to 20 times the steady state current
Motor load 5 to 10 times the steady state current
Incandescent lamp load 10 to 15 times the steady state current
Mercury lamp load 1 to 3 times the steady state current
Sodium vapor lamp load 1 to 3 times the steady state current
Capacitive load 20 to 40 times the steady state current
Transformer load 5 to 15 times the steady state current
r c
Counter contacts
Inductive load
Counter contacts
r
c
Inductive load
Counter contacts
Diode
Inductive load
varistorZNR
Counter contacts
Inductive load
(–)
AC power supply
AC power
routing
Counter
(–)
(sensor, etc.)
Single coil transformer
(+)
(–)
Counter
(–)
Input equipment
AC power supply
(Fig. B) No good
(Fig. A) Good
(sensor, etc.)
Insurating transformer
(+)
Counter
(–)
Input equipment
(sensor, etc.)
Insurating transformer
(+)
(–)
Input equipment
from contact
at relay R
R
Relay
R
C R
Counter
CReceive output
R
5. Leakage current
1) For connecting operating voltage to
the counter, a circuit should be used,
which will prevent the flow of leakage
current. For example, a circuit for con-
tact protection as shown in Fig A. will
permit leakage current flow through R
and C, causing erroneous operation of
the counter. Instead, the circuit shown in
Fig. B should be used.
2) If the counter is directly switched with a
non-contact element, leak current may flow
into the counter and cause it to malfunction.
Counter
C
Counter
(Fig. A)
Leakage current
R C C
(Fig. B)
R
C
Operating
voltage
Operating
voltage
72
Cautions for use
(common for all models)
1. Terminal connections
Correctly connect the pins while seeing
the terminal layout/wiring diagram. In
particular, the DC type, which has polari-
ties, does not operate with the polarities
connected reverse. Any incorrect con-
nection can cause abnormal heating or
ignition.
2. Connection to operating voltage
1)Apply the entire supply voltage through
a switch, relay or other contact.
2) The operating voltage for the DC type
must be at the specified ripple percent-
age or less. The average voltage must
fall within the allowable operating voltage
range.
5. Superimposed surge of power
supply
For the superimposed surge of power
supply, the standard waveform
(±1.2x50µs or ±1x40µs) is taken as the
standard value for surge-proof voltage.
(The positive and negative voltages are
applied each three or five times between
the power pins.)
For the standard values for the LC4H
type counters, see the respective items
in „Cautions for use.“
• Single-pole, full-wave voltage for surge
waveform [±(1.2x50) µs]
If external surge occurs exceeding the
specified value, the internal circuit may
break down. In this case, use a surge
absorption element. The typical surge
absorption elements include a varis-
tor, a capacitor, and a diode. If a surge
absorption element is used, use an oscil-
loscope to see whether or not the foreign
surge exceeding the specified value
appears.
6. Signal input
The counter‘s signal input comes in two
ways. One is by opening and closing the
input terminal. The other is by applying a
specified H-level or L-level voltage to the
input terminal.
For an input sensor‘s residual voltage,
input impedance, input voltage level and
other signal input conditions, see the rat-
ings for each type of product.
7. Operating environment
1) For the ambient operating temperature
and humidity, see the ratings for each
type of product.
2) Avoid using the counter in a location
where inflammable or corrosive gas is
generated, the counter is exposed to
much dust and other foreign matter; water
or oil is splashed on the counter; or vibra
-
tions or shocks are given to the counter.
3) The counter cover (case), the knobs,
and the dials are made of polycarbonat-
ed resin. Therefore, prevent the counter
from being exposed to organic solvents
such as methyl alcohol, benzine, and
thinner, strong acid substances such as
caustic soda, and ammonia and avoid
using the counter in atmosphere contain-
ing any of those substances.
4) If the counter is used where noises
are emitted frequently, separate the input
signal elements (such as a sensor), the
wiring for the input signal line, and the
counter as far as possible from the noise
source and the high power line contain-
ing noises.
8. Checking the actual load
In order to increase the reliability in the
actual use, check the quality of the coun-
ter in the actual usage.
9. Others
1) If the counter is used exceeding the
ratings (operating voltage and control
capacity), the contact life, or any other
specified limit, abnormal heat, smoke, or
ignition may occur.
2) The LC2H series counter, incorpo-
rates a lithium battery.
Never disassemble the lithium battery or
throw it into fire because this may affect
humans and facilities. The lithium bat-
tery must be disposed of as an incom-
bustible like other used batteries.
3) If any malfunction of the counter is
likely to affect human life and properties,
give allowance to the rated values and
performance values. In addition, take
appropriate safety measures such as a
duplex circuit from the viewpoint of prod-
uct liabilities.
3) Make sure that no induced voltage
and residual voltage are applied between
the power terminals on the counter after
the power switch is turned OFF.
(If the power line is wired in parallel with
the high-voltage and motor lines, induced
voltage may be produced between the
power pins.)
3. Control output
1) Keep the load capacity below the
counter‘s rated control capacity. If used
above the rating, the counter‘s service
life may shorten. With the transistor
output type counters, transistors may be
damaged.
4. Installing the counter
1) To install the counter, use the dedi-
cated pin bracket or socket (cap). Avoid
connecting the pins on the counter by
directly soldering them.
2) In order to maintain the characteris-
tics, do not remove the counter cover
(case).
As remote as possible
Power line, etc.
Counter
Input line Sensor,
etc.
Rectification type Ripple percentage
Single-phase, full-wave Approx. 48%
Three-phase, full-wave Approx. 4%
Three-phase, half-wave Approx. 17%
Peak value
Time (ms)
90
100
50
30
0
Surge voltage (%)
0 1.2 50
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE COUNTER
73
DIN HALF SIZE
LCD COUNTER LC2H
LC2H
LC2H
98
Product types
1. Panel mounting type
1) One-touch installation type
1 Standard type
Note) Please ask us about types without front resetting.
2 Backlight type
DIN HALF SIZE
LCD COUNTER LC2H
Counters
No. digits Counting speed Front reset Input method Part No.
8 digits 2 kHz/30 Hz switchable Yes
Non-voltage input type LC2H-FE-2KK
Voltage input type (4.5 to 30 V DC) LC2H-FE-DL-2KK
30 Hz Free voltage input type (24 to 240 V AC/DC) LC2H-FE-FV-30
No. digits Counting speed Front reset Input method Part No.
8 digits 2 kHz/30 Hz switchable Yes Voltage input type (4.5 to 30 V DC) LC2H-FE-DL-2KK-B
Panel mounting type
One-touch installation type
Panel mounting type
Installation frame type
PC board mounting type
Features
1. 8.7 mm .343 inch Character Height
(previously 7 mm)
Easy-to-read character height increased
from 7 mm to 8.7 mm .276 inch to .343
inch.
2. Plenty of Digits
3. Counting Speed Switchable
between 2 kHz and 30 Hz
4. Panel Mounting Type Features
2 Installation Methods
Comes with very easy one-touch
installation type and also installation
frame type that uses the bracket on the
timer/counter. Choose a method that
suits the application.
5. Battery Replacement Easy on
Environment
To replace battery simply remove body
for the one-touch installation type, and
remove battery lid for the installation
frame type.
6. Screw Terminals Designed for
Safety
Built in finger protection.
7. Panel Covers Replacable
(Standard color is ash gray.)
Change the panel design by replacing
with a black panel cover.
8. Conforms to IP66 Protective
Construction (Only installation frame
type.) (Front panel surface)
9. Input Methods
1) Non-voltage input method
2) Voltage input method
3) Free voltage input method
10. Backlight Type Added to Series
and Now 2-color Switchable (green/
red)
Easy viewing even in dark places and
switchable between green and red
(Voltage input type).
11. Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE.
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
8.7mm
.343inch
8 digits
Product chart
Type
Installation type
Standard type Backlight type
Non-voltage input type Voltage input type
(4.5 to 30 V DC)
Free voltage input type
(24 to 240 V AC/DC)
Voltage input type
(4.5 to 30 V DC)
Panel
mounting
type
One-touch installation type � � � �
Installation frame type � � � �
PC board mounting type �———
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Counters
LC2H
LC2H
99
2) Installation frame type
1 Standard type
Note) Please ask us about types without front resetting.
2 Backlight type
2. PC board mounting type
Specifications
No. digits Counting speed Front reset Input method Part No.
8 digits 2 kHz/30 Hz switchable Yes
Non-voltage input type LC2H-F-2KK
Voltage input type (4.5 to 30 V DC) LC2H-F-DL-2KK
30 Hz Free voltage input type (24 to 240 V AC/DC) LC2H-F-FV-30
No. digits Counting speed Front reset Input method Part No.
8 digits 2 kHz/30 Hz switchable Yes Voltage input type (4.5 to 30 V DC) LC2H-F-DL-2KK-B
No. digits Counting speed Front reset Input method Part No.
8 digits 2 kHz No Non-voltage input type LC2H-C-2K-N
30 Hz LC2H-C-30-N
1. Panel mounting type
Notes) 1. The value given for battery life is calculated based on continuous operation (count input signal ON/OFF = 1:1), therefore, this value is not guaranteed.
Also, battery life is decreased 30% when operation is continuous with 2 kHz count inputting in 2 kHz mode.
2. Operation is at 25 Hz when using 24 V AC.
3. Only for installation frame type.
Type
Item
Standard type Backlight type Standard type
Non-voltage input Voltage input Free voltage type
No. digits 8 digits
External power supply Not required (built-in battery)
Max. counting speed 2 kHz/30 Hz (Switchable by switch) 30 Hz (Note 2)
Count
input
Min. input signal width
(ON: OFF = 1:1) 0.25 ms/16.7 ms (Switchable by switch) 16.7 ms
Input method (signal)
Non-voltage input using
contacts or open collector
connection
High level: 4.5 to 30 V DC
Low level: 0 to 2 V DC
High level:
24 to 240 V AC/DC
Low level:
0 to 2.4 V AC/DC
Input impedance
When shorted:
Max. 10 kΩ
When open:
Max. 750 kΩ
Approx. 4.7 kΩ—
Residual voltage Max. 0.5 V — —
Reset
input
Min. input signal width 200 ms
Input method (signal)
Non-voltage input using
contacts or open collector
connection
High level: 4.5 to 30 V DC
Low level: 0 to 2 V DC
Non-voltage input using
contacts or open collector
connection
Input impedance
When shorted:
Max. 10 kΩ
When open:
Max. 750 kΩ
Appox. 4.7 kΩ
When shorted:
Max. 10 kΩ
When open:
Max. 750 kΩ
Residual voltage Max 0.5 V — Max. 0.5 V
Display method 7-segment LCD 7-segment LCD
With green/red backlight 7-segment LCD
Breakdown voltage (initial) Between charged and uncharged parts: 1,000 V AC for 1 minute.
Between charged and
uncharged parts: 2,000 V
AC for 1 minute.
Insulation resistance (initial) Min. 100 MΩ (measured at 500 V DC) Measurement location same as for break down voltage.
Backlight power — 24 V DC (±10%) —
Protective construction (Note 3) IEC Standard IP66 (only panel front: when using rubber gasket)
Accessories (Note 3) Rubber gasket, mounting bracket
Battery life 7 years (at 25°C 77°F) Note 1 6 years (at 25°C 77°F)
74
Counters
LC2H
LC2H
100
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61010-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category III
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
2. PC board mounting type
3. Common
Type
Item PC board mounting type
Input method Non DC voltage input
No. digits 8 digits
Rated operation voltage 3 V DC
Allowable operation voltage range 2.7 to 3.3 V DC
Current consumption Max. 30 µA (max. 250 µA during reset input)
Max. counting speed 2 kHz 30 Hz
Count
input
Min. input signal width
(ON: OFF = 1:1) 0.25 ms 16.7 ms
Input method Non-voltage input using contacts or open collector connection
Input impedance When shorted: Max. 10 kΩ
When open: Max. 750 kΩ
Residual voltage Max. 0.5 V
Reset
input
Min. input signal width 10 ms
Input method Non-voltage input using contacts or open collector connection
Input impedance When shorted: Max. 10 kΩ
When open: Max. 750 kΩ
Residual power Max. 0.5 V
Break down voltage (initial) Between charged and uncharged parts: 1,000 V AC for 1 minute.
Insulation resistance (initial) Min. 100 MΩ (measured at 500 V DC) Measurement location same as for break down voltage.
Type
Item Panel mounting/PC board mounting types
Vibration resistance Functional 10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min.), single amplitude: 0.15 mm .006 inch (10 min. on 3 axes)
Destructive 10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min.), single amplitude: 0.375 mm .015 inch (1 hr. on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Functional Min. 98 m/s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive Min. 294 m/s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
Operation temperature –10 to +55°C +14 to +131°F (without frost or dew)
Storage temperature –25 to +65°C –13 to +149°F (without frost or dew)
Ambient humidity 35 to 85% RH (non-condensing)
75
Counters
76
LC2H
LC2H
101
Part names
1. Front reset button
This button resets the count value. It
does not work when the lock switch is
ON. Be aware that battery life will
decrease if this switch is used frequently.
2. Lock switch (Refer to chart on
right.)
Disable the front reset button.
Note) Turn ON at the LCD side (reset disabled) and
OFF at the terminal block side (reset enabled).
3. Count speed switch (Refer to chart
on right.)
Use this switch to switch the count speed
between 30 Hz and 2 kHz. (On the non-
voltage and voltage input types, 30 Hz is
on the LCD side and 2 kHz is on the
terminal block side. Fixed at 30 Hz for
free voltage input type.)
Note) You must press the front reset button when you
change the count speed switch setting.
Confirm, however, that the Lock Switch is OFF
(front switches operable).
Notes) 1. ❇Default setting when shipped.
2. Make the switch setting before installing to panel.
Non-voltage input/voltage input Free voltage input
Lock switch
(Unit display 1)
Count speed
switch
(Unit display 2)
Count speed switch
Lock switch
RESET
COUNTER
LC2H
Front reset button
(Terminal block side)
(LCD side)
OFF❇
ON
(Terminal block side)
(LCD side)
2k Hz
30Hz❇
—
(Fixed at 30 Hz)
Dimensions
1. Panel mounting type
• External dimensions
1) One-touch installation type
mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
• Panel installation diagram
Note) When installing to a 4.5 mm .177 inch thick panel, remove the rubber spacer
first.
When installing the one-touch installation type model, make sure
that the installation spring does not pinch the rubber gasket.
To prevent the installation spring
from pinching the rubber gasket:
1. Set the rubber gasket on both
ends of the installation spring
(left and right).
2. Confirm that the installation
spring is not pinching the rubber
gasket, and then insert and fix the
installation spring in place from the
rear of the timer unit.
44.8
1.764
54.4
2.142
5
.197
(44)
(1.732)
10.4
.409
7
.276
22
.866
48
1.890
24
.945
Reset button
COUNTER
LC2H
RESET
Rubber spacer
Panel (1 to 4.5mm
.039 to .177inch
thickness)
Counters
77
LC2H
LC2H
102
• Terminal layout and wiring diagrams
1) Standard type
2) Backlight type
Non voltage input type Voltage input type Free voltage input type
Voltage input type
2) Installation frame type • Panel mounting diagram
44.8
1.764
54.4
2.142
5
.197
44
1.732
10.4
.409
7
.276
22
.866
48
1.890
24
.945
Reset button
COUNTER
LC2H
RESET
37
1.457
Mounting screws
(found on mounting frame) Mounting frame
ATH3803 (included)
Rubber gasket
ATH3804 (included)
Panel
(1 to 4.5mm .039 to .177inch thickness)
• Panel cut-out dimensions
The standard panel cut-out is shown below.
Use the mounting frame (ATH3803) and the rubber packing (ATH3804).
(Only installation frame type.)
• For connected installation (sealed installation)
(Only installation frame type.)
Notes) 1. Suitable installation panel thickness is 1 to 4.5 mm .039 to .177 inch.
2. Waterproofing will be lost when installing repeatedly (sealed installation).
45
1.772
+0.5
0
+.020
0
22.2
.874
+0.5
0
+.020
0
60 min.
2.362 min.
22.2
.874
+0.5
0
+.020
0
A=(48×n-2.5)
A=(1.890×n-.098)
A
+1.0
0+.039
0
W-R are connected internally.
Count input
21 43
Reset input
+V
0V
+V
0V
21 43
Count input Reset input
21or 43
Count input Reset input
Backlight
+V0V
<When red><When green>
+V0V
+V
0V
+V
0V
Count input Reset input
1 2 5
63 4 1 2 5
63 4 1 2 5
63 4
Counters
78
LC2H
LC2H
103
Input method
1. Standard type
Notes) 1. When using contact input, since current flow is small from terminals 1 and 3 on the panel mounting type and terminals e to t and S to F on the PC board
mounting type, please use relays and switches with high contact reliability.
2. When using transistor input, use the following as a guide for which transistors (Tr) to use for inputting. (Collector withstand voltage Q 50 V, leakage current < 1 µA)
Notes) 1. 2 and 4. (The input and reset circuits are functionally insulated.)
2. When using transistor (Tr) input, use the right as a guide. (Collector withstand voltage Q 50 V, leakage current < 1 µA)
3. Be aware that the application of voltage that exceeds the voltage range of the H level to the count input terminal, and the application of voltage to the reset input
terminal, can cause damage to the internal elements.
Non-voltage input type
Panel mounting type PC board mounting type
Contact input Transistor input Contact input Transistor input
NPN transistor NPN transistor
Voltage input type
Free voltage input type
Contact input Transistor input
NPN transistor PNP transistor
2. PC board mounting type
• External dimensions
• Terminal layout and wiring diagrams
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039 mm inch
PC board pattern (BOTTOM VIEW)
General tolerance: ±0.1 ±.004
Note: The AXS212811K is recommended as a compatible connection socket.
LC2HCOUNTER
33.02±0.3
1.300±.012
43.4
1.709 17.3
.681
DIP switch × 8
19
.748 15.24±0.3
.600±.012
3.3±0.3
.130±.012
5.08±0.3
.200±.012
0.5±0.3
.020±.012
0.3±0.1
.012±.004
5.08±0.3
.200±.012
0.6±0.1
.024±.004
Q-E,}-w,e-t and S-F are connected internally.
An external power supply is required.
Reset inputCount input 15 17 26 28
14 12 3 1
15.24
.600
33.02
1.300
1.9
.075
1.9
.075
5.19
.204
2.54
.100
2.54
.100
8-0.8 dia.
8-.031 dia.
5.08
.200
5.08
.200
5.19
.204
Mounting area
Connection sockets
28 pin DIP terminal
1 2 3 4 Reset
input
Count
input
(W and R are connected internally.)
1 2 3 4
0V 0V
(W and R are connected internally.)
Reset
input
Count
input
Reset
input
Count
input
3V DC
15 17
14 12
26 28
31
Reset
input
Count
input
3V DC
15 17
14 12
26 28
31
Reset
input
Count
input
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 Reset
input
Count
input
+V +V
Reset
input
Count
input 1 2 3 4
+V +V
1 2 3 4
or or or
Reset input
Count input
Counters
79
LC2H
LC2H
104
2. Backlight type
Notes) 1. Do not reverse the polarities when connecting the DC voltage for the backlight.
2. 2 and 4. (The input and reset circuits are functionally insulated.)
3. When using transistor (Tr) input, use the right as a guide. (Collector withstand voltage Q 50 V, leakage current < 1 µA)
4. Be aware that the application of voltage that exceeds the voltage range of the H level to the count input terminal, and the application of voltage to the reset input
terminal, can cause damage to the internal elements.
Explanation of operation
Voltage input type
Backlight connection
Contact input Transistor input
NPN transistor PNP transistor
Reset
input
Count
input
1 2 3 4
5
6
0V 0V
Reset
input
Count
input 1 2 3 4
+V +V
5
6
1 2 3 4
5
6
Reset
input
Count
input
+V +V
1 2 3 4
Green Red
24V DC
24V DC
5
61 2 3 4
5
6
1. Counting takes place when the count
input signal is ON.
2. Counting resumes again when the
count value reaches 99999999 (full scale
value) and then returns to “0” with a new
count input.
3. No measurement takes place when a
reset is input.
1) When reset is ON, resetting takes
place and the count becomes “0”.
2) Press the front reset button when you
want to reset manually (only panel
installation type).
Note) Be aware that battery life will decrease if the
count input or reset input are left ON.
Note) ❇Count becomes “1” when the reset input is turned OFF while the count signal is being input.
Reset input
Count value
Count input
0 1 0 01 1
❇
99999999
Counters
80
LC2H
105
Cautions for use
1. Non-voltage input type
For both panel mounting and PC
board mounting types
1) Never apply voltage to the non-voltage
input type. This will damage the internal
elements. Also, since there is a possibility
of erroneous operation, do not connect in
parallel the inputs of a non-voltage input
type and another counter from a single
input signal.
2) Since the current flow is very small
from the count input and reset input
terminals (1 and 3 on the panel
mounting type and terminals eto tand
S to F on the PC board mounting type)
please use relays and switches with high
contact reliability.
3) When inputting with an open collector
of a transistor, use a transistor for small
signals in which ICBO is 1 µA or less and
always input with no voltage.
4) When wiring, try to keep all the input
lines to the count and reset inputs as
short as possible and avoid running them
together with high voltage and power
transmission lines or in a power conduit.
Also, malfunctions might occur if the
floating capacitance of these wires
exceeds 500 pF (10 m 32.808 ft. for
parallel wires of 2 mm2). When using 2
kHz mode, use with a wiring floating
capacitance of 120 pF (3 m 9.843 ft. for
parallel wires of 2 mm2). In particular,
when using shielded wiring, be careful of
the capacitance between wires.
PC board mounting type
1) For external power supply use
manganese dioxide or lithium batteries
(CR type: 3V).
2) Always reset after external power is
applied and confirm that the display
reads “0”.
3) Make the wiring from the battery to the
counter unit as short as absolutely
possible. Also, be careful of polarity.
4) Calculate battery life with the following
formula.
t = A/I
t: battery life [h]
I: LC2H current consumption [mA]
A: battery capacity until minimum
operation voltage is reached [mAh]
5) Hand solder to the lead terminal. Do
not dip solder. With the tip of the
soldering iron at 300°C 572°F perform
soldering within 3 seconds (for 30 to 60
W soldering iron).
2. Voltage input type
1) Be aware that applying more than 30 V
DC to count input terminals 1 and 2,
and reset input terminals 3 and 4 will
cause damage to the internal elements.
2) For external resetting use H level
(application of 4.5 to 30 V DC) between
reset terminals 3 and 4 of the rear
terminals. In this case, connect + to
terminal 3 and – to terminal 4. This is
the valid polarity; therefore, the counter
will not work if reversed.
3) When wiring, try to keep all the input
lines to the count and reset inputs as
short as possible and avoid running them
together with high voltage and power
transmission lines or in a power conduit.
Also, malfunctions might occur if the
floating capacitance of these wires
exceeds 500 pF (10 m 32.808 ft. for
parallel wires of 2 mm2).
3. Free voltage input type
1) Use count input terminals 1and 2 for
free voltage input and reset terminals 3
and 4 for non-voltage input.
2) Be aware that the application of
voltage that exceeds the voltage range of
the H level to the count input terminal,
and the application of voltage to the reset
input terminal, can cause damage to the
internal elements.
3) Since the current flow is very small
from reset input terminal 3, please use
relays and switches with high contact
reliability.
4) When inputting a reset with an open
collector of a transistor, use a transistor
for small signals in which ICBO is 1 µA or
less and always input with no voltage.
5) To reset externally, short reset input
terminals 3 and 4 on the rear.
6) Input uses a high impedance circuit;
therefore, erroneous operation may occur
if the influence of induction voltage is
present. If you plan to use wiring for the
input signal that is 10 m or longer (wire
capacitance 120 pF/m at normal
temperature), we recommend the use of
a CR filter or the connection of a bleeder
resistor.
4. How to reset multiple panel
mounting type counters all at once
(input is the same for count)
Non-voltage input type
Notes) 1. Use the following as a guide for choosing
transistors used for input (Tr).
Leakage current < 1 µA
2. Use as small a diode (D) as possible in the
forward voltage so that the voltage between
terminals 3 and 4 during reset input meets
the standard value (0.5 V).
( At IF = 20 µA, forward voltage 0.1 and
higher.)
Voltage input type
Note) Make sure that H (reset ON) level is at least 4.5
V.
5. Backlight luminance
To prevent varying luminance among
backlights when using multiple Backlight
types, please use the same backlight
power supply.
6. Environment for use
1) Ambient conditions
• Overvoltage category II, pollution level 2
• Indoor use
• Acceptable temperature and humidity
range: –10 to +55°C, 35 to 85%RH (with
no condensation at 20°C)
• Under 2000 m elevation
2) Use the main unit in a location that
matches the following conditions.
• There is minimal dust and no corrosive
gas.
• There is no combustible or explosive
gas.
• There is no mechanical vibration or
impacts.
• There is no exposure to direct sunlight.
• Located away from large-volume
electromagnetic switches and power
lines with large electrical currents.
3) Connect a breaker that conforms to
EN60947-1 or EN60947-3 to the voltage
input section.
4) Applied voltage should be protected
with an overcurrent protection device
(example: T 1A, 250 V AC time lag fuse)
that conforms to the EN/IEC standards.
(Free voltage input type)
3or
DTr
4 3 4 3 4
D D
3or
+V +V
R
Tr
4 3 4 3 4 3 4
22
52
Green Red
5
626
24V DC 24V DC
LC2H
Counters
81
LC2H
105
Cautions for use
1. Non-voltage input type
For both panel mounting and PC
board mounting types
1) Never apply voltage to the non-voltage
input type. This will damage the internal
elements. Also, since there is a possibility
of erroneous operation, do not connect in
parallel the inputs of a non-voltage input
type and another counter from a single
input signal.
2) Since the current flow is very small
from the count input and reset input
terminals (1 and 3 on the panel
mounting type and terminals eto tand
S to F on the PC board mounting type)
please use relays and switches with high
contact reliability.
3) When inputting with an open collector
of a transistor, use a transistor for small
signals in which ICBO is 1 µA or less and
always input with no voltage.
4) When wiring, try to keep all the input
lines to the count and reset inputs as
short as possible and avoid running them
together with high voltage and power
transmission lines or in a power conduit.
Also, malfunctions might occur if the
floating capacitance of these wires
exceeds 500 pF (10 m 32.808 ft. for
parallel wires of 2 mm2). When using 2
kHz mode, use with a wiring floating
capacitance of 120 pF (3 m 9.843 ft. for
parallel wires of 2 mm2). In particular,
when using shielded wiring, be careful of
the capacitance between wires.
PC board mounting type
1) For external power supply use
manganese dioxide or lithium batteries
(CR type: 3V).
2) Always reset after external power is
applied and confirm that the display
reads “0”.
3) Make the wiring from the battery to the
counter unit as short as absolutely
possible. Also, be careful of polarity.
4) Calculate battery life with the following
formula.
t = A/I
t: battery life [h]
I: LC2H current consumption [mA]
A: battery capacity until minimum
operation voltage is reached [mAh]
5) Hand solder to the lead terminal. Do
not dip solder. With the tip of the
soldering iron at 300°C 572°F perform
soldering within 3 seconds (for 30 to 60
W soldering iron).
2. Voltage input type
1) Be aware that applying more than 30 V
DC to count input terminals 1 and 2,
and reset input terminals 3 and 4 will
cause damage to the internal elements.
2) For external resetting use H level
(application of 4.5 to 30 V DC) between
reset terminals 3 and 4 of the rear
terminals. In this case, connect + to
terminal 3 and – to terminal 4. This is
the valid polarity; therefore, the counter
will not work if reversed.
3) When wiring, try to keep all the input
lines to the count and reset inputs as
short as possible and avoid running them
together with high voltage and power
transmission lines or in a power conduit.
Also, malfunctions might occur if the
floating capacitance of these wires
exceeds 500 pF (10 m 32.808 ft. for
parallel wires of 2 mm2).
3. Free voltage input type
1) Use count input terminals 1and 2 for
free voltage input and reset terminals 3
and 4 for non-voltage input.
2) Be aware that the application of
voltage that exceeds the voltage range of
the H level to the count input terminal,
and the application of voltage to the reset
input terminal, can cause damage to the
internal elements.
3) Since the current flow is very small
from reset input terminal 3, please use
relays and switches with high contact
reliability.
4) When inputting a reset with an open
collector of a transistor, use a transistor
for small signals in which ICBO is 1 µA or
less and always input with no voltage.
5) To reset externally, short reset input
terminals 3 and 4 on the rear.
6) Input uses a high impedance circuit;
therefore, erroneous operation may occur
if the influence of induction voltage is
present. If you plan to use wiring for the
input signal that is 10 m or longer (wire
capacitance 120 pF/m at normal
temperature), we recommend the use of
a CR filter or the connection of a bleeder
resistor.
4. How to reset multiple panel
mounting type counters all at once
(input is the same for count)
Non-voltage input type
Notes) 1. Use the following as a guide for choosing
transistors used for input (Tr).
Leakage current < 1 µA
2. Use as small a diode (D) as possible in the
forward voltage so that the voltage between
terminals 3 and 4 during reset input meets
the standard value (0.5 V).
( At IF = 20 µA, forward voltage 0.1 and
higher.)
Voltage input type
Note) Make sure that H (reset ON) level is at least 4.5
V.
5. Backlight luminance
To prevent varying luminance among
backlights when using multiple Backlight
types, please use the same backlight
power supply.
6. Environment for use
1) Ambient conditions
• Overvoltage category II, pollution level 2
• Indoor use
• Acceptable temperature and humidity
range: –10 to +55°C, 35 to 85%RH (with
no condensation at 20°C)
• Under 2000 m elevation
2) Use the main unit in a location that
matches the following conditions.
• There is minimal dust and no corrosive
gas.
• There is no combustible or explosive
gas.
• There is no mechanical vibration or
impacts.
• There is no exposure to direct sunlight.
• Located away from large-volume
electromagnetic switches and power
lines with large electrical currents.
3) Connect a breaker that conforms to
EN60947-1 or EN60947-3 to the voltage
input section.
4) Applied voltage should be protected
with an overcurrent protection device
(example: T 1A, 250 V AC time lag fuse)
that conforms to the EN/IEC standards.
(Free voltage input type)
3or
DTr
4 3 4 3 4
D D
3or
+V +V
R
Tr
4 3 4 3 4 3 4
22
52
Green Red
5
626
24V DC 24V DC
LC2H
PRESET
COUNTERS LC2H
LC2H
106
Product types
Note: Mounting frame and rubber gasket are not included.
PRESET COUNTER LC2H
Counter
No. digits Counting speed Output mode Output Operating voltage Part No.
8 digits 30 Hz/5 kHz
switchable
• Maintain output/hold count
• Maintain output/over count
• One shot/over count
• One shot/recount
Transistor (1a) 24 V DC LC2HP-FEW-B-DC24V
Options Mounting frame Use for waterproofing (front panel surface) ATH3803
Rubber gasket ATH3804
Features
1. Preset function equipped in half
size (24 × 48 mm 0.945 × 1.890 inch).
2. Display has backlight for instant
recognition.
3. 8.7 mm 0.343 inch Character Height
(previously 7 mm 0.276 inch)
Easy-to read character height increased
from 7 mm to 8.7 mm 0.276 inch to 0.343
inch.
4. Plenty of Digits
5. Counting Speed Switchable
between 30 Hz and 5 kHz
6. Conforms to IP66 Protective
Construction (Front panel surface)
Weatherproofing supported by using
optional mounting frame and rubber
gasket
7. Includes reassuring lock mode and
lock switch to prevent erroneous
operation.
8. Screw terminals are constructed to
protect fingers to ensure safety.
9. Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE.
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
Green or (Red)
(backlight)
Red or (Green)
(backlight)
Red or (Green)
(backlight)
(Lit or Flashing)
(Lit or Flashing)
Counting upCounting
Green or Red can
be selected at setup.
Lit or Flashing can
be selected at setup.
8.7mm
.343inch
8 digits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
LC2H
106
Product types
Note: Mounting frame and rubber gasket are not included.
PRESET COUNTER LC2H
Counter
No. digits Counting speed Output mode Output Operating voltage Part No.
8 digits 30 Hz/5 kHz
switchable
• Maintain output/hold count
• Maintain output/over count
• One shot/over count
• One shot/recount
Transistor (1a) 24 V DC LC2HP-FEW-B-DC24V
Options Mounting frame Use for waterproofing (front panel surface) ATH3803
Rubber gasket ATH3804
Features
1. Preset function equipped in half
size (24 × 48 mm 0.945 × 1.890 inch).
2. Display has backlight for instant
recognition.
3. 8.7 mm 0.343 inch Character Height
(previously 7 mm 0.276 inch)
Easy-to read character height increased
from 7 mm to 8.7 mm 0.276 inch to 0.343
inch.
4. Plenty of Digits
5. Counting Speed Switchable
between 30 Hz and 5 kHz
6. Conforms to IP66 Protective
Construction (Front panel surface)
Weatherproofing supported by using
optional mounting frame and rubber
gasket
7. Includes reassuring lock mode and
lock switch to prevent erroneous
operation.
8. Screw terminals are constructed to
protect fingers to ensure safety.
9. Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE.
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
Green or (Red)
(backlight)
Red or (Green)
(backlight)
Red or (Green)
(backlight)
(Lit or Flashing)
(Lit or Flashing)
Counting upCounting
Green or Red can
be selected at setup.
Lit or Flashing can
be selected at setup.
8.7mm
.343inch
8 digits
Note: Mounting frame and rubber gasket are not included.
Counters
82
LC2H
LC2H
107
Specifications
* The factory default preset value is set to 1000000.
Applicable standard
Item Descriptions
Rating
Rated operating voltage 24 V DC
Rated power consumption Max. 1.5 W
Rated control capacity 100 mA 30 V DC
Input mode Addition/Subtraction (selectable by front switch)
Max. counting speed 30 Hz/5 kHz (selectable by slide switch on side)
Counting input Min. input signal width: 16.7 ms at 30 Hz/0.1 ms at 5 kHz,
ON time : OFF time = 1 : 1
Reset input Min. input signal width: Min. 30 ms
Input signal
• Non-voltage input using contacts or open-collector connection
• Input impedance; when shorted: Max. 1 kΩ, when open: Min. 100 kΩ
• Residual voltage: Max. 2 V
Output mode
• Maintain output/hold count • Maintain output/over count
• One shot/over count • One shot/recount
(Selectable by front switch)
Display method 7-segment LCD
(Switch between red and green for backlight, and between lit and flashing for count up.)
Digit –9999999 to 99999999 (–7 digits to +8 digits)
(0 to 99999999 for preset value)
Memory EEP-ROM (Overwriting times: 105operations or more)
Contact arrangement 1 Form A (Open collector)
Electrical life (contact) 107 operations (at rated control voltage)
Electrical
Allowable operating voltage range 85 to 110% of rated operating voltage
Break down voltage (Initial value) Between input and output: 1,500 V AC, for 1 min.
Insulation resistance (Initial value) Between input and output: 100 MΩ(at 500 V DC)
Mechanical
Functional vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min), Single amplitude: 0.15 mm (10 min. on 3 axes)
Destructive vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min), Single amplitude: 0.375 mm (1 hr. on 3 axes)
Functional shock resistance Min. 98 m/s2(4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive shock resistance Min. 294 m/s2(5 times on 3 axes)
Operating
conditions
Operation temperature –10 to 55°C +14 to +131°F (without frost or dew)
Storage temperature –25 to +65°C –13 to +149°F (without frost or dew)
Ambient humidity 30 to 85% RH (at 25°C 77°F, non-condensing)
Protective construction IP66 (front panel with mounting bracket and rubber gasket)
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
1 kV (signal line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
Counters
83
LC2H
LC2H
108
Part names
1. Front reset key
This key resets the count value. It does
not work when the lock switch is ON.
2. Mode key
Use to switch between each mode.
3. Setting key
Used to set digits of preset values or set
each mode.
4. Set key
Use to set preset values or to switch
between modes.
5. Lock switch
Disable the operation of the front panel
reset key and the mode key. With the lock
switch on, is displayed for about
two seconds when the reset key or mode
switch is operated.
6. Count speed switch
Use this switch to switch the count speed
between 30 Hz and 5 kHz.
❇: Default setting when shipped.
Notes: 1. Make the switch setting before installing to panel.
2. Please turn the power off if you change the setting of the count speed switch when the power is on. The
setting will become valid when the power is turned back on.
5Lock switch
(unit display 1)
6Count speed switch
(unit display 2)
6
5
RESET MODE SET
COUNTER
LC2H
1 2 3 4
(Terminal block side)
(LCD side)
OFF❇
ON
(Terminal block side)
(LCD side)
5kHz
30Hz❇
Dimensions
• External dimensions
mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
When installing the one-touch installation type model, make sure
that the installation spring does not pinch the rubber gasket.
To prevent the installation spring
from pinching the rubber gasket:
1. Set the rubber gasket on both
ends of the installation spring
(left and right).
2. Confirm that the installation
spring is not pinching the rubber
gasket, and then insert and fix the
installation spring in place from the
rear of the timer unit.
44.8
1.764
54.4
2.142
10.4
.409 44
1.732 5
.197
22
.866
7
.276
COUNTER
LC2H
RESET MODE SET
24
.945
48
1.890
• Panel cut out dimensions
The standard panel cut out is shown below.
Use the mounting bracket (ATH3803) and the rubber gasket (ATH3804).
(Only installation frame type)
• When installing repeatedly (sealed installation)
(Only installation frame type)
Notes: 1. Suitable installation panel thickness is 1 to 4.5 mm 0.39 to 0.177 inch.
2. Waterproofing will be lost when installing repeatedly (sealed installation).
45
1.772
+0.5
0
+.020
0
22.2
.874
+0.5
0
+.020
0
60 min.
2.362 min.
22.2
.874
+0.5
0
+.020
0
A=(48×n-2.5)
A=(1.890×n-.098)
A
+1.0
0+.039
0
Counters
84
LC2H
LC2H
109
How to set
1. Preset value setting mode
This is the mode for setting preset values.
1) Pressing the MODE key takes you to
the preset value setting mode.
2) Pressing the setting key moves the
flashing digit left by one. Following the
highest digit it returns to the lowest digit
and each time the digit setting key is
pressed it moves one to the left.
3) Pressing the set key increases the
value by one. (After 9 it returns to 0 and
then changes to 1, 2, 3, etc.)
4) Pressing the front panel reset key sets
the displayed preset value and returns
you to the regular operation mode.
5) In the preset value setting mode if you
do not operate the digit setting key or the
set key for ten seconds or more you will
be returned to regular operation. In this
case the preset value will not change.
2. Lock mode
This mode prohibits everything except
the preset value setting mode.
1) Pressing the set key while holding
down the mode key takes you to the lock
mode.
2) The display reads “Un-Lock” after
entering the lock mode (initial setting).
3) Pressing the setting key changes the
display between “ Lock” and “Un-
lock”.
4) Pressing the front panel reset key sets
the content displayed and returns you to
regular operation mode.
Note: You will not be returned to regular operation
mode if you do not press the front panel reset
key.
5) When the lock mode display reads
“ Lock”, you will not be able to move
to the backlight setting mode, the input
setting mode, or the output setting mode.
3. Backlight setting mode
This is the mode for setting the backlight
during count up.
1) Pressing the SET key two times while
holding down the MODE key takes you to
the backlight setting mode.
2) The display in the backlight setting
mode reads “ LEd”
3) The LED backlight will be red (initial
setting).
4) The backlight changes from flashing
green to flashing red to lit green and to lit
red with each press of the setting key.
5) Pressing the front panel reset key sets
the current backlight color and returns
you to regular operation mode.
Note: You will not be returned to regular operation
mode if you do not press the front panel reset
key.
4. Input setting mode
This is the mode for setting addition or
subtraction.
1) Pressing the SET key three times
while holding down the MODE key takes
you to the input setting mode.
2) The display after entering the input
setting mode reads “ UP” (initial
setting).
3) Pressing the setting key changes the
display to “dn” (subtraction) and pressing
it again changes it to “UP” (addition). The
display alternates between “dn” and “UP”.
4) Pressing the front panel reset key sets
the content displayed and returns you to
regular operation mode.
Note: You will not be returned to regular operation
mode if you do not press the front panel reset
key.
Press the MODE key. Set the digit. Set the value.
Sample display in preset value
setting mode
(when preset value is 1000)
Un-Lock LockPress the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Display after entering lock mode
(Example showing “Un-Lock”.)
(Example showing “ Lock”.)
Lit red
Flashes green
Lit green
Flashes red
Press the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Display after entering
the backlight setting mode.
Addition SubtractionPress the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Display after entering input
setting mode
(Example showing “UP”)
(Example showing “dn”)
Counters
85
LC2H
LC2H
110
Changing the preset value
Compliance with the CE marking
5. Output setting mode
This sets the operation mode.
1) Pressing the SET key four times while
holding down the MODE key takes you to
the output setting mode.
2) The display reads “HoLd-A” (initial
setting) after entering the output setting
mode.
3) Pressing the setting key causes the
display to change as follows:
HOLD-B (Output maintain/over count I)
SHOT-A (One shot/over count)
SHOT-B (One shot/recount I)
HOLD-A (Output maintain/hold count)
4) Pressing the front panel reset key sets
the display content and returns you to
regular operation mode.
Note: You will not be returned to regular operation
mode if you do not press the front panel reset
key.
HOLD-A HOLD-B
SHOT-B SHOT-A
Press the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Un-Lock LockPress the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Mode changes as follows by pressing the SET key while holding down the MODE key.
When the lock is set, you cannot enter modes other than
backlight setting mode.
Lit red
Flashes green
Lit green
Flashes red
Press the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Addition SubtractionPress the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
HOLD-A HOLD-B
SHOT-B SHOT-A
Lock mode Backlight setting mode
Output setting mode Input setting mode
Press the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
2) Lock mode
3) Backlight setting mode
4) Input setting mode
5) Output setting mode
Front panel reset key
Regular operation mode
Please be aware that after doing a front
panel reset key and returning to regular
operation mode, the preset values, count
value and output will be as shown in this
table.
Note: “×” sign: No change
Preset
value Count value Output
change
Lock
mode × × ×
Backlight
setting
mode
× × ×
Input
setting
mode
×Addition: “0”
Subtraction:
“Preset value”
ON➝OFF
Output
setting
mode
×Addition: “0”
Subtraction:
“Preset value”
ON➝OFF
1. It is possible to change the preset
value even during counting. However,
be aware of the following points.
1) If the preset value is changed to less
than the count value with counting set to
the addition direction, counting will
continue until it reaches full scale, returns
to zero, and then reaches the new preset
value. If the preset value is changed to a
value above the count value, counting will
continue until the count value reaches the
new preset value.
2) Suppose that the counter is preset to
count down. Whether a preset count
down value is smaller or larger than the
count value, the counter counts down to
“0 (zero)”.
2. If the preset value is changed to “0”,
the counter will not complete count-
up. It starts counting up when the
counting value comes to “0 (zero)”
again.
1) Addition (up-count) input when
counting is set to the addition direction,
counting will continue until full scale is
reached, return to zero, and then
complete count-up.
2) Subtraction (down-count) input when
counting is set to the subtraction direction,
counting will continue until full scale
“–9999999” is reached, and then the
display will change to “ ”.
• EMC Directive (89/336/EEC)
The LC2H Preset Counter conforms to
the EMC Directive as a simple counter.
Applicable standards: EN61000-6-4,
EN61000-6-2
Counters
86
LC2H
LC2H
111
Operation mode
Output mode Operation Example when input mode is either addition or Subject:ubtraction
Output maintain/
hold count
Output control is maintained after count-up
completion and until resetting.
During that time, the count display does not
change from that at count-up completion.
Output maintain/
over count I
Output control is maintained after count-up
completion and until resetting. However,
counting is possible despite completion of
count-up.
One shot/
over count
Output control is maintained after count-up
completion for a fixed time (approx. 1 sec.).
Counting is possible despite completion of
count-up.
One shot/
recount I
Output control is maintained after count-up
completion for a fixed time (approx. 1 sec.).
Counting is possible despite completion of
count-up. However, reset occurs
simultaneous with completion of count-up.
While output is being maintained, restarting
of the count is not possible.
HOLD-A
n: Preset value
n0 1 n–132
0n n–1 1n–3
4
n–4n–2
OFF ON
Subtraction
Addition
Counting able/unable Able
Output
Unable
HOLD-B
n: Preset value
n n+1 n+2 n+30 1 n–2 n–132
0 –1 –2 –3n n–1 2 1n–3n–2
Subtraction
Addition
Counting able/unable
Output OFF ON
Able
SHOT-A
n: Preset value
n n+1 n+2 n+30 1 n–2 n–132
0 –1 –2 –3n n–1 2 1n–3n–2
Subtraction
Addition
Counting able/unable
Output OFF ON
One shot pulse width: approx. 1 sec.
Able
SHOT-B
n: Preset value
n n–1 n–2 n–3 n–4
0 1 n–1
32 0 1 2 3 4
n n–1 1
n–3n–2
Subtraction
Addition
Counting able/unable
Output OFF ON
Able
One shot pulse width: approx. 1 sec.
Counters
87
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LC2H SERIES
LC2H
112
Cautions for use
1. Input and output connection
1) Input connection
(1) Contact input
Use highly reliable metal plated contacts.
Since the contact’s bounce time leads
directly to error in the count value, use
contacts with as short a bounce time as
possible. In general, select input to have
a maximum counting speed of 30 Hz.
(2) Non-contact input (Transistor input)
Connect with an open collector. Use
transistors whose characteristics satisfy
the criteria given below.
VCEO = Min. 20 V
IC = Min. 20 mA
ICBO = Max. 6 µA
Also, use transistors with a residual
voltage of less than 2 V when the
transistor is on.
* The short-circuit impedance should be less
than 1 kΩ.
(When the impedance is 0 Ω, the current
coming from the count input terminal is
approximately 5 mA and from the reset
input terminal is approximately 1.5 mA.)
Also, the open-circuit impedance should
be more than 100 kΩ.
(3) Input wiring
When wiring, use shielded wires or
metallic wire tubes, and keep the wire
lengths as short as possible.
2) Output connection
Since the transistor output of counter is
insulated from the internal circuitry by a
photo-coupler, it can be used as an NPN
output or PNP (equal value) output.
As NPN output
As PNP output
3 41 2 5
6
Reset
input
Count
input
3 41 2 Reset
input
Count
input
5
6
3 41 2 5
6
Load
Load’s power
supply
3 41 2 5
6
Load
Load’s power
supply
2. Self-diagnosis function
If a malfunction occurs, one of the following displays will appear.
* Includes the possibility that the EEP-ROM’s life has expired.
3. Terminal connection
1) When wiring the terminals, refer to the terminal layout and
wiring diagrams and be sure to perform the wiring properly
without errors.
An external power supply is required in order to run the main
unit.
Power should be applied between
terminals (1) and (2). Terminal (1) acts
as the positive connection and terminal
(2) as the negative.
2) After turning the counter off, make sure that any resulting
induced voltage or residual voltage is not applied to power
supply terminals (1) through (2). (If the power supply wire is
wired parallel to the high voltage wire or power wire, an induced
voltage may be generated at the power supply terminal.)
3) Have the power supply voltage pass through a switch or relay
so that it is applied at one time.
Display Contents Output
condition
Restoration
procedure
Preset values after
restoration
Err-00 Malfunctioning
CPU OFF
Enter front
reset key or
restart
counter
The preset value at
start-up before the
CPU malfunction
occurred.
Err-01 Malfunctioning
memory* 0
1
Operating voltage
2 3 4
5
6
Counters
88
LC2H
113
Cautions for use
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LC2H SERIES
1. Insulation sheet
Before using a panel mounting type,
please pull and remove the insulation
sheet from the side of the product in the
direction of the arrow.
In consideration that the product might be
stored for long periods without being
used, an insulation sheet is inserted
before shipping. Remove the insulation
sheet and press the front reset button.
• LC2H total counter (one-touch
installation type)
• LC2H total counter (installation
frame type)
2. Waterproof construction
• LC2H total counter (installation
frame type)
The operation part of the panel
installation type (installation frame type)
is constructed to prevent water from
entering the unit and a rubber gasket is
provided to prevent water from entering
the gap between the unit and the panel
cutout.
There must be sufficient pressure applied
to the rubber gasket to prevent water
from entering.
Be sure to use the mounting
reinforcement screws when installing the
mounting frame (ATH3803).
Note: The one-touch installation type is
not waterproof.
• LC2H preset counter
1) The front plate will not be waterproof
when this product is installed on a panel.
To make the front plate waterproof,
please install the following.
When using the waterproof type (IP66:
panel front only), install the counter to the
front plate with mounting frame ATH3803
(sold separately) and rubber gasket
ATH3804 (sold separately). Be sure to
tighten using mounting screws.
2) Panel installation order
(1) Remove o-ring.
(2) Place rubber gasket.
(3) Insert counter into panel.
(4) Insert mounting frame from the
rear.
(5) Secure with mounting screws (two
locations)
3. Do not use in the following
environments
1) In places where the temperature
changes drastically.
2) In places where humidity is high and
there is the possibility of dew.
(When dew forms the display may vanish
and other display errors may occur.)
4. Conditions of use
1) Do not use on places where there is
flammable or corrosive gas, lots of dust,
presence of oil, or where the unit might
be subject to strong vibrations or shocks.
2) Since the cover is made of
polycarbonate resin, do not use in places
where the unit might come into contact
with or be exposed to environments that
contain organic solvents such as methyl
alcohol, benzene and thinner, or strong
alkali substances such as ammonia and
caustic soda.
5. Cautions regarding battery
replacement
1) Remove wiring before replacing the
battery. You may be electrocuted if you
come into contact to a part where high
voltage is applied.
2) Make sure you are not carrying a static
electric charge when replacing the
battery.
3) Battery replacement procedure
For LC2H total counter (one-touch
installation type)
(1) Remove the up/down hook of the
case using a tool.
(2) Pull the unit away from the case.
(3) Remove the battery from the side of
the unit. Do not touch the display or
other parts.
(4) Before inserting wipe clean the
surface of the new battery.
(5) Insert the new battery with the “+”
and “–” sides in the proper position.
(6) After replacing the battery, return
the unit to the case. Verify that the
hook of the case has properly
engaged.
(7) Before using, press the reset button
on the front.
Insulation sheet Reset button
Insulation sheet Reset button
Mounting frame
(ATH3803)
When installing the mounting frame
and rubber gasket please remove the
pre-attached o-ring.
Mounting frame
(ATH3803)
Rubber gasket (ATH3804)
Tool
1
2
1
6
7
3
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LC2H SERIES
Counters
89
LC2H
113
Cautions for use
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LC2H SERIES
1. Insulation sheet
Before using a panel mounting type,
please pull and remove the insulation
sheet from the side of the product in the
direction of the arrow.
In consideration that the product might be
stored for long periods without being
used, an insulation sheet is inserted
before shipping. Remove the insulation
sheet and press the front reset button.
• LC2H total counter (one-touch
installation type)
• LC2H total counter (installation
frame type)
2. Waterproof construction
• LC2H total counter (installation
frame type)
The operation part of the panel
installation type (installation frame type)
is constructed to prevent water from
entering the unit and a rubber gasket is
provided to prevent water from entering
the gap between the unit and the panel
cutout.
There must be sufficient pressure applied
to the rubber gasket to prevent water
from entering.
Be sure to use the mounting
reinforcement screws when installing the
mounting frame (ATH3803).
Note: The one-touch installation type is
not waterproof.
• LC2H preset counter
1) The front plate will not be waterproof
when this product is installed on a panel.
To make the front plate waterproof,
please install the following.
When using the waterproof type (IP66:
panel front only), install the counter to the
front plate with mounting frame ATH3803
(sold separately) and rubber gasket
ATH3804 (sold separately). Be sure to
tighten using mounting screws.
2) Panel installation order
(1) Remove o-ring.
(2) Place rubber gasket.
(3) Insert counter into panel.
(4) Insert mounting frame from the
rear.
(5) Secure with mounting screws (two
locations)
3. Do not use in the following
environments
1) In places where the temperature
changes drastically.
2) In places where humidity is high and
there is the possibility of dew.
(When dew forms the display may vanish
and other display errors may occur.)
4. Conditions of use
1) Do not use on places where there is
flammable or corrosive gas, lots of dust,
presence of oil, or where the unit might
be subject to strong vibrations or shocks.
2) Since the cover is made of
polycarbonate resin, do not use in places
where the unit might come into contact
with or be exposed to environments that
contain organic solvents such as methyl
alcohol, benzene and thinner, or strong
alkali substances such as ammonia and
caustic soda.
5. Cautions regarding battery
replacement
1) Remove wiring before replacing the
battery. You may be electrocuted if you
come into contact to a part where high
voltage is applied.
2) Make sure you are not carrying a static
electric charge when replacing the
battery.
3) Battery replacement procedure
For LC2H total counter (one-touch
installation type)
(1) Remove the up/down hook of the
case using a tool.
(2) Pull the unit away from the case.
(3) Remove the battery from the side of
the unit. Do not touch the display or
other parts.
(4) Before inserting wipe clean the
surface of the new battery.
(5) Insert the new battery with the “+”
and “–” sides in the proper position.
(6) After replacing the battery, return
the unit to the case. Verify that the
hook of the case has properly
engaged.
(7) Before using, press the reset button
on the front.
Insulation sheet Reset button
Insulation sheet Reset button
Mounting frame
(ATH3803)
When installing the mounting frame
and rubber gasket please remove the
pre-attached o-ring.
Mounting frame
(ATH3803)
Rubber gasket (ATH3804)
Tool
1
2
1
6
7
3
LC2H
114
Options
For LC2H total counter
(installation frame type)
(1) Remove the battery cover from the
case.
(2) Remove the battery from the side of
the case. The battery will come
loose if you put the battery side face
down and lightly shake the unit.
(3) Before inserting wipe clean the
surface of the new battery.
(4) Insert the new battery with the “+”
and “–” sides in the proper position.
(5) After replacing the battery, return
the battery cover to the case. Verify
that the hook of the battery cover is
properly engaged.
(6) Before using press the reset button
on the front.
6. Terminal connection
Tighten the terminal screws with a torque
of 0.8 N·cm or less.
1
“−” side
“+” side
2
6
5
1. Accessories (for LC2H total
counter)
Panel cover (black)
Part No.: AEL3801
You can change the design of the front
panel by replacing it with this black panel
cover. The counter comes with an ash
gray panel cover as standard.
Note: No panel cover accessory (black) is available
for the LC2H preset counter.
2. Lithium battery (3 V)
Part No.: ATH3802
Packaged with the LC2H (excluding the
PC board mounting type).
3. Installation parts
Mounting frame
(Suitable for installation frame type LC2H
total counter and LC2H preset counter)
Part No.: ATH3803
Packaged with the mounting bracket type
LC2H total counter
Rubber gasket
(Suitable for installation bracket type
LC2H total counter and LC2H preset
counter)
Part No.: ATH3804
Packaged with the mounting bracket type
LC2H total counter
RESET
COUNTER
LC2H
Panasonic
CR2477
3V
JAPAN
Warning
• Make sure the “+” and “−” polarities are
positioned correctly.
• Do not throw the old battery into a fire,
short circuit it, take it apart, or allow it to
come into contact with heat.
• The battery is not rechargeable.
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LC2H SERIES
Counters
90
LC4H
DIN 48 SIZE
LCD ELECTRONIC
COUNTER LC4H
Features
• Bright and Easy-to-Read Display
A brand new bright 2-color backlight
LCD display. The easy-to-read screen
in any location makes checking and
setting procedures a cinch.
• Simple Operation
Seesaw buttons make operating the
unit even easier than before.
• Short Body of only 64.5 mm 2.539
inch (screw type) or 70.1 mm 2.760
inch (pin type)
With a short body, it easily installs in
even narrow control panels.
• Conforms to IP66’s Weather
Resistant Standards
The water-proof panel keeps out water
and dirt for reliable operation even in
poor environments.
• Screw terminal and Pin Type are
Both Standard Options
The two terminal types are standard
options to support either front panel
installation or embedded installation.
• Changeable Panel Cover
Also offers a black panel cover to meet
your design considerations.
• 4-digit or 6-digit display
Two sizes of displays are offered for
you to choose the one that suits your
needs.
• Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE.
48
1.890
48
1.890
64.5
2.539
4-digit display
6-digit display
Pin type Screw terminal type
Digit Count speed Output mode Output Operating voltage Power down insurance Terminal type Part number
4
6
30 Hz (cps)/
5 KHz (Kcps)
switchable
• Maintain output/
hold count
• Maintain output/
over count I
• Maintain output/
over count II
• One shot/over
count
• One shot/recount I
• One shot/recount II
• One shot/hold
count
(7 modes)
Relay
(1c)
Transistor
(1a)
Relay
(1c)
Transistor
(1a)
100 to 240 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
24 V AC
24 V AC
24 V AC
24 V AC
Available
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
LC4H-R4-AC240V
LC4H-R4-AC240VS
LC4H-R4-DC24V
LC4H-R4-DC24VS
LC4H-T4-AC240V
LC4H-T4-AC240VS
LC4H-T4-DC24V
LC4H-T4-DC24VS
LC4H-R6-AC240V
LC4H-R6-AC240VS
LC4H-R6-DC24V
LC4H-R6-DC24VS
LC4H-T6-AC240V
LC4H-T6-AC240VS
LC4H-T6-DC24V
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
LC4H8-R4-AC240V
LC4H8-R4-DC24V
LC4H8-T4-AC240V
LC4H8-T4-DC24V
LC4H8-R6-AC240V
LC4H8-R6-DC24V
LC4H8-T6-AC240V
LC4H8-T6-DC24V
LC4H-T6-DC24VS
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
11 pins
Screw terminal
LC4H-R4-AC24V
LC4H-R4-AC24VS
LC4H-T4-AC24V
LC4H-T4-AC24VS
LC4H-R6-AC24V
LC4H-R6-AC24VS
LC4H-T6-AC24V
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
8 pins
LC4H8-R4-AC24V
LC4H8-T4-AC24V
LC4H8-R6-AC24V
LC4H8-T6-AC24V
LC4H-T6-AC24VS
Product types
* A rubber gasket (ATC18002) and a mounting frame (AT8-DA4) are included.
mm inch
UL File No.: E122222
C-UL File No.: E122222
Counters
91
LC4H
Part names
DOWN
UP
LOCK
RESET
LO C K
RST
OP .
COUNTER
LC4H
Controlled output indicator
Reset indicator
Lock indicator
Reset switch
Lock switch
Counter display
Set value display
Up keys
Down keys
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIP switches
(Same for screw terminal type)
LOCK
RESET
LOCK
RS T
OP .
COUNTER
LC4H
Controlled output indicator
Reset indicator
Lock indicator
Reset switch
Lock switch
Counter display
Set value display
Up keys
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIP switches
(Same for screw terminal type)
Specifications
Item Relay output type
AC type
100 to 240 V AC, 24 V AC
50/60 Hz common
Max. 10 V A
5 A 250 V AC (resistive load)
Addition (UP)/Subtraction (DOWN)/Direction (DIR)/Individuality (IND)/Phase (PHASE)
5 modes selectable by DIP switch
30 Hz/5 kHz (selectable by DIP switch)
Min. input signal width: 16.7 ms at 30 Hz/0.1 ms at 5 kHz, ON time: OFF time = 1:1
Min. input signal width: 1 ms, 20 ms (selected by DIP switch)
Min. input signal width: 20 ms
Contact or Open collector input/Input impedance: 1 kW or less, Input residual voltage: 2 V or less,
Open impedance: 100 kW or more, Max. energized voltage: 40 V DC
HOLD-A/HOLD-B/HOLD-C/SHOT-A/SHOT-B/SHOT-C/SHOT-D (7 modes selectable by DIP switch)
Approx. 1 s
7-segment LCD, Counter value (backlight red LED), Setting value (backlight yellow LED)
4-digit display type –999 to 9999 (–3 digits to +4 digits) (0 to 9999 for setting)
6-digit display type –99999 to 999999 (–5 digits to 6 digits) (0 to 999999 for setting)
EEP-ROM (Overwriting times: 105 ope. or more)
1 Form C
100 mW (at 1 A 6 V DC)
Ag alloy/Au flush
2x107 ope. (Except for switch operation parts)
105 ope. (At rated control voltage)
85 to 110 % of rated operating voltage
Between live and dead metal parts: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min (11-pin type)
Between input and output: 2,000 V AC for 1 min
Between live and dead metal parts: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min (11-pin type)
Between input and output: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min
Between open contacts: 1,000 Vrms for 1 min
Between live and dead metal parts: Min. 100 MW (11-pin type)
Between input and output: Min. 100 MW
Between open contact: Min. 100 MW
Between live and dead metal parts: Min. 100 MW (11-pin type)
Between input and output: Min. 100 MW
Max. 65° C (under the flow of nominal operating current at nominal voltage)
10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min), single amplitude: 0.35 mm (10 min on 3 axes)
10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min), single amplitude: 0.75 mm (1 h on 3 axes)
1 Form A (Open collector)
—
—
—
107 ope. (At rated control voltage)
12 to 24 V DC
—
Max. 3 W
100 to 240 V AC, 24 V AC
50/60 Hz common
Max. 10 V A
100 mA 30 V DC
12 to 24 V DC
—
Max. 3 W
DC type
Transistor output type
AC type DC type
Rating
Contact
Life
Electrical
Mechanical
Operating
conditions
Rated operating voltage
Rated frequency
Rated power consumption
Rated control capacity
Input mode
Max. counting speed
Counting input (Input 1, 2)
Reset input
Lock input
Input signal
Output mode
One shot output time
Indication
Digit
Memory
Contact arrangement
Initial contact resistance
Contact material
Mechanical (contact)
Electrical (contact)
Allowable operating voltage range
Break down voltage
(Initial value)
Insulation resistance
(At 500 V DC) (Initial value)
Temperature rise
Functional
Destructive
Vibration
resistance
Min. 98 m 321.522 ft./s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Min. 294 m 964.567 ft./s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
–10° C to 55° C +14° F to +131° F
Max. 85 % RH (non-condensing)
860 to 1,060 h Pa
—
8-pin/11-pin/screw terminal
IP66 (front panel with a rubber gasket)
20 % or less — 20 % or less
Functional
Destructive
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Air pressure
Ripple rate
Connection
Protective construction
Shock
resistance
• 4-digit display type
• 6-digit display type
Counters
92
LC4H
Dimensions
• 4-digit display type
48
1.890
48
1.890
5.5
.217
70.1
2.760
55.6
2.189
7.5
.295
(44.5
(1.752
(44.5
(1.752
5.5
.217 64.5
2.539
7.5
.295
COUNTER
RESET
LOCK
UP
DOWN
OP.
RST
LOCK
LC4H
48
1.890
48
1.890
70.1
2.760
55.6
2.189
5.5
.216 64.5
2.539
7.5
.295
5.5
.217
7.5
.295
(44.5
(1.752
(44.5
(1.752
LC4H
COUNTER
RESET
LOCK
OP.
RST
LOCK
Screw terminal type: M3.5
(Flush mount)
mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
Pin type
(Flush mount/Surface mount)
Screw terminal type: M3.5
(Flush mount)
Pin type
(Flush mount/Surface mount)
• 6-digit display type
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61812-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
1 kV (signal line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Counters
93
LC4H
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
• 8-pin type
Relay output type Transistor output type
• Screw terminal type
Relay output type Transistor output typeRelay output type Transistor output type
• 11-pin type
• Dimensions for flush mounting (with adapter installed)
•
Dimensions for front panel installations
•
Installation panel cut-out dimensions
The standard panel cut-out dimensions are shown
below. Use the mounting frame (AT8-DA4) and
rubber gasket (ATC18002).
• For connected installations
Note 1: The installation panel thickness should be between 1
and 5 mm .039 and .197 inch.
Note 2: For connected installations, the waterproofing ability
between the unit and installation panel is lost.
Screw terminal type: M3.5 Pin type
48
1.890
48
1.890 48
1.890
48
1.890
50
1.969 66
2.598
63.5
2.500
1
.039
Mounting frame
for flush mount
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
Mounting frame
for flush mount
AT8-DA4
(supplied)
Panel
Rubber gasket
ATC18002 (supplied)
Panel
Rubber gasket
ATC18002 (supplied)
50
1.969
1
.039
(44.5
(1.752
90
3.543
11-pin type
(11p cap AT8-DP11
sold separately)
8-pin type
(8p cap AD8-RC
sold separately)
LC4H
COUNTER
RESET
LOCK
66
COUNTER
LC4H
RESET
LOCK
UP
DOWN
OP.
RST
LOCK
OP.
RST
LOCK
DIN rail terminal block
8-pin type: AT8-DF8K
(sold separately)
11-pin type: AT8-DF11K
(sold separately)
Device installation rail
AT8-DLA1
(sold separately)
( ) Dimensions for 8-pin type.
95.5
(90.0)
3.760
(3.543)
80 min.
3.150
80 min.
3.150
45-0.6
0
45-0.6
0
1.772-.024
0
1.772-.024
0
A = (48 × n – 2.5) –0.6
0
45-0.6
0
1.772-.024
0
A
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4NO
NC
NO
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
54321
109876
NO
NC
54321
109876
8
5
1
7
6
2
3
4
Reset
Input 1
Input 2
Operating
voltage
–
~
+
~
–
~
+
~
–
~
+
~
–
~
+
~
–
~
+
~
–
~
+
~
Reset
Input 1
Input 2
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
Note) For connecting the output leads of the transistor output type, refer to 5) Transistor output on page 115.
Counters
94
LC4H
Setting the operation mode and set value
Setting procedure 1) Setting the operation mode (input mode and output mode)
Set the input and output modes with the DIP switches on the side of the counter.
DIP switches
Setting procedure 2) Setting the set value
Set the set value with the UP and DOWN keys on the front of the counter.
Front display section
DIP switch
Item DIP switch No.
1 2 3
ON ON ON SHOT-A
OFF OFF OFF SHOT-B
ON OFF OFF SHOT-C
OFF ON OFF SHOT-D
ON ON OFF HOLD-A
OFF OFF ON HOLD-B
ON OFF ON HOLD-C
OFF ON ON —
Output mode
Output mode Refer to table 1
1
2
3
Minimum reset input signal width 20 ms 1 ms4
Maximum counter speed 30 Hz 5 kHz5
Input mode Refer to table 2
6
7
8
ONOFF
DIP switch No.
6 7 8
ON ON ON Addition input
OFF OFF OFF Subtraction input
ON OFF OFF Directive input
OFF ON OFF Independent input
ON ON OFF Phase input
OFF OFF ON —
ON OFF ON —
OFF ON ON —
(See note 1)
Input mode
Notes:1) The counter and set value displays will display DIP Err.
Notes:2) Set the DIP switches before installing the counter on the panel.
Notes:3) When the DIP SW setting is changed, turn off the power once.
Notes:4) The DIP switches are set as ON before shipping.
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIP switches (See note 2)
(Same for 6-digit and screw terminal types)
• 4-digit display type
Q Counter display
W Set value display
E Controlled output indicator
R Reset indicator
T Lock indicator
Y UP keys
Changes the corresponding
digit of the set value in the
addition direction (upwards).
U DOWN keys
Changes the corresponding digit
of the set value in the subtraction
direction (downwards).
I RESET switch
Resets the counting value and the
output.
O LOCK switch
Locks the operation of all keys on
the counter.
DOWN
UP
LOCK
RESET
LOCK
RST
OP.
COUNTER
LC4H
1
3
4
5
8
9
2
6
7
• 6-digit display type
Q Counter display
W Set value display
E Controlled output indicator
R Reset indicator
T Lock indicator
Y UP keys
Changes the corresponding digit of
the set value in the addition direc-
tion (upwards).
U RESET switch
Resets the counting value and the
output.
I LOCK switch
Locks the operation of all keys on
the counter.
LOCK
RESET
LO C K
RS T
OP .
COUNTER
LC4H
1
3
4
5
7
8
2
6
• Changing the set value
1. It is possible to change the set
value with the up and down keys (4-
digit type only) even during counting.
However, be aware of the following
points.
1) If the set value is changed to less than
the count value with counting set to the
addition direction, counting will continue
until it reaches full scale (9999 with the
4-digit type and 999999 with the 6-digit
type), returns to zero, and then reaches
the new set value. If the set value is
changed to a value above the count
value, counting will continue until the
count value reaches the new set value.
2) Suppose that the counter is preset
to count down. Whether a preset count-
down value is smaller or larger than the
count value, the counter counts down to
“0(Zero)”.
2. If the set value is changed to “0,”
the unit will not complete count-up. It
starts counting up when the counting
value comes to “0 (Zero)” again.
1) Up-count (addition) input when count-
ing is set to the addition direction, count-
ing will continue until full scale is reached
(9999 with the 4-digit type and 999999
with the 6-digit type), return to zero, and
then complete count-up.
2) Down-count (subtraction) input when
counting is set to the subtraction direc-
tion, counting will continue until full scale
is reached (-999 with the 4-digit type and
-99999 with the 6-digit type), and then
the display will change to with the
4-digit type and with the 6-digit type.
The counting value does not become “0”
and so the counter does not count up.
3) For directive, independent, and phase
input, when the counting value increases
or decreases from the value „0“ and then
returns back to the value „0,“ count-up is
completed.
Table 1: Setting the output mode
Table 2: Setting the input mode
(See note 1)
(See note 1)
(See note 1)
Counters
95
LC4H
Operation modes
1. Input mode
For the input mode, you can choose one of the following five modes
• Addition
• Subtraction DOWN
• Directive DIR
• Independent
• Phase PHASE
IND
UP
Input mode
Addition
UP
Subtraction
DOWN
Directive
DIR
Independent
IND
Phase
Operation *Minimum input signal width 30 Hz: 16.7 ms; 5 kHz: 0.1 ms
IN1 or IN2 works as an input block
(gate) for the other input.
• Example where IN1 is the count counting and IN2 is the input block (gate).
• Example where IN2 is the counting input and IN1 is the input block (gate).
* “A” must be more than the minimum input signal width.
* “A” must be more than the minimum input signal width.
* “B” must be more than the minimum input signal width.
* IN1 and IN2 are completely independent, so there is no restriction on signal
timing.
IN1 is the counting input and IN2 is the
addition or subtraction directive input.
IN2 adds at L level and subtracts at H
level.
IN1 is addition input and IN2 is subtrac-
tion input.
Addition when the IN1 phase advances
beyond IN2, and subtraction when the
IN2 phase advances beyond IN1.
0 1 2 3 n-3 n-2 n-1 n
n n-1 n-2 n-3 3 2 1 0
H
L
H
L
IN1
IN2
Counting (subtraction)
Counting (addition)
Blocked
A A A A
Reset
Count-up completed
A A A A
n n-1 n-2 n-4n-3 01
0 1 2 43 nn-1
H
L
H
L
IN1
IN2
Counting (subtraction)
Counting (addition)
BlockedBlocked
Reset
Count-up completed
H
L
H
L
Counting
IN1
IN2
Addition Subtraction Addition
A A A A
0 1 2 3 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4
Reset
Counting
IN1
IN2
H
L
H
L
0 1 2 3 4 3 2 11 2 2 3
Reset
Counting
IN1
IN2
B B
00 1 2 123
Reset
H
L
H
L
Phase advance Phase retard
PHASE
Counters
96
2. Output mode
For the output mode, you can choose one of the following seven modes
• Maintain output/hold count HOLD-A
• Maintain output/over count I HOLD-B
• Maintain output/over count II HOLD-C
• One shot/over count SHOT-A
• One shot/recount I SHOT-B
• One shot/recount II SHOT-C
• One shot/hold count SHOT-D
Output mode
Maintain output
Hold count
HOLD-A
Operation (Example when input mode is either addition or subtraction)
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until reset-
ting. During that time, the count display
does not change from that at count-up
completion.
* n: Set value
Maintain output
Over count I
HOLD-B
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until resetting.
However, counting is possible despite
completion of count-up.
* n: Set value
Maintain output
Over count II
HOLD-C
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until the next
signal enters. However, counting is
possible despite completion of count-
up.
* n: Set value
One shot
Over count
SHOT-A
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for a fixed time
(approx. 1 sec). Counting is possible
despite completion of count-up.
* n: Set value
One shot
Recount I
SHOT-B
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for a fixed time
(approx. 1 sec). Counting is pos-
sible despite completion of count-up.
However, reset occurs simultaneous
with completion of count-up. While
output is being maintained, restarting of
the count is not possible
* n: Set value
One shot
Recount II
SHOT-C
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for a fixed time
(approx. 1 sec). Counting is pos-
sible despite completion of count-up.
However, reset occurs simultaneous
with output OFF.
* n: Set value
One shot
Hold count
SHOT-D
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for a fixed time
(approx. 1 sec). During that time, the
count display does not change from
that at count-up completion. Reset
occurs simultaneous with output OFF.
* n: Set value
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF
ON
n-3 n-2 n-1 n
3 2 1 0
Able Unable
n-2 n-1 n n+2n+1
2 1 0 -2-1
Able
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF
ON
n-2 n-1 n n+2n+1
2 1 0 -2-1
Able
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF OFF
ON
n-2 n-1 n n+2n+1
2 1 0 -2-1
Able
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF OFF
ON
Approx. 1s
n-2 n-1 0 21
2 1 n n-2n-1
Reset (automatic)
Able
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF OFF
ON
Approx. 1s
n-1 n n+1 10
1 0 -1 n-1n
Reset (automatic)
Able
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF OFF
ON
Approx. 1s
n-1 n 10
1 0 n-1n
Reset (automatic)
Approx. 1s
AbleAble Unable
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF OFF
ON
LC4H
Counters
97
LC4H-S
DIN 48 SIZE
LCD ELECTRONIC
COUNTER LC4H-S
Features
• Bright and Easy-to-Read Display
A brand new bright 2-color backlight
LCD display. The easy-to-read screen
in any location makes checking and
setting procedures a cinch.
• Easy to use, simple operation,
simple settings
• Operation modes (input/output modes)
can be set easily, using DIP switches
on the side panel.
• Values can be set easily, using key
switches on the front panel.
• Pre-scaling function provided
A pre-scaling function enables con-
version of lengths and volumes to
any desired values, and displays the
results.
• Built-in power supply for high-
capacitance sensor
An internal power supply drives a 12
VDC, 100 mA high-capacitance sensor.
(AC power supply types only)
Photoelectric switches, proximity
switches and encoders can be directly
connected.
• Dual-path AC sensor can be
connected.
• Basic insulation between the power
supply and the input terminal
(only for the sensor type model with
power supply)
There is no need for caution when con-
necting between terminals.
• Conforms to IP66’s Weather
Resistant Standards
The water-proof panel keeps out water
and dirt for reliable operation even in
poor environments.
• 4-digit or 6-digit display
Two sizes of displays are offered for
you to choose the one that suits your
needs.
• Screw terminal and Pin Type are
Both Standard Options
The two terminal types are standard
options to support either front panel
installation or embedded installation.
• Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE.
4-digit type
6-digit type
11 pin type Screw terminal type
UL File No.: E122222
C-UL File No.: E122222
Counters
PRODUCT TYPES
Digit Count speed Output Operation voltage Power down Additional function Terminal P/N
insurane
V042CA-4R-SP-H4CLniP 11rotcaF elacS
SV042CA-4R-SP-H4CLwercSrotcaF elacSCA V 042-001
with 12V DC power supply Scale Factor / Voltage Signal Input 11 Pin LC4H-PSV-R4-AC240V
SV042CA-4R-VSP-H4CLwercStupnI langiS egatloV / rotcaF elacSyaleR
V42-4R-S-H4CLniP 11rotcaF elacS
4 SV42-4R-S-H4CLwercSrotcaF elacS
Scale Factor / Voltage Signal Input 11 Pin LC4H-SV-R4-24V
SV42-4R-VS-H4CLwercStupnI langiS egatloV / rotcaF elacSCA V 42 / CD V 42-21
V42-4T-S-H4CLniP 11rotcaF elacS
SV42-4T-S-H4CLwercSrotcaF elacSrotsisnarT
V42-4T-VS-H4CLniP 11tupnI langiS egatloV / rotcaF elacS)spc( zH 03
SV42-4T-VS-H4CLwercStupnI langiS egatloV / rotcaF elacSelbaliavA)spck( zHk 5
V042CA-6R-SP-H4CLniP 11rotcaF elacSelbahctiws
SV042CA-6R-SP-H4CLwercSrotcaF elacSCA V 042-001
with 12V DC power supply Scale Factor / Voltage Signal Input 11 Pin LC4H-PSV-R6-AC240V
SV042CA-6R-VSP-H4CLwercStupnI langiS egatloV / rotcaF elacSyaleR
V42-6R-S-H4CLniP 11rotcaF elacS
SV42-6R-S-H4CLwercSrotcaF elacS
6 Scale Factor / Voltage Signal Input 11 Pin LC4H-SV-R6-24V
SV42-6R-VS-H4CLwercStupnI langiS egatloV / rotcaF elacSCA V 42 / CD V 42-21
V42-6T-S-H4CLniP 11rotcaF elacS
SV42-6T-S-H4CLwercSrotcaF elacSrotsisnarT
Scale Factor / Voltage Signal Input 11 Pin LC4H-SV-T6-24V
Scale Factor / Voltage Signal Input Screw LC4H-SV-T6-24VS
Product types
98
LC4H-S
Part names
Specifications
Item Relay output type
AC type
100 to 240 V
DC/AC type
12 to 24 V DC/24 V AC
50/60 Hz common
Max. 10 V A
5 A 250 V AC (resistive load)
Addition (UP)/Subtraction (DOWN)/Direction (DIR)/Individuality (IND)/Phase (PHASE)
5 modes selectable by DIP switches
30 Hz, 5 kHz (selectable by DIP switches)
16.7 ms at 30 Hz/0.1 ms at 5 kHz ON time: OFF time = 1:1
Min. input signal width: 1 ms, 20 ms (selected by DIP switches)
Min. input signal width: 20 ms
Contact, Open collector input/DC two-wire system sensor Input impedance: 1 kW or less, Input residual voltage: 2 V or less,
Open impedance: 100 kW or less, Max. energized voltage: 40 V DC
HOLD-A, HOLD-B, HOLD-C, SHOT-A, SHOT-B, SHOT-C, SHOT-D, 7 modes selectable by DIP switches
1 s, 0.5s, 0.2s, 0.1s, 0.05, 0.01s
7-segment LCD, Counter value (backlight red LED), Setting value (backlight yellow LED)
4-digit display type –999 to 9999 (0 to 9999 for setting)
6-digit display type –99999 to 999999 (0 to 999999 for setting)
EEP-ROM (Overwriting times: 105 ope. or more)
12 V DC (±10%) 100 mA Max. —
1 Form C
100 mW (at 1 A 6 V DC)
Ag alloy/Au flush
2x107 ope. (Except for switch operation parts)
105 ope. (At rated control voltage)
85 to 264 V AC 10.8 to 26.4 V DC, 20.4 to 26.4 V AC
Between live and dead metal parts: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min (pin type)
Between input and output: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min
Max. 65° C (under the flow of nominal operating current at nominal voltage)
10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min), single amplitude: 0.35 mm (10 min on 3 axes)
10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min), single amplitude: 0.75 mm (1 h on 3 axes)
1 Form A (Open collector)
—
—
—
107 ope. (At rated control voltage)
12 to 24 V DC/24 V AC
Max. 3 W
100 mA, 30 V DC
Transistor output type
DC/AC type
Rating
Contact
Life
Electrical
Mechanical
Operating
conditions
Rated operating voltage
Rated frequency
Rated power consumption
Rated control capacity
Input mode
Max. counting speed
Counting input (input 1, input 2)
Reset input
Lock input
Input signal
Output mode
One shot output time
Indication
Digit
Memory
0.001 to 9.999 (4-digit type), 0.001 to 99.999 (6-digit type)Pre-scaling
Can be set to three digitsDecimal point
Power for senser
Contact arrangement
Initial contact resistance
Contact material
Mechanical (contact)
Electrical (contact)
Operating voltage range
Initial withstand voltage
Between live and dead metal parts: Min. 100 MW (pin type)
Between input and output: Min. 100 MW
Initial insulation resistance
(At 500 V DC)
Temperature rise
Functional
Destructive
Vibration
resistance
Min. 98 m/s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Min. 294 m/s2 (5 times on 3 axes)
–10° C to 55° C +14° F to +131° F
Max. 85 % RH (non-condensing)
860 to 1,060 h Pa
11-pin/screw terminal
IP66 (front panel with a rubber gasket)
Functional
Destructive
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Air pressure
Connection
Protective construction
Shock
resistance
• 4-digit display type
• 6-digit display type
RESET
LO C K
RS T
OP .
LC4H
COUNTER
SET/ LOCK
DOWN
UP
SET/ LOCK
RESET
LO C K
RST
OP .
LC4H
COUNTER
ON
87654321
ON
87654321
Controlled output indicator
Reset indicator
Lock indicator
Reset switch
Set/lock switch
Counter display
Set value display
Up keys
Down keys
DIP switches
(Same for screw terminal type)
Controlled output indicator
Reset indicator
Lock indicator
Reset switch
Set/lock switch
Counter display
Set value display
Up keys
DIP switches
(Same for screw terminal type)
Counters
99
LC4H-S
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61812-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
1 kV (signal line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Dimensions
• Dimensions for flush mounting (with adapter installed)
5.5
.217 64.5
2.539
81.9*
3.224*
7.5
.295
5.5
.217
* With power supply for sensor * With power supply for sensor
73*
2.874*
87.5*
2.445*
70.1
2.760 14.5
.571
55.6
2.189
(48
(1.890
((44.5)
((1.752) ((44.5)
((1.752)
(48
(1.890
COUNTER
LC4H
UP
DOWN
RESET
SET/LOCK
s
OP.
1
Mounting frame
for flush mount
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
Mounting frame
for flush mount
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
Panel
Rubber gasket
ATC18002 (supplied) Panel
Rubber gasket
ATC18002 (supplied)
11 pins cap:
ATA4861 (sold separately)
11 pin type
48
1.890 80.9
3.185
1
.039 63.5
2.500 48
1.890
90
3.543104.5
4.114
48
1.890
48
1.890
50
1.969
50
1.969
66
2.598
66
2.598
(44.5
(1.752
* With power supply for sensor * With power supply for sensor
COUNTER
LC4H
RESET UP
DOWN
OP.
RST
LOCK
LC4H
COUNTER
RESET
OP.
RST
LOCK
SET/LOCK SET/ LOCK
Pin type (Flush mount/Surface mount)
Pin type Screw terminal type
Screw terminal type: M3.5 (Flush mount)
(* 6-digit display type has the same dimensions.)
A
DIN rail terminal block
11-pin type: AT8-DF11K
(sold separately)
When n units are attached in a continuous series,
the dimension of (A) is:
Device installation rail
ATA48011
(sold separately)
Min. 80
3.150
Min. 80
3.150
95.5 (112.9)
3.760 (4.445)
45-0.6
0
1.772-.024
0
45-0.6
0
1.772-.024
0
45-0.6
0
1.772-.024
0
A = (48 × n – 2.5) –0.6
0
* With power supply for sensor
•
Dimensions for front panel installations
•
Installation panel cut-out dimensions
The standard panel cut-out dimensions are shown
below. Use the mounting frame (AT8-DA4) and
rubber gasket (ATC18002).
• For connected installations
Note 1: The installation panel thickness should be between 1
and 5 mm .039 and .197 inch.
Note 2: For connected installations, the waterproofing ability
between the unit and installation panel is lost.
mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
Counters
100
• Screw terminal type
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
• Pin type
Relay output type Transistor output type Relay output type
* With power supply for sensor
* With power supply for sensor
Transistor output type
Relay output type Transistor output type Relay output type Transistor output type
NO
NC
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6NO
NC
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
0 V
DC 12V
100mA Max.
3
5
4
211110
9
8
7
6
0 V
DC 12V
100mA Max.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
–
~
+
~
–
~
+
~~ ~ ~ ~
54321
109876
NO
NC
54321
109876
54321
109876
NO
NC
11
0 V
DC 12V
100mA Max. 54321
109876
11
0 V
DC 12V
100mA Max.
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
Reset
Lock
Input 2
Input 1
–
~
+
~
–
~
+
~~ ~ ~ ~
Note) For connecting the output leads of the transistor output type, refer to 5) Transistor output on page 115.
LC4H-S
Counters
101
LC4H-S
Setting the operation mode and counter
Setting procedure 1) Setting the operation mode (input mode and output mode)
Set the input and output modes with the DIP switches on the side of the counter.
DIP switches
Setting procedure 2) Setting the set value
Set the set value with the UP and DOWN keys on the front of the counter.
Front display section
DIP switch
Item DIP switch No.
1 2 3
ON ON ON SHOT-A
OFF OFF OFF SHOT-B
ON OFF OFF SHOT-C
OFF ON OFF SHOT-D
ON ON OFF HOLD-A
OFF OFF ON HOLD-B
ON OFF ON HOLD-C
OFF ON ON —
Output mode
Output mode Refer to table 1
1
2
3
Minimum reset input signal width 20 ms 1 ms4
Maximum counter setting 30 Hz 5 kHz5
Input mode Refer to table 2
6
7
8
ONOFF
DIP switch No.
6 7 8
ON ON ON Addition input
OFF OFF OFF Subtraction input
ON OFF OFF Directive input
OFF ON OFF Independent input
ON ON OFF Phase input
OFF OFF ON —
ON OFF ON —
OFF ON ON —
(See note 1)
(See note 1)
(See note 1)
(See note 1)
Input mode
Notes:1) The counter and set value displays will display DIP Err.
Notes:2) Set the DIP switches before installing the counter on the panel.
Notes:3) When the DIP SW setting is changed, turn off the power once.
Notes:4) The DIP switches are set as ON before shipping.
ON
1 52 3 4 6 7 8
DIP switches (See note 2)
(Same for 6-digit, screw-down terminal type)
• 4-digit display type
Q Counter display
W Set value display
E Controlled output indicator
R Reset indicator
T Lock indicator
Y UP keys
Changes the corresponding
digit of the set value in the
addition direction (upwards)
U DOWN keys
Changes the corresponding digit of the set
value in the subtraction direction (down-
wards)
I RESET switch
Resets the counting value and the output
O SET/LOCK switch
This is used to handle pre-scaling values,
one-shot times, decimal point position set-
tings, and key lock operations (to disable Up
key, Down key, and Reset key operations).
LC4H
9
8
5
4
7
6
2
1
3
DOWN
UP
SET/LOCK
RESET
LOCK
RST
OP.
COUNTER
RESET
LOCK
RST
OP.
LC4H
COUNTER
8
7
5
4
6
2
1
3
SET/LOCK
• 6-digit display type
Q Counter display
W Set value display
E Controlled output indicator
R Reset indicator
T Lock indicator
Y UP keys
Changes the corresponding digit of the set
value in the addition direction (upwards)
U RESET switch
Resets the counting value and the output
I SET/LOCK switch
This is used to handle pre-scaling values,
one-shot times, decimal point position set-
tings, and key lock operations (to disable Up
key, Down key, and Reset key operations).
Table 1: Setting the output mode
Table 2: Setting the input mode
Setting procedure 3) Setting the input mode
The input mode is set using the key switch in the [Display] section on the front of the counter.
• Decimal point position setting mode
Q Holding down the [SET/LOCK] key, press the key for the second digit to access the decimal point position setting mode.
W When the setting mode has been accessed, release the [SET/LOCK] key.
Example) 6-digit type
Decimal point position setting mode display
(Example shows default value displayed)
Counters
102
LC4H-S
Cautions for use
For more information regarding the cautions for use of LC4H series counter, refer to page 114 “PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE
LC4H SERIES”.
E The decimal point is set using the [UP] and [DOWN] keys to specify the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th digits (this applies only to 4-digit
models).(The 1st digit is set using the [UP] key or [DOWN] key in settings where there is no decimal point (this applies
only to 4-digit models).)
• Setting the pre-scaling value
Q Holding down the [SET/LOCK] key, press the key for the first digit to access the pre-scaling value setting mode.
Example) 4-digit type Example) 6-digit type
W When the setting mode has been accessed, release the [SET/LOCK] key.
E Use the [UP] or [DOWN] key to set the pre-scaling value (this applies only to 4-digit models).
Select either: 0.001 to 9.999 (4-digit) or 0.001 to 99.999 (6-digit)
R Press the [RESET] key to set the displayed pre-scaling value and return to normal operation.
Example) 6-digit type
Example shows 2nd digit displayed using [UP] key
R Press the [RESET] key to set the displayed decimal point position and return to normal operation.
Pre-scaling value setting mode displayed
(Example shows default values displayed)
Example) 6-digit type
One-shot output time setting mode displayed
(Example shows default value displayed)
• Setting the one-shot output time
Q Holding down the [SET/LOCK] key, press the key for the third digit to access the one-shot output time setting mode.
W When the setting mode has been accessed, release the [SET/LOCK] key.
E Each time the 1st-digit [UP] key is pressed, the one-shot output time changes in the following sequence, moving to the
right:
(With a 4-digit type, the [DOWN] key can also be used to move to the left.)
R Press the [RESET] key to set the displayed one-shot output time and return to normal operation.
→ 1 s → 0.5 s → 0.2 s → 0.1 s → 0.05 s → 0.01 s
Counters
LC4H-S
128
Changing the set value
CAUTIONS FOR USE
For more information regarding the cautions for use of LC4H series counter, refer to page 140 “PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE
LC4H SERIES”.
1. It is possible to change the set
value with the up and down keys (4-
digit type only) even during counting.
However, be aware of the following
points.
1) If the set value is changed to less than
the count value with counting set to the
addition direction, counting will continue
until it reaches full scale (9999 with the
4-digit type and 999999 with the 6-digit
type), returns to zero, and then reaches
the new set value. If the set value is
changed to a value above the count
value, counting will continue until the
count value reaches the new set value.
2) Suppose that thew counter is preset to
count down. Whether a preset count-
down value is smaller or larger than the
count value, the counter counts down to
“0 (zero)”.
2. If the set value is changed to “0,”
the unit will not complete count-up. It
starts counting up when the counting
value comes to “0 (zero)” again.
1) Up-count (addition) input
When counting is set to the addition
direction, counting will continue until full
scale is reached (9999 with the 4-digit
type and 999999 with the 6-digit type),
return to zero, and then complete count-
up.
2) Down-count (subtraction) input
When counting is set to the subtraction
direction, counting will continue until full
scale is reached (-999 with the 4-digit
type and -99999 with the 6-digit type),
and then the display will change to
with the 4-digit type and
with the 6-digit type.
The counting value does not become “0
(zero)” and so the counter does not
count up.
3) Directive, independent, and phase
inputs
The counting value is counted up or
down to any number other than “0” once.
When it comes to “0 (zero)” again, the
counter starts counting up.
EThe decimal point is set using the [UP] and [DOWN] keys to specify the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th digits (this applies only to 4-digit
models).(The 1st digit is set using the [UP] key or [DOWN] key in settings where there is no decimal point (this applies
only to 4-digit models).)
• Setting the pre-scaling value
QHolding down the [SET/LOCK] key, press the key for the first digit to access the pre-scaling value setting mode.
Example) 4-digit type Example) 6-digit type
WWhen the setting mode has been accessed, release the [SET/LOCK] key.
EUse the [UP] or [DOWN] key to set the pre-scaling value (this applies only to 4-digit models).
Select either: 0.001 to 9.999 (4-digit) or 0.001 to 99.999 (6-digit)
RPress the [RESET] key to set the displayed pre-scaling value and return to normal operation.
Example) 6-digit type
Example shows 2nd digit displayed using [UP] key
RPress the [RESET] key to set the displayed decimal point position and return to normal operation.
Pre-scaling value setting mode displayed
(Example shows default values displayed)
Example) 6-digit type
One-shot output time setting mode displayed
(Example shows default value displayed)
• Setting the one-shot output time
QHolding down the [SET/LOCK] key, press the key for the third digit to access the one-shot output time setting mode.
WWhen the setting mode has been accessed, release the [SET/LOCK] key.
EEach time the 1st-digit [UP] key is pressed, the one-shot output time changes in the following sequence, moving to the
right:
(With a 4-digit type, the [DOWN] key can also be used to move to the left.)
RPress the [RESET] key to set the displayed one-shot output time and return to normal operation.
→ 1 s → 0.5 s → 0.2 s → 0.1 s → 0.05 s → 0.01 s
103
LC4H-S
Operation mode
1. Input mode
For the input mode, you can choose one of the following five modes
• Addition UP
• Subtraction DOWN
• Directive DIR
• Independent IND
• Phase PHASE
Input mode
Addition
UP
Subtraction
DOWN
Directive
DIR
Independent
IND
Phase
Operation *Minimum input signal width 30 Hz: 16.7 ms; 5 kHz: 0.1 ms
IN1 or IN2 works as an input block
(gate) for the other input.
• Example where IN1 is the counting input and IN2 is the input block (gate).
• Example where IN2 is the counting input and IN1 is the input block (gate).
* “A” must be more than the minimum input signal width.
* “A” must be more than the minimum input signal width.
* “B” must be more than the minimum input signal width.
* IN1 and IN2 are completely independent, so there is no restriction on signal
timing.
IN1 is the counting input and IN2 is the
addition or subtraction directive input.
IN2 adds at L level and subtracts at H
level.
IN1 is addition input and IN2 is subtrac-
tion input.
Addition when the IN1 phase advances
beyond IN2, and subtraction when the
IN2 phase advances beyond IN1.
0 1 2 3 n-3 n-2 n-1 n
n n-1 n-2 n-3 3 2 1 0
H
L
H
L
IN1
IN2
Counting (subtraction)
Counting (addition)
Blocked
A A A A
Reset
Count-up completed
A A A A
n n-1 n-2 n-4n-3 01
0 1 2 43 nn-1
H
L
H
L
IN1
IN2
Counting (subtraction)
Counting (addition)
BlockedBlocked
Reset
Count-up completed
H
L
H
L
Counting
IN1
IN2
Addition Subtraction Addition
A A A A
0 1 2 3 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4
Reset
Counting
IN1
IN2
H
L
H
L
0 1 2 3 4 3 2 11 2 2 3
Reset
Counting
IN1
IN2
B B
00 1 2 123
Reset
H
L
H
L
Phase advance Phase retard
PHASE
Counters
104
LC4H-S
2. Output mode
For the output mode, you can choose one of the following seven modes
• Maintain output/hold count HOLD-A
• Maintain output/over count I HOLD-B
• Maintain output/over count II HOLD-C
• One shot/over count SHOT-A
• One shot/recount I SHOT-B
• One shot/recount II SHOT-C
• One shot/hold count SHOT-D
Output mode
Maintain output
Hold count
HOLD-A
Operation (Example when input mode is either addition or subtraction)
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until reset-
ting. During that time, the count display
does not change from that at count-up
completion.
* n: Set value
Maintain output
Over count I
HOLD-B
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until resetting.
However, counting is possible despite
completion of count-up.
* n: Set value
Maintain output
Over count II
HOLD-C
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until the next
signal enters. However, counting is
possible despite completion of count-
up.
* n: Set value
One shot
Over count
SHOT-A
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for one shot output
time. Counting is possible despite com-
pletion of count-up.
* n: Set value
One shot
Recount I
SHOT-B
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for one shot out-
put time. Counting is possible despite
completion of count-up. However, reset
occurs simultaneous with completion of
count-up. While output is being main-
tained, restarting of the count is not
possible
* n: Set value
One shot
Recount II
SHOT-C
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for one shot out-
put time. Counting is possible despite
completion of count-up. However, reset
occurs simultaneous with output OFF.
* n: Set value
One shot
Hold count
SHOT-D
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for one shot output
time. During that time, the count display
does not change from that at count-up
completion. Reset occurs simultaneous
with output OFF.
* n: Set value
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF
ON
n-3 n-2 n-1 n
3 2 1 0
Able Unable
n-2 n-1 n n+2n+1
2 1 0 -2-1
Able
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF
ON
n-2 n-1 n n+2n+1
2 1 0 -2-1
Able
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF OFF
ON
n-2 n-1 n n+2n+1
2 1 0 -2-1
Able
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF OFF
ON
Approx. 1s
n-2 n-1 0 21
2 1 n n-2n-1
Reset (automatic)
Able
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF OFF
ON
Approx. 1s
n-1 n n+1 10
1 0 -1 n-1n
Reset (automatic)
Able
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF OFF
ON
Approx. 1s
n-1 n 10
1 0 n-1n
Reset (automatic)
Approx. 1s
AbleAble Unable
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control OFF OFF
ON
Counters
105
LC4H-S
Input connections
What is the prescale function?
The prescale function converts the count into an actual
value (amount) and displays it.
Example
For a device that outputs 500 pulses when 1 m has been fed:
1. Set decimal position to the last 3rd place.
2. Set the prescale value to 0.002 (1/500).
• Signal input type
3) Contact input 4) For a rotary encoder
1) Open collector 2) For voltage output
0V
0V
Lock
input
Input
2
Input
1
Reset
input
0V
Lock
input
Input
2
Input
1
Reset
input
0V
Input
2
Input
1
12 V DC
output
0V
Lock
input
Input
2
Input
1
Reset
input
12 V DC
output
12 V DC
output
Output
Relay, switches etc.
(PC, sensor etc.)
Output
(Photoelectric sensor,
proximity sensor, etc.)
11-pin type
Screw-down
terminal type
11-pin type
Screw-down
terminal type
11-pin type
Screw-down
terminal type 11-pin type
Screw-down
terminal type
12 V DC
0V
B
phase
A
phase
12 V DC
0V
+
–
6
3
7
4
8
5
9
6
10
7
11
1
8 9
5 6
11
1
6
3
76 8 9
43 5 6
1110
7 1
6
3
987
10
654 7
12 V DC
+
–
Input 1, input 2, and reset input specifications
• Impedance during short-circuit: 1 kW max.
(At 0 W, the outflow current is approximately 12 mA.)
• Residual voltage during short-circuit: 2 V max.
• Impedance when released: 100 kW min.
• Max. applied voltage: 40 VDC max.
Lock input specifications
• Impedance during short-circuit: 1 kW max.
(At 0 W, the outflow current is approximately 1.5 mA.)
• Residual voltage during short-circuit: 2 V max.
• Impedance when released: 100 kW min.
• Max. applied voltage: 40 DVC max.
• The contact relay should be one which can open/close 5 V,
1.5 mA.
* There is no 12 V DC with 12 - 24 V DC/24 V AC types.
Dual-line sensor specifications
• Leakage current: 1.5 mA max.
• Breaker capacitance: 5 mA min.
• Residual voltage: 3.0 V max.
• Usable voltage: Runs on 10 VDC
* If a dual-line sensor is connected to a 12 - 24 VDC/24 VAC type,
24 VDC (21.6 to 26.4 VDC) and 24 VAC (21.6 to 26.4 VAC)
should be applied to the power supply voltage of the counter.
6
3
8
5
9
6
10
7
0V
5) For a dual-line sensor
0V
Input
2
Input
1
Reset
input
11-pin type
Screw-down
terminal type
+
–
1m
3.281ft
Encoder
1 pulse
500 pulses
Prescale value: 0.002
Can be set to
easy-to-understand
unit.
COUNTER
LC4H
UP
DOWN
RESET
SET/LOCK
COUNTER
LC4H
UP
DOWN
RESET
SET/LOCK
Counters
106
LC4H-W
DIN 48 SIZE
LCD ELECTRONIC
COUNTER LC4H-W
Product types
Digit Count speed Output mode
Output 1 Output 2 Output Operating
voltage
Power down
insurance Terminal type Part number
6
30 Hz (cps)/
5 KHz (Kcps)
switchable
• Maintain output/over
count I
• Maintain output/over
count II
• Maintain output/over
count III
• One shot/over count
(4 modes)
• Maintain output/hold
count
• Maintain output/over
count I
• Maintain output/over
count II
• Maintain output/over
count III
• One shot/over count
• One shot/recount I
• One shot/recount II
• One shot/hold count
(8 modes)
Relay
(1a+1a)
Transistor
(1a+1a)
100 to 240 V AC
24V AC
12 to 24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24V AC
12 to 24 V DC
Available
11 pins
Screw terminal
LC4H-W-R6-AC240V
LC4H-W-R6-AC240VS
11 pins
Screw terminal
LC4H-W-R6-AC24V
LC4H-W-R6-AC24VS
11 pins
Screw terminal
LC4H-W-R6-DC24V
LC4H-W-R6-DC24VS
11 pins
Screw terminal
LC4H-W-T6-AC240V
LC4H-W-T6-AC240VS
11 pins
Screw terminal
LC4H-W-T6-AC24V
LC4H-W-T6-AC24VS
11 pins
Screw terminal
LC4H-W-T6-DC24V
LC4H-W-T6-DC24VS
* A rubber gasket (ATC18002) and a mounting frame (AT8-DA4) are included.
Part names
: Used to set the corresponding digits for the count-up mode.
: Used to reset counting and its output.
SET/LOCK key : Used to select between the Setting 1 display
and Setting 2 display and to lock the keys
(UP and RESET keys not responsive to
touch). Used also to set and confirm the input
mode.
1
2
21
SET/LOCK
RESET
LC4H-W
COUNTER
OP
LOCK
Set/lock switch
Lock indicator
Reset switch
Sixth digit First digit
Setting value 1/2 selector
Controlled output indicator
Up keys
Counter display
Set value display
UL File No.: E122222
C-UL File No.: E122222
Features
• Two-stage presetting (upper and
lower limits)
• Conforms to IP66’s Weather
Resistant Standards
The water-proof panel keeps out water
and dirt for reliable operation even in
poor environments.
• Screw terminal and Pin Type are
Both Standard Options
The two terminal types are standard
options to support either front panel
installation or embedded installation.
• Changeable Panel Cover
Also offers a black panel cover to meet
your design considerations.
• Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE.
48
1.890
48
1.890
64.5
2.539
11-pin type Screw terminal type
• Bright and Easy-to-Read Display
A brand new bright 2-color backlight
LCD display. The easy-to-read screen
in any location makes checking and
setting procedures a cinch.
• Simple Operation
Seesaw buttons make operating the
unit even easier than before.
• Short Body of only 64.5 mm 2.539
inch (screw type) or 70.1 mm 2.760
inch (pin type)
With a short body, it easily installs in
even narrow control panels.
Output 2
Output 1
SET1
SET2
Count
mm inch
Counters
107
LC4H-W
Specifications
Item Relay output type
AC type
100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC 12 to 24 V DC 100 to 240 V AC
24 V AC 12 to 24 V DC
DC type
Transistor output type
AC type DC type
Rating
Rated operating voltage
50/60 Hz common — 50/60 Hz common —Rated frequency
Max. 10 V A Max. 3 W Max. 10 V A Max. 3 WRated power consumption
3 A, 250 V AC (resistive load) 100 mA, 30 V DCRated control capacity
Addition (UP)/Subtraction (DOWN)/Direction (DIR)/Individuality (IND)/Phase (PHASE) (5 modes selectable by DIP switch)Input mode
30 Hz(cps)/5 KHz(cps) (selectable by DIP switch)Counting speed
Min. input signal width: 16.7 ms at 30 Hz(cps)/0.1 ms at 5 KHz(cps) ON time: OFF time = 1:1Counting input (Input 1, 2)
Min. input signal width: 1 ms, 20 ms (selected by DIP switch)Reset input
Contact or Open collector input/Input impedance: 1 kW or less, Input residual voltage: 2 V or less,
Open impedance: 100 kW or more, Max. energized voltage: 40 V DC
Input signal
Output 1. HOLD-B, C, D SHOT-A (4 modes)
Output 2. HOLD-A, B, C SHOT-A, B, C, D (8 modes)
(selectable by DIP switch)
Output mode
Approx. 1 sOne shot output time
7-segment LCD, Counter value (backlight red LED), Setting value (backlight yellow LED)Indication
–99999 to 999999 (–5 digits to 6 digits) (0 to 999999 for setting)Digit
EEP-ROM (Overwriting times: 105 ope. or more)Memory
1 Form A + 1 Form A 1 Form A + 1 Form A (Open collector)
Contact
Contact arrangement
100 mW (at 1 A 6 V DC) —
Contact resistance (Intial value)
Ag alloy/Au flush —Contact material
Min. 2x107 ope. —
Life Mechanical (contact)
Min. 105 ope. (At rated control voltage) Min. 107 ope. (At rated control voltage)
Electrical (contact)
85 to 110 % of rated operating voltage
Electrical
Allowable operating
voltage range
Between live and dead metal parts: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min (pin type)
Between input and output: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min
Between open contacts: 1,000 Vrms for 1 min
Between live and dead metal parts: 2,000 Vrms for 1 min
Between input and output: 2,000 V AC for 1 min
Break down voltage
(Initial value)
Between live and dead metal parts: Min. 100 MW (pin type)
Between input and output: Min. 100 MW
Between open contact: Min. 100 MW
Between live and dead metal parts: Min. 100 MW (pin type)
Between input and output: Min. 100 MW
Insulation resistance
(At 500 V DC) (Initial value)
Max. 65°C
(under the flow of nominal operating current at nominal voltage) —Temperature rise
10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min), single amplitude: 0.35 mm (10 min on 3 axes)
Mechanical
Vibration
resistance
Functional
10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min), single amplitude: 0.75 mm (1 h on 3 axes)Destructive
Min. 98 m/s2 (4 times on 3 axes)
Shock
resistance
Functional
Min. 294 m/s2 (5 times on 3 axes)Destructive
–10°C to 55°C +14°F to +131°F
Operating
conditions
Ambient temperature
Max. 85 % RH (non-condensing)Ambient humidity
860 to 1,060 h PaAir pressure
— 20 % or less — 20 % or lessRipple rate
11-pin/screw terminalConnection
IP66 (front panel with a rubber gasket)Protective construction
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61812-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
1 kV (signal line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Counters
108
LC4H-W
Dimensions
• LC4H-W electrical counter
Terminal layouts and wiring diagrams
• Pin type
Relay output type Transistor output type
• Dimensions for flush mounting (with adapter installed)
•
Dimensions for front panel installations
•
Installation panel cut-out dimensions
The standard panel cut-out dimensions are shown
below. Use the mounting frame (AT8-DA4) and
rubber gasket (ATC18002).
• For connected installations
Note 1): The installation panel thickness should be between 1
and 5 mm .039 and .197 inch.
Note 2): For connected installations, the waterproofing ability
between the unit and installation panel is lost.
Screw terminal type
(Flush mount): M3.5
Screw terminal type Pin type
Pin type
(Flush mount/Surface mount)
• Screw terminal type
Relay output type Transistor output type
Note) For connecting the output leads of the transistor output type, refer to 5) Transistor output on page 115.
(embedded installation)
Screw-down terminal type
front panel installation)
(embedded panel installation/
Pin type
48
1.890
64.5
2.539
5.5
.217
7.5
.295
M44.5
M1.752
70.1
2.760
55.6
2.180
5.5
.217
7.5
.295
M44.5
M1.752
LC4H-W
COUNTER
RESET
SET/LOCK
1
2
21
OP.
LOCK
(embedded installation)
Screw-down terminal type
front panel installation)
(embedded panel installation/
Pin type
48
1.890
64.5
2.539
5.5
.217
7.5
.295
M44.5
M1.752
70.1
2.760
55.6
2.180
5.5
.217
7.5
.295
M44.5
M1.752
LC4H-W
COUNTER
RESET
SET/LOCK
1
2
21
OP.
LOCK
Screw-down terminal type
Pin type
AT8-DP11
sold separately
11P cap
ATC18002 (supplied)
Rubber gasket Panel
ATC18002 (supplied)
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
Rubber gasket
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
Mounting frame
for flush mount
Mounting frame
for flush mount
Panel
48
1.890
50
1.969
48
1.890
63.5
2.500
1
.039
48
1.890
90
3.543
1
.039
66
2.598
48
1.890
50
1.969
66
2.598
M44.5
M1.752
SET/LOCK
RESET
COUNTER
1 2 2
LOCK
OP.
1
LC4H-W
RESET
SET/LOCK
LC4H-W
COUNTER
LOCK
OP.
1 2
1
2
Screw-down terminal type
Pin type
AT8-DP11
sold separately
11P cap
ATC18002 (supplied)
Rubber gasket Panel
ATC18002 (supplied)
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
Rubber gasket
AT8-DA4 (supplied)
Mounting frame
for flush mount
Mounting frame
for flush mount
Panel
48
1.890
50
1.969
48
1.890
63.5
2.500
1
.039
48
1.890
90
3.543
1
.039
66
2.598
48
1.890
50
1.969
66
2.598
M44.5
M1.752
SET/LOCK
RESET
COUNTER
1 2 2
LOCK
OP.
1
LC4H-W
RESET
SET/LOCK
LC4H-W
COUNTER
LOCK
OP.
1 2
1
2
Device installation rail
AT8-DLA1 (sold separately)
DIN rail terminal block
AT8-DF11K (sold separately)
95.5
3.760
45
1.772
+0.6
0+.024
0
45
1.772
80 min.
3.150
80 min.
3.150
+0.6
0+.024
0
45
1.772
+0.6
0
A = (48 × n – 2.5) +0.6
0
+.024
0
A
When n units are attached in a continuous
series, the dimension of (A) is:
NO NO
5
4
3
21
11 10
9
8
7
65
4
3
21
11 10
9
8
7
6
Reset
Input 2
Input 1
Reset
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage Operating
voltage
–
~
+
~
–
~
+
~
NO
54321
109876
NO
54321
109876
Reset
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
Reset
Input 2
Input 1
Operating
voltage
–
~
+
~
–
~
+
~
mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
Counters
109
LC4H-W
Setting the operation mode and counter
Setting procedure 1) Setting the output mode (output 1, 2)
Set the output 1 and output 2 with the DIP switches on the side of the counter.
The minimum input signal width and maximum counting speed for the reset are set at the same time.
DIP switches
Setting procedure 2) Setting the set value
Set the set value with the UP keys on the front of the counter.
Procedure 3) Setting the input mode
Set the input mode using the key and switch in the front display section on the counter front.
Q Counter display
W Set value display
E Controlled output indi-
cator
R Setting 1/2 selection
display (*Note)
T Lock indicator
*Note:
Pressing the [SET/LOCK] key switches
the display between the set value 1 and
2 displays.
Display either set value [1] or [2], and
set the value.
Y UP keys
[Changes the corresponding digit of
the set value in the addition direc-
tion (upwards)]
U RESET switch
Resets the counting value and the
output
I SET/LOCK switch
Used to select between the Setting
1 display and Setting 2 display, to
set and confirm the input mode, and
to lock the keys (UP and RESET
keys not responsive to touch).
(1) Hold down the SET/LOCK key and press the UP key for the first digit. The setting mode is accessed.
(2) Now release the SET/LOCK key.
(3) Press the UP key for the first digit and the input position changes counterclockwise.
(4) Press the RESET key and the input mode being displayed is set. The display then goes back to normal.
Example)
Input mode displayed
(UP: addition mode)
Addition subtraction Directive Independent Phase difference
Output mode
Output mode
Maximum counter setting
Minimum reset input signal width
7
8
3
5
6
4
1
2
Item (Output 1)
321
Refer to table 2
Refer to table 1
Output 2
Output 1
30Hz
20ms
OFF
Table 2
Table 1
5kHz
1ms
ON
OFFONON SHOT–A
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON SHOT–B
SHOT–D
SHOT–C
ONONOFF
DIP swith No.
ONON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
6 7
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
8
ONOFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
(See note 1)
HOLD–A
HOLD–B
HOLD–D
HOLD–C
(Output 2)
Output mode
HOLD–D
SHOT–A
HOLD–C
HOLD–B
(See note 1)
(See note 1)
(See note 1)
DIP swith No. Output mode
8
(Same for screw terminal type)
21 53 4 6 7
DIP switches (see note 2)
ON
Notes:1) The counter and set value displays will display DIP Err.
Notes:2) Set the DIP switches before installing the counter on the panel.
Notes:3) When the DIP SW setting is changed, turn off the power once.
Notes:4) The DIP switches are set as ON before shipping.
Counters
First digit
1
2
21
Sixth digit
SET/LOCK
RESET
OP.
LOCK
LC4H-W
COUNTER
4
3
5
7
8
1
2
6
135
Setting the operation mode and counter
Setting procedure 1) Setting the output mode (output 1, 2)
Set the output 1 and output 2 with the DIP switches on the side of the counter.
The minimum input signal width and maximum counting speed for the reset are set at the same time.
DIP switches
Setting procedure 2) Setting the set value
Set the set value with the UP keys on the front of the counter.
Front display section
Procedure 3) Setting the input mode
Set the input mode using the key and switch in the front display section on the counter front.
QCounter display
WSet value display
EControlled output indi-
cator
RSetting 1/2 selection
display (*Note)
TLock indicator
*Note:
Pressing the [SET/LOCK] key switches
the display between the set value 1 and
2 displays.
Display either set value [1] or [2], and
set the value.
YUP keys
[Changes the corresponding digit of
the set value in the addition direc-
tion (upwards)]
URESET switch
Resets the counting value and the
output
ISET/LOCK switch
Used to select between the Setting
1 display and Setting 2 display, to
set and confirm the input mode, and
to lock the keys (UP and RESET
keys not responsive to touch).
First digit
1
2
21
Sixth digit
SET/LOCK
RESET
OP.
LOCK
LC4H-W
COUNTER
4
3
5
7
8
1
2
6
• Checking the input mode
Hold down the SET/LOCK key and press the UP key
for the second digit. The input mode is displayed for
about 2 seconds and then the display goes back to
normal. (During these 2 seconds, all operations
other than the display are being performed.)
• Locking the keys
Hold down the SET/LOCK key and press the UP key
for the sixth digit. The keys will lock. This means that
the UP and RESET keys do not respond to touch. To
unlock the keys,hold down the SET/LOCK key and
press the UP key for the sixth digit again.
* The input mode, maximum counting speed and minimum
reset signal width cannot be preset independently for Setting
1 and Setting 2.
• Selecting the Setting 1 or Setting 2 dis-
play
Press the SET/LOCK key and the display changes
between Setting 1 and Setting 2. (This operation
does not affect overall operation.)
• Changing the setting
1. While the counter is working, the UP key can
be used to change the setting. Keep the follow-
ing points in mind, however.
1) Suppose that a preset count-up value is smaller
than the displayed count value. The counter counts
up to the full scale mark (999999), goes back to "0",
and counts up again to the preset number. When the
preset count-up value is larger than the displayed
count value, the counter counts up to the preset
value.
2) Suppose that the counter is preset to count down.
Whether a preset count-down value is smaller or
larger than the count value, the counter counts down
to "0".
2. When the preset value is "0", the counter does
not start in the count-up mode. It starts counting
up when the count value comes to "0" again.
1) Up-count input
The counter counts up to the full scale mark
(999999), goes back to "0" and starts counting up
again.
2) Down-count input
The counter counts down to the full scale mark
(–99999) and the display reads . The
count value does not become "0" and so the counter
does not count up.
3) Direction input, individual input, and phase input
The preset value is counted up or down to any num-
ber other than "0" once. When it comes to "0" again,
the counter starts counting up.
(1) Hold down the SET/LOCK key and press the UP key for the first digit. The setting mode is accessed.
(2) Now release the SET/LOCK key.
(3) Press the UP key for the first digit and the input position changes counterclockwise.
(4) Press the RESET key and the input mode being displayed is set. The display then goes back to normal.
Example)
Input mode displayed
(UP: addition mode)
Addition subtraction Directive Independent Phase difference
Output mode
Output mode
Maximum counter setting
Minimum reset input signal width
7
8
3
5
6
4
1
2
Item (Output 1)
321
Refer to table 2
Refer to table 1
Output 2
Output 1
30Hz
20ms
OFF
Table 2
Table 1
5kHz
1ms
ON
OFFONON SHOT–A
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON SHOT–B
SHOT–D
SHOT–C
ONONOFF
DIP swith No.
ONON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
6 7
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
8
ONOFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
(See note 1)
HOLD–A
HOLD–B
HOLD–D
HOLD–C
(Output 2)
Output mode
HOLD–D
SHOT–A
HOLD–C
HOLD–B
(See note 1)
(See note 1)
(See note 1)
DIP swith No. Output mode
8
(Same for screw terminal type)
21 53 4 6 7
DIP switches (see note 2)
ON
LC4H-W
Notes:1) The counter and set value displays will display DIP Err.
Notes:2) Set the DIP switches before installing the counter on the panel.
Notes:3) When the DIP SW setting is changed, turn off the power once.
Notes:4) The DIP switches are set as ON before shipping.
110
LC4H-w
Operation modes
1. Input mode
Q For the input mode, you can choose one of the following five modes.
• Addition
• Subtraction
• Directive DIR
• Independent IND
• Phase PHASE
W After the counter has been reset, setting 2 is displayed in the count-down mode. „0“ appears instead in all other modes.
UP
DOWN
Input mode
Addition
UP
Subtraction
DOWN
Directive
DIR
Independent
IND
Phase
Operation *Minimum input signal width 30 Hz: 16.7 ms; 5 kHz: 0.1 ms
IN1 or IN2 works as an input block
(gate) for the other input.
• Example where IN1 is the counting input and IN2 is the input block (gate).
• Example where IN2 is the counting input and IN1 is the input block (gate).
* “A” must be more than the minimum input signal width. *n: Set value 2
* “A” must be more than the minimum input signal width. *n: Set value 2
* “B” must be more than the minimum input signal width.
* IN1 and IN2 are completely independent, so there is no restriction on signal
timing.
IN1 is the counting input and IN2 is the
addition or subtraction directive input.
IN2 adds at L level and subtracts at H
level.
IN1 is addition input and IN2 is subtrac-
tion input.
Addition when the IN1 phase advances
beyond IN2, and subtraction when the
IN2 phase advances beyond IN1.
H
L
Counting (subtraction)
Counting (addition)
Reset
n n-1
0 1
H
L
A
Blocked
n-3
3
n-3
n-2
23
Count UP
2 1
n-2 n-1
0
n
A A A
IN2
IN1
Reset
n n-2n-1 n-3 n-4 1
Count UP
0
H
L
H
L
0
Blocked
A A
21
A A
3 4
Blocked
n-1 n
Counting (subtraction)
Counting (addition)
I N 2
I N 1
2
H
L
I N 2
Counting
Reset
0 1
Addition
H
L
I N 1
0
A A A
33 4 2
Subtraction
1
A
1 2
Addition
3 4
2
Counting 10
Reset
H
L
H
L
I N 1
I N 2
12343 322 1
L
I N 1
H
L
Counting
I N 2
Reset
0
Phase advance
1 2
BB
3 2 1
Phase retard
0
H
PHASE
Counters
111
LC4H-W
2. Output mode
For the set value 1, you can choose one of the following four
modes.
• Maintain output/over count I HOLD-B
• Maintain output/over count II HOLD-C
• Maintain output/over count III HOLD-D
• One shot/over count SHOT-A
For the set value 2, you can choose one of the following eight
modes.
• Maintain output/hold count
• Maintain output/over count I HOLD-B
• Maintain output/over count II HOLD-C
• Maintain output/over count III HOLD-D
• One shot/over count SHOT-A
• One shot/recount I SHOT-B
• One shot/recount II SHOT-C
• One shot/hold count SHOT-D
HOLD-A
Output mode Operation (Example when input mode is either addition or subtraction)
Maintain output
Over count I
HOLD-B
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until resetting.
However, counting is possible despite
completion of count-up.
* n: Set value 1
Maintain output
Over count II
HOLD-C
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until the next
signal enters. However, counting is
possible despite completion of count-
up.
* n: Set value 1
One shot
Over count
SHOT-A
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for a fixed time
(approx. 1 sec). Counting is possible
despite completion of count-up.
* n: Set value 1
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control 1 O F F
n+2
Counting (addition)n-2
n-2
O N
n+1
Able
n n-1
n+2n-1 n n+1
Output control 1 O F F
O N
O F F
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
n-2
n+2
n+2
n-2
nn-1
n+1 n
Able
n+1
n-1
Maintain output
Over count III
HOLD-D
If the count value is greater than or
equal to the preset value when count-
ing up, the control output is held. The
count operation is possible anyway.
* n: Set value 1
Output control 1 (addition)
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control 2 (subtraction)
O F F
n+2
n-2 n+2
n-2
O N
O N
n+1
Able
n
O F F
n-1
n-1 n n+1
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control 1 O F F
n+2
n-2 n+2
n-2
O F F
Able
Approx. 1s
O N
n+1
n-1
n
n n+1
n-1
• Output mode for set value 1
Counters
112
LC4H-W
Output mode Operation (Example when input mode is either addition or subtraction)
Maintain output
Hold count
HOLD-A
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until reset-
ting. During that time, the count display
does not change from that at count-up
completion.
* n: Set value 2
Maintain output
Over count I
HOLD-B
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until resetting.
However, counting is possible despite
completion of count-up.
* n: Set value 2
Maintain output
Over count II
HOLD-C
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion and until the next
signal enters. However, counting is
possible despite completion of count-
up.
* n: Set value 2
Maintain output
Over count III
HOLD-D
If the count value is greater than or
equal to the preset value when count-
ing up, the counter starts counting up
again. The count operation is possible
anyway.
* n: Set value 2
One shot
Over count
SHOT-A
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for a fixed time
(approx. 1 sec). Counting is possible
despite completion of count-up.
* n: Set value 2
One shot
Recount I
SHOT-B
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for a fixed time
(approx. 1 sec). Counting is pos-
sible despite completion of count-up.
However, reset occurs simultaneous
with completion of count-up. While
output is being maintained, restarting of
the count is not possible.
* n: Set value 2
• Output mode for set value 2
Output control 2
Counting able/unable
Counting (subtraction)
O F F
Able
3 2
O N
1
Unable
0
Counting (addition)n-3 n-2 n-1 n
Output control 2 O F F
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Counting (addition)
O N
n+1
2 1
n-2 n-1
Able
0 -1
n
-2
n+2
Output control 2
Counting able/unable
Counting (subtraction)
O F F
Counting (addition)n+1
O F F
2 1
O N
Able
0 -1
n-2 n-1 n
-2
n+2
Output control 2 (subtraction)
Output control 2 (addition)
O F F
O F F
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Counting (addition)n+1
O N
O N
2 1
n-2 n-1
Able
0 -1
n
-2
n+2
Counting (addition)
Counting able/unable
Output control 2
Counting (subtraction)
O F F
n+2nn-1n-2 n+1
2 1
Able
Approx. 1s
O N
0 -1
O F F
-2
Reset (automatic)
Output control 2
Counting able/unable
O F F
Approx. 1s
O N
Able
O F F
Counting (subtraction)
Counting (addition)
2
n-2
1
n-1
n
0
n-1
1
n-2
2
Counters
113
LC4H-W
Output mode Operation (Example when input mode is either addition or subtraction)
One shot
Recount II
SHOT-C
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for a fixed time
(approx. 1 sec). Counting is pos-
sible despite completion of count-up.
However, reset occurs simultaneous
with output OFF.
* n: Set value 2
One shot
Hold count
SHOT-D
Output mode for set value 1
HOLD-DHOLD-C
SHOT-A As usual
(this combination unchanged)
As usual
(this combination unchanged)
Output mode for
set value 2
SHOT-B
SHOT-D
SHOT-C
HOLD-B SHOT-A
Output control is maintained after
count-up completion for a fixed time
(approx. 1 sec). During that time, the
count display does not change from
that at count-up completion. Reset
occurs simultaneous with output OFF.
* n: Set value 2
Note) When control output 1 is on, the output mode of setting 2 (SHOT-A, B, C, D) is also on and output 1 changes as shown in the above table.
3. Count-up
(1) In control output 1, when the count
value is equal to the preset value 1, it is
counted. (However, if the output mode of
the preset value 1 is HOLD-D, it is count-
ed when the count value is greater than
or equal to the preset value 1, regardless
of the input mode.)
(2) In control output 2, when the count
value is equal to 0 in the count-down
input mode, it is counted. In the other
modes, when the count value is equal
to the preset value 2, it is counted.
(However, if the output mode of the
preset value 2 is HOLD-D, it is counted
when the count value is greater than or
equal to the preset value 2, regardless of
the input mode.)
(3) It is not counted even when the
counting conditions are satisfied right
after resetting. It can be counted from
when the count value changes.
1 0 -1 n n-1
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable
Output control 2 O F F
O N
Approx. 1s
Able
O F F
Reset (automatic)
Counting (addition)n-1 1n n+1 0
Output control 2 O F F
Counting (addition)
Counting (subtraction)
Counting able/unable Able
1
n-1
Approx. 1s
O N
O F F
1
n-1
Unable
0
n
Reset (automatic)
n
0
Able
Output 1
Output 2
Approx. 1s
Output 1
Output 2
Approx. 1s
Output 1
Output 2
Approx. 1s
Counters
114
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LC4H SERIES
Precautions during usage
1. Terminal wiring
1) When wiring the terminals, refer to the
terminal layout and wiring diagrams and
be sure to perform the wiring properly
without errors.
2) When using the instrument with an
flush mounting, the screw-down termi-
nal type is recommended. For the pin
type, use either the rear terminal block
(AT78041) or the 8P cap (AD8-RC) for
the 8-pin type, and the rear terminal
block (AT78051) or the 11P cap (AT8-
DP11) for the 11-pin type. Avoid solder-
ing directly to the round pins on the unit.
When using the instrument with a front
panel installation, use the DIN rail termi-
nal block (AT8-DF8K) for the 8-pin type
and the DIN rail terminal block (AT8-
DF11K) for the 11-pin type.
3) After turning the counter off, make
sure that any resulting induced voltage
or residual voltage is not applied to
power supply terminals W through U (8-
pin type), W through P (11-pin type) 1
or 2 and (screw terminal type). (If
the power supply wire is wired parallel to
the high voltage wire or power wire, an
induced voltage may be generated
between the power supply terminals.)
4) Have the power supply voltage pass
through a switch or relay so that it is
applied at one time. If the power supply
is applied gradually, the counting may
malfunction regardless of the settings,
the power supply reset may not function,
or other such unpredictable occurrence
may result.
2. Input connections (except LC4H-
S/AC type)
The power circuit has no transformer
without a transformer (power and input
terminals are not insulated). When
an input signal is fed to two or more
counters at once, do not arrange the
power circuit in an independent way.
If the counter is powered on and off inde-
pendently as shown in Fig. A, the coun-
ter‘s internal circuitry may get damaged.
Be careful never to allow such circuitry.
(Figs. A, B and C show the circuitry for
the 11-pin type.)
If independent power circuitry must be
used, keep the input contacts or transis-
tors separate from each other, as shown
in Fig. B.
When power circuitry is not independ-
ent, one input signal can be fed to two
or more counters at once, as shown in
Fig. C.
3. Input and output
1) Signal input type
(1) Contact point input
Use highly reliable metal plated contacts.
Since the contact point’s bounce time
leads directly to error in the count value,
use contacts with as short a bounce time
as possible. In general, select Input 1
and Input 2 to have a maximum counting
speed of 30 Hz and to be reset with a
minimum input signal width of 20 ms.
(2) Non-contact point input
Connect with an open collector. Use
transistors whose characteristics satisfy
the criteria given below.
VCEO = 20 V min.
IC = 20 mA min.
ICBO = 6µA max.
Also, use transistors with a residual volt-
age of less than 2 V when the transistor
is on.
11-pin type
Screw terminal type
3 4 5 6 7
8-pin type 1 — 5 4 3
6 7 8 9 10
Reset input
Input 1
Input 2
Lock
input
11-pin type
Screw terminal type
34 5 6 7
8-pin type 1— 5 4 3
6 7 8 9 10
Reset input
12 to 40V DC
Q
(The above example is for reset input)
11-pin type
Screw terminal type
3 4 5 6 7
8-pin type 1 — 5 4 3
6 7 8 9 10
Reset input
Input 1
Input 2
Lock
input
10
2
3
(Fig. A)
Input contact or transistor
2
3
10
Power
supply
Input
terminal
terminal
Input
10
2
3
3
2
10
(Fig. B)
Input contact
or transistor
Input contact
or transistor
Power
supply
terminal
Input
terminal
Input
(Fig. C)
Power
supply
3
3
Input contact
or transistor
10
2
10
2
terminal
Input
terminal
Input
* The short-circuit impedance should be
less than 1 kW.
[When the impedance is 0 W, the current
coming from the input 1 and input 2 ter-
minals is approximately 12 mA, and from
the reset input and lock input terminals is
approximately 1.5 mA.]
Also, the open-circuit impedance should
be more than 100 kW.
* As shown in the diagram below, from
a non-contact point circuit (proximity
switches, photoelectric switches, etc.)
with a power supply voltage of between
12 and 40 V, the signal can be input
without using an open collector transis-
tor. In the case of the diagram below,
when the non-contact point transistor Q
switches from off to on (when the signal
voltage goes from high to low), the sig-
nal is input.
2) The input mode and output mode
change depending on the DIP switch set-
tings. Therefore, before making any con-
nections, be sure to confirm the opera-
tion mode and operation conditions cur-
rently set.
Note: The LC4H-W does not have the lock input
R, .
7
Note: The LC4H-W does not have the lock input
R, .
7
Counters
115
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LC4H SERIES
141
4. Output mode setting
The output mode can be set with the DIP
switches on the side of the counter.
Make the DIP switch settings before
installing the counter on the panel.
5. Conditions of usage
1) Avoid locations subject to flammable
or corrosive gases, excessive dust, oil,
vibrations, or excessive shocks.
2) Since the cover of the unit is made of
polycarbonate resin, avoid contact with
or use in environments containing methyl
alcohol, benzene, thinners, and other
organic solvents; and ammonia, caustic
sodas, and other alkaline substances.
3) If power supply surges exceed the val-
ues given below, the internal circuits may
become damaged. Be sure to use surge
absorbing element to prevent this from
happening.
4) Regarding external noise, the values
below are considered the noise-resistant
voltages. If voltages rise above these
values, malfunctions or damage to the
internal circuitry may result, so take the
necessary precautions.
Noise wave form (noise simulator)
Rise time: 1 ns
Pulse width: 1 µs, 50 ns
Polarity: ±
Cycle: 100 cycles/second
5) When connecting the operation power
supply, make sure that no leakage cur-
rent enters the counter. For example,
when performing contact protection, if
set up like that of diagram A, leaking cur-
rent will pass through C and R, enter the
unit, and cause incorrect operation.
Diagram B shows the correct setup.
• Surge wave form
[± (1.2 ×50) ms uni-polar full wave voltage]
Operating voltage
Surge voltage (peak value)
AC type 6,000V
DC type
24V AC type
Power supply terminals Input
terminals
AC type DC type
24V AC type
Noise
voltage 1,500V 1,000V 600V
1,000V
Peak value
00 1.2 50
30
50
90
100
Time (µs)
Surge voltage (%)
Load’s
power supply
Inductive load
LC4H counter
Diode rating:
IF (forward current): 1 A
VR (reverse voltage): 600 V
3) The LC4H series use power supply
without a transformer (power and input
terminals are not insulated). In connect-
ing various kinds of input signals, there-
fore, use a power transformer in which
the primary side is separated from the
ungrounded secondary side as shown in
Fig. A, for the power supply for a sensor
and other input devices so that short-cir-
cuiting can be prevented.
Once the wiring to be used is completely
installed and prior to installing this
counter, confirm that there is complete
insulation between the wires connected
to the power terminals (2 each) and the
wires connected to each input terminal. If
the power and input lines are not insulat-
ed, a short-circuit may occur inside the
counter and result in internal damage.
In addition, when moving your equipment
to a new installation location, confirm
that there is no difference in environmen-
tal conditions as compared to the previ-
ous location.
(except LC4H-S/AC type)
4) The input signal is applied by the
shorting of each input terminal with the
common terminal (terminal Qfor 8-pin
type, terminal Efor 11-pin type and ter-
minal for screw terminal types). Never
connect other terminals or voltages high-
er than 40 V DC , because it may
destroy the internal circuitry.
5) Transistor output
(1) Since the transistor output is insulat-
ed from the internal circuitry by a pho-
tocoupler, it can be used as an NPN
output or PNP (equal value) output.
(The above example is 11-pin type)
6
Load
Load’s power supply
LC4H counter
{OI
As NPN output
Load
Load’s power supply
LC4H counter
As PNP output
{OI
(2) Use the diode connected to the out-
put transistor’s collector for absorbing
the reverse voltage from induced loads.
(LC4H only)
6) When wiring, use shielded wires or
metallic wire tubes, and keep the wire
lengths as short as possible.
Note: With the LC4H 8-pin type and the LC4H-W,
there is no diode between points Iand O.
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LC4H SERIES
(e.g.,sensor)
Counter
Counter
AC power supply
(e.g.,sensor)
Input device
Insulation transformer
Counter
Insulation transformer
(Fig. B)Bad example
AC power supply
(Fig. A)Good example
AC power supply
Input device
(+)
(–)
(–)
Input device
(e.g.,sensor)
Alternative
current flow
Single coil transformer
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(–)
(–)
C
C
CR
(Fig. A)
(Fig. B)
Operation power supply
Leakage current
R
C
Operation power supply
6) Long periods of continuous operation
in the count-up completed condition (one
month or more) will result in the weaken-
ing of the internal electrical components
from the generated heat and, therefore,
should be avoided. If you do plan to use
the unit for such continuous operation,
use in conjunction with a relay as shown
in the circuit in the diagram below.
R
R
C
C
RR
Relay Counter Receive output
from contact
at relay R
Counters
116
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LC4H SERIES
Display Contents
Minimum value went below –999
or –99999. See note 1.
Enter reset or RESET
key.
Restart unit (correct DIP
switch settings)
Enter reset, RESET key,
or restart unit.
No change
The values at start-up before the CPU
malfunction occurred.
0
Incorrect DIP switch setting.
Malfunctioning CPU.
Malfunctioning memory. See
note 2.
No change
OFF
Output condition Restoration procedure Preset values after restoration
6. Self-diagnosis function
If a malfunction occurs, one of the following displays will appear.
Note 1: When the counter value goes below the minimum value during any of the subtraction, directive, independent, or phase input modes.
Note 2: Includes the possibility that the EEPROM’s life has expired.
or
7. Compliance with the CE marking
When using in applications to which
EN61812-1 applies, abide by the follow-
ing conditions.
• Overvoltage category II, pollution level
2
(for sensor type model with power sup-
ply)
1. Connections between the power sup-
ply and input/output have basic insula-
tion. Use a device with basic insulation
to connect to the I/O terminals.
(for sensor type model without power
supply)
1) This counter employs a power supply
without a transformer, so the power
and input signal terminals are not
insulated.
(1) When a sensor is connected to the
input circuit, install double insulation
on the sensor side.
(2) In the case of contact input, use dual-
insulated relays, etc.
• The load connected to the output con-
tact should have basic insulation.
This counter is protected with basic
insulation and can be double-insulated
to meet EN/IEC requirements by using
basic insulation on the load.
• Applied voltage should be protected
with an overcurrent protection device
(example: 250 V 1A fuse, etc.) that con-
forms to the EN/IEC standards.
2) You must use a terminal block or
socket for installing the pin-type coun-
ter. Do not touch the terminal section
or other parts of the timer unit while
an electric current is applied. Before
installation or removal, confirm that
there is no voltage being applied to
any of the terminals.
3) Do not use this timer with a safety cir-
cuit. For example, when using a timer
in a heater circuit, etc., provide a pro-
tection circuit on the machine side.
Counters
117
INSTALLING DIN SIZE COUNTER (COMMON)
Installation methods
1. Surface mount
1) For the counters of LC4H series, use
the pin type counter.
5) Correctly connect the terminals while
seeing the terminal layout and wiring
diagram.
6) If the pin type is used, the rear pin-
bracket (AT8-RR) or the 8P cap (AD8-
RC) is necessary to connect the pins.
For the 11-pin type, use the 11P cap
(AT8-DP11) and avoid directly soldering
the round pins on the counter.
7) Panel cutout dimensions
The standard panel
cutout dimensions are
shown in the left fig-
ure. (Panel thickness:
1 to 5 mm .039 to .197
inch)
8) Although the
counters can
be mounted
adjacent to
each other in
this case, it is
recommended
to arrange the
mounting holes
as shown in the
figure to facili-
tate attaching
and detaching
the mounting
frame.
9) Adjacent mounting
Although the counters can be mounted
adjacent to each other, remember that
the panel surface of LC4H series counter
will lose its water-resistant effect. (Panel
thickness: 1 to 5 mm .039 to .197 inch)
A = (48xn – 2.5)+0.6
+0
When lining up the counters horizon-
tally, set the frames in such a position
so the formed
spring areas
are at the top
and bottom.
When lining up
the counters
vertically, set
the frames in
such a position
as the formed
spring areas
are at the right
and left.
Pull the mounting
frame backward
while spreading out
its hooks with your
thumbs and index
fingers.
3) Caution in mounting the counter
• LC4H series
ja If the LC4H series are used as the
waterproof types (IEC IP66), tighten
the reinforcing screws on the mounting
frames so that the counters, the rub-
ber gaskets, and the panel surfaces
are tightly contacted with each other.
(Tighten the two screws with uniform
force and make sure that there is no
rattling. If the screws are tightened too
excessively, the mounting frame may
come off.)
jb If the counter is installed with the
panel cover and the rubber gasket
removed, the waterproofing characteris-
tic is lost.
4) Removal
Loosen the screws on the mounting
frame, spread the edge of frame and
remove it.
2) How to mount the counter
From the panel front, pass the counter
through the square hole. Fit the mount-
ing frame from the rear, and then push
it in so that the clearance between the
mounting frame and the panel surface is
minimized. In addition, lock the mount-
ing frame with a screw.
• LC4H series
5) 8-pin type should be connected with
terminal socket AT8-DF8K. 11-pin type
should be connected with terminal socket
AT8-DF11K.
6) DIN rail (AT8-DLA1) is also available
(1 m).
2. Flush mount
1) For the counters of LC4H series, it is
recommended to use the built-in screw
terminal type for flush mount. (Mounting
frame and rubber gasket are provided
when counter is shipped.)
2) Put the terminal socket on the board
directly or put it on the DIN rail (Fig. 1).
3) Insert the counter into the terminal
socket and fix it with clip (Fig. 2)
4) On DIN rail mounting, mount the
counter on the DIN rail tightly to get the
proper dimension (Fig. 3).
45
1.772
+0.6
0+.024
0
45
1.772
+0.6
0
+.024
0
45
1.772
Min. 80
3.150
Min. 80
3.150
+0.6
0+.024
0
45
1.772
+0.6
0+.024
0
45
1.772
A
+0.6
0+.024
0
Formed spring
Formed spring
Terminal socket
(Fig. 1) (Fig. 2)
DIN rail
(Fig. 3)
Mounting flame
Rubber
Panel cover
Screw
PUSH
gasket
1
2
1
Hour Meters
LCD
118
HOUR METERS SELECTOR CHART
146
HOUR METERS SELECTOR CHART
Types
Name of product TH14 Hour Meters TH24 Hour Meters TH40 Hour Meters TH50 Hour Meters TH70 Hour Meters
Appearance
TH14 series TH24 series TH40 series TH50 series TH70 series
Counting range 0 to 99999.9 hours
Features For controlling total
integrated hours
Driving method AC motor
Counting direction Addition (UP)
Power Voltage
12 V AC, 24 V AC,
48 V AC, 100 V AC,
110 V AC, 115 to 120 V AC,
200 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
12 V AC, 24 V AC,
48 V AC, 100 V AC,
110 V AC, 115 to 120 V AC,
200 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
12 V AC, 24 V AC,
48 V AC, 100 V AC,
110 V AC, 115 to 120 V AC,
200 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
12 V AC, 24 V AC,
48 V AC, 100 V AC,
110 V AC, 115 to 120 V AC,
200 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
12 V DC, 24 V DC
Addition (UP) Addition (UP) Addition (UP) Addition (UP)
AC motor AC motor AC motor DC quartz motor
With zero reset function
For controlling measured
integrated hours
Composite function for total
accumulated hours
monitoring and measuring
each zero reset
Zero reset for minute unit
time monitoring
For monitoring accumulated
hours on DC line
0 to 9999.9 hours
Reset side
0 to 9999.9 hours
Without reset side
0 to 99999.9 hours
0 to 9999.9 min 0 to 99999.9 hours
DIN 48 × 48 size Hour Meters
Counting integral/
Counting max. speed
Synchronizing with power
supply frequency
Min. counting unit 0.1 h
Reset input —
Max. power consumption Approx. 1.5 W
Weight 145 g 5.115 oz
Remarks
—
Page P. 168 P. 168 P. 170 P. 172 P. 176
The TH14, 24, 40, 50, 63, and 64 series have numbers at the end of the part number that indicate the voltage required as follows:
1:100 V, 2:200 V, 3:12 V, 4:24 V, 5:48 V, 6:110 V, 7:115 to 120 V, 8:220 V, 9:240 V,
Ex.) The part number of the TH24 series with 220 V is TH248. When “S” is specified at the end of the part number, a silver panel is equipped at the front.
The TH50 series displays
time in minute. — —
The unit with a reset
function is also available.
(Manufacturing after
receiving an order)
150 g 5.291 oz 160 g 5.644 oz 150 g 5.291 oz 170 g 5.997 oz
Approx. 1.5 W Approx. 1.5 W Approx. 1.5 W Approx. 1.5 W
Manual reset Manual reset Manual reset —
0.1 h 0.1 h 0.1 min 0.1 h
Frequency 50/60Hz (common) 50/60Hz (common) 50/60Hz (common) 50/60Hz (common) —
Synchronizing with power
supply frequency
Synchronizing with power
supply frequency
Synchronizing with power
supply frequency
According to quartz
oscillation frequency
Types
Name of product TH63 Hour Meters TH64 Hour Meters LH2H Hour Meters
Appearance
Front section of part
number TH63 series TH64 series ATH3
Counting range 0 to 99999.9 hours
Features For controlling total integrated
hours
Preset function equipped in half
size
Driving method AC motor
Counting direction Addition (UP)
Power Voltage
12 V AC, 24 V AC,
48 V AC, 100 V AC,
110 V AC, 115 to 120 V AC,
200 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
12 V AC, 24 V AC,
48 V AC, 100 V AC,
110 V AC, 115 to 120 V AC,
200 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
Flush mounting type: Unnecessary
(Built-in battery)
PC board mounting type: 3 V DC
(Battery is externally installed.)
Addition (UP) Addition (UP)
AC motor Quartz oscillation type
With zero reset function
For controlling measured integrated
hours
Big 7-digit display, 8.7 mm tall display
Bright, 2-color back light (voltage input type)
Plenty of input methods
• Non-voltage input, Voltage input, free voltage input
0 to 9999.9 hours
DIN 24 × 48 size Hour Meters DIN 24 × 48 size Hour Meters
Counting integral/
Counting max. speed
Synchronizing with power supply
frequency
Min. counting unit 0.1 h
Reset input —
Max. power consumption Approx. 1.5 W
Weight 80 g 2.822 oz
Remarks The numbers at the end of the part number indicate voltage.
(See the remarks above.)
Page P. 174 P. 174 P. 148
—
90 g 3.174 oz 50 g 1.764 oz
Approx. 1.5 W —
Manual reset
0.1 h 0.1 h, 0.1 min, 1 s
Frequency 50/60Hz (common) 50/60Hz (common) —
Synchronizing with power supply
frequency ±100 ppm (25°C)
Panel
mounting type
PC board
mounting type
Flush mounting type:
0 to 999999.9 hours/0 to 3999 days 23.9 hours (selectable)
0 to 999 hours 59 min 59 sec/0 to 9999 hours 59.9 min (selectable)
PC board mounting type:
0 to 999999.9 hours/9999 hours 59.9 min (different type)
Push button and external reset input terminal
Flush mounting type: 55 g 1.940 oz
PC board mounting type: 15 g .529 oz
LH2H Preset Hour Meters
24 V DC
Addition or subtraction
Quartz oscillation type
0 to 999999.9 hours/
0 to 3999 days 23.9 hours (selectable)
0 to 999 hours 59 min 59 sec/
0 to 9999 hours 59.9 min (selectable)
P. 156
—
Max. 1.5 W
0.1 h, 0.1 min, 1 s
—
Push button and external reset input terminal
±0.01% ±50 ms in case of power on start
±0.01% ±30 ms in case of input signal start
Hour Meters
LCD
119
147
Types
Name of product TH13 Hour Meter TH23 Hour Meter DC Hour Meter
TH Hour Meter: Round type
Appearance
TH13 series TH23 series
Counting range 0 to 99999.9 hours
Features For controlling total integrated hours
Driving method AC motor
Counting direction Addition (UP)
Power
Voltage 100 V AC, 200 V AC, 110 V AC,
115 to 120 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
Frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz 50 Hz or 60 Hz
100 V AC, 200 V AC, 110 V AC,
115 to 120 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
Addition (UP)
AC motor
With zero reset function
For controlling measured integrated hours
0 to 9999.9 hours
DIN 52 × 52 size Hour Meters
Counting integral/
Counting max. speed Synchronizing with power supply frequency
Min. counting unit 0.1 h
Reset input —
Max. power consumption Approx. 1.5 W
Weight 130 g 4.586 oz
Remarks
Both the TH13 and 23 series have numbers at the end of the part number that indicate the voltage
and frequency required.
The third number from the front of the part number indicates the required voltage as follows: 4:100
V, 5:200 V, 6:110 V, 7:115 V (for 50 Hz only) or 115 V to 120 V (for 60 Hz only), 8:220 V, 9:240 V
The fourth number from the front of the part number indicates the required frequency as follows:
5:50 Hz, 6:60 Hz
Ex.) The part number for the TH13 series of 220 V & 50 Hz specification is TH1385.
Page P. 166 P. 166
135 g 4.762 oz
Approx. 1.5 W
Manual reset
0.1 h
Synchronizing with power supply frequency
TH8 series
—
12 V DC, 24 V DC
Addition (UP)
Ceramic oscillation + AC motor
Driven on DC power
0 to 9999.9 hours
P. 178
170 g 5.997 oz
Approx. 1.5 W
—
—
0.1 h
±0.2% (25°C)
HOUR METERS SELECTOR CHART
HOUR METERS SELECTOR CHART
Hour Meters
LCD
120
LH2H
DIN HALF SIZE
HOUR METER LH2H
LH2H
148
Product types
1. Panel mounting type
1) One-touch installation type
1 Standard type
DIN HALF SIZE
HOUR METER LH2H
Hour Meters
No. digits Measurement time range Front reset Input method Part No.
7 digits
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable
Yes
Non-voltage input type LH2H-FE-DHK
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-FE-HMK
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable Voltage input type (4.5 to 30 V DC) LH2H-FE-DHK-DL
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-FE-HMK-DL
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable Free voltage input type (24 to 240 V AC/DC) LH2H-FE-DHK-FV
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-FE-HMK-FV
Panel mounting type
One-touch installation type
Panel mounting type
Installation frame type
PC board mounting type
Features
1. 8.7 mm Character Height
(previously 7 mm .343 inch)
Easy-to-read character height increased
from 7 mm to 8.7 mm .276 inch to .343
inch.
2. Plenty of Digits
3. Select by switch between two time
ranges in a single meter.
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable
4. Panel Mounting Type Features 2
Installation Methods
Comes with very easy one-touch
installation type and also installation
frame type that uses the frame on the
timer/counter. Choose a method that
suits the application.
5. Battery Replacement Easy on
Environment
To replace battery simply remove body
for the one-touch installation type, and
remove battery lid for the installation
frame type.
6. Screw Terminals Designed for
Safety
Built in finger protection.
7. Panel Covers Replacable
(Standard color is ash gray.)
Change the panel design by replacing
with a black panel cover.
8. Conforms to IP66 Protective
Construction (Only installation frame
type.) (Front panel surface)
9. Input Methods
1) Non-voltage input method
2) Voltage input method
3) Free voltage input method
10. Backlight Type Added to Series
and Now 2-color Switchable (green/
red)
Easy viewing even in dark places and
switchable between green and red
(Voltage input type).
11. Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE
marking.
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
8.7mm
.343inch
7 digits
Product chart
Type
Installation type
Standard type Backlight type
Non-voltage input type Voltage input type
(4.5 to 30 V DC)
Free voltage input type
(24 to 240 V AC/DC)
Voltage input type
(4.5 to 30 V DC)
Panel
mounting
type
One-touch installation type � � � �
Installation frame type � � � �
PC board mounting type �———
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Hour Meters
LCD
No. digits Measurement time range Front reset Input method Part No.
7 digits
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable
Yes
Non-voltage input type LH2H-FE-DHK
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-FE-HMK
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable Voltage input type (4.5 to 30 V DC) LH2H-FE-DHK-DL
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-FE-HMK-DL
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable Free voltage input type (24 to 240 V AC/DC) LH2H-FE-DHK-FV
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-FE-HMK-FV
121
LH2H
148
Product types
1. Panel mounting type
1) One-touch installation type
1 Standard type
DIN HALF SIZE
HOUR METER LH2H
Hour Meters
No. digits Measurement time range Front reset Input method Part No.
7 digits
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable
Yes
Non-voltage input type LH2H-FE-DHK
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-FE-HMK
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable Voltage input type (4.5 to 30 V DC) LH2H-FE-DHK-DL
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-FE-HMK-DL
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable Free voltage input type (24 to 240 V AC/DC) LH2H-FE-DHK-FV
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-FE-HMK-FV
Panel mounting type
One-touch installation type
Panel mounting type
Installation frame type
PC board mounting type
Features
1. 8.7 mm Character Height
(previously 7 mm .343 inch)
Easy-to-read character height increased
from 7 mm to 8.7 mm .276 inch to .343
inch.
2. Plenty of Digits
3. Select by switch between two time
ranges in a single meter.
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable
4. Panel Mounting Type Features 2
Installation Methods
Comes with very easy one-touch
installation type and also installation
frame type that uses the frame on the
timer/counter. Choose a method that
suits the application.
5. Battery Replacement Easy on
Environment
To replace battery simply remove body
for the one-touch installation type, and
remove battery lid for the installation
frame type.
6. Screw Terminals Designed for
Safety
Built in finger protection.
7. Panel Covers Replacable
(Standard color is ash gray.)
Change the panel design by replacing
with a black panel cover.
8. Conforms to IP66 Protective
Construction (Only installation frame
type.) (Front panel surface)
9. Input Methods
1) Non-voltage input method
2) Voltage input method
3) Free voltage input method
10. Backlight Type Added to Series
and Now 2-color Switchable (green/
red)
Easy viewing even in dark places and
switchable between green and red
(Voltage input type).
11. Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE
marking.
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
8.7mm
.343inch
7 digits
Product chart
Type
Installation type
Standard type Backlight type
Non-voltage input type Voltage input type
(4.5 to 30 V DC)
Free voltage input type
(24 to 240 V AC/DC)
Voltage input type
(4.5 to 30 V DC)
Panel
mounting
type
One-touch installation type � � � �
Installation frame type � � � �
PC board mounting type �———
LH2H
LH2H
149
2 Backlight type
2) Installation frame type
1 Standard type
2 Backlight type
2. PC board mounting type
Specifications
No. digits Measurement time range Front reset Input method Part No.
7 digits 0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable Yes Voltage input type (4.5 to 30 V DC) LH2H-FE-DHK-DL-B
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-FE-HMK-DL-B
No. digits Measurement time range Front reset Input method Part No.
7 digits
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable
Yes
Non-voltage input type LH2H-F-DHK
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-F-HMK
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable Voltage input type (4.5 to 30 V DC) LH2H-F-DHK-DL
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-F-HMK-DL
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable Free voltage input type (24 to 240 V AC/DC) LH2H-F-DHK-FV
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-F-HMK-FV
No. digits Measurement time range Front reset Input method Part No.
7 digits 0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h switchable Yes Voltage input type (4.5 to 30 V DC) LH2H-F-DHK-DL-B
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m switchable LH2H-F-HMK-DL-B
No. digits Measurement time range Front reset Input method Part No.
7 digits 0 to 999999.9h No Non-voltage input type LH2H-C-H-N
0 to 9999h59.9m LH2H-C-HM-N
1. Panel mounting type
Note) Only for installation frame type.
Type
Item
Standard type Backlight type Standard type
Non-voltage input Voltage input Free voltage type
No. digits 7 digits
External power supply Not required (built-in battery)
Measurement time range 0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h (Switchable by switch)
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m (Switchable by switch) Separate product type
Start
input
Min. input signal width 200 ms
Input method (signal)
Non-voltage input using
contacts or open collector
connection
High level: 4.5 to 30 V DC
Low level: 0 to 2 V DC
High level:
24 to 240 V AC/DC
Low level:
0 to 2.4 V AC/DC
Input impedance
When shorted:
Max. 10 kΩ
When open:
Max. 750 kΩ
Approx. 4.7 kΩ—
Residual voltage Max. 0.5 V — —
Reset
input
Min. input signal width 100 ms
Input method (signal)
Non-voltage input using
contacts or open collector
connection
High level: 4.5 to 30 V DC
Low level: 0 to 2 V DC
Non-voltage input using
contacts or open collector
connection
Input impedance
When shorted:
Max. 10 kΩ
When open:
Max. 750 kΩ
Appox. 4.7 kΩ
When shorted:
Max. 10 kΩ
When open:
Max. 750 kΩ
Residual voltage Max 0.5 V — Max. 0.5 V
Display method 7-segment LCD 7-segment LCD
With green/red backlight 7-segment LCD
Breakdown voltage (initial) Between charged and uncharged parts: 1,000 V AC for 1 minute.
Between charged and
uncharged parts:
2,000 V AC for 1 minute.
Insulation resistance (initial) Min. 100 MΩ (measured at 500 V DC) Measurement location same as for break down voltage.
Backlight power — 24 V DC (±10%) —
Protective construction (Note) IEC Standard IP66 (only panel front: when using rubber gasket)
Accessories (Note) Rubber gasket, mounting bracket
Battery life 10 years (at 25°C 77°F)
Hour Meters
LCD
122
LH2H
LH2H
150
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61010-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category III
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (90 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
2. PC board mounting type
3. Common
Type
Item PC board mounting type
Input method Non DC voltage input
No. digits 7 digits
Rated operation voltage 3 V DC
Allowable operation voltage range 2.7 to 3.3 V DC
Current consumption Max. 20 µA (max. 200 µA during reset input)
Measurement time range 0 to 999999.9h 0 to 9999h59.9m
Start
input
Min. input signal width 200 ms
Input method Non-voltage input using contacts or open collector connection
Input impedance When shorted: Max. 10 kΩ
When open: Max. 750 kΩ
Residual voltage Max. 0.5 V
Reset
input
Min. input signal width 10 ms
Input method Non-voltage input using contacts or open collector connection
Input impedance When shorted: Max. 10 kΩ
When open: Max. 750 kΩ
Residual power Max. 0.5 V
Break down voltage (initial) Between charged and uncharged parts: 1,000 V AC for 1 minute.
Insulation resistance (initial) Min. 100 MΩ (measured at 500 V DC) Measurement location same as for break down voltage.
Type
Item Panel mounting/PC board mounting types
Time accuracy ±100 ppm (25°C 77°F)
Vibration resistance Functional 10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min.), single amplitude: 0.15 mm (10 min. on 3 axes)
Destructive 10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min.), single amplitude: 0.375 mm (1 hr. on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Functional Min. 98 m/s2(4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive Min. 294 m/s2(5 times on 3 axes)
Operation temperature –10 to +55°C +14 to +131°F (without frost or dew)
Storage temperature –25 to +65°C –13 to +149°F (without frost or dew)
Ambient humidity 35 to 85% RH (non-condensing)
Hour Meters
LCD
123
LH2H
LH2H
151
Part names
1. Front reset button
Reset the elapsed time. It does not work
when the lock switch is ON. Be aware
that battery life will decrease if this switch
is used frequently.
2. Lock switch (Refer to chart on
right.)
Disable the front reset button.
Note) Turn ON at the LCD side (reset disabled) and
OFF at the terminal block side (reset enabled).
3. Time range switch (See chart on
right).
Switch the time range.
Note) Always press the front reset button when
operating the time range switch.
4. Time unit sticker
Unit seals are included in the package.
Affix them in accordance with the time
range.
Notes) 1. ❇Default setting when shipped.
2. Make the switch setting before installing to panel.
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h 0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m
Lock switch
(Unit display 1)
Count speed
switch
(Unit display 2)
Time range switch
Lock switch
RESET h m s
HOUR METER
LH2H
Time unit sealFront reset button
(Terminal block side)
(LCD side)
OFF❇
ON
(Terminal block side)
(LCD side)
0 to 999999.9h❇
0 to 3999d23.9h
(Terminal block side)
(LCD side)
0 to 9999h59.9m❇
0 to 999h59m59s
Dimensions
1. Panel mounting type
• External dimensions
1) One-touch installation type
mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
• Panel installation diagram
Note) When installing to a 4.5 mm .177 inch thick panel, remove the rubber spacer
first.
When installing the one-touch installation type model, make sure
that the installation spring does not pinch the rubber gasket.
To prevent the installation spring
from pinching the rubber gasket:
1. Set the rubber gasket on both
ends of the installation spring
(left and right).
2. Confirm that the installation
spring is not pinching the rubber
gasket, and then insert and fix the
installation spring in place from the
rear of the timer unit.
HOUR METER
LH2H
RESET
44.8
1.764
54.4
2.142
48
1.890
5
.197
(44)
(1.732)
10.4
.409
7
.276
22
.866 24
.945
Reset button
M3.5
M.138
Rubber spacer
Panel (1 to 4.5mm
.039 to .177inch
thickness)
Hour Meters
LCD
124
LH2H
LH2H
152
• Terminal layout and wiring diagrams
1) Standard type
2) Backlight type
Non voltage input type Voltage input type Free voltage input type
Voltage input type
2) Installation frame type • Panel mounting diagram
HOUR METER
LH2H
RESET
44.8
1.764
54.4
2.142
5
.197
44
1.732
10.4
.409
7
.276
22
.866
48
1.890
24
.945
Reset button
M3.5
M.138
37
1.457
Mounting screws
(found on mounting bracket) Mounting frame
ATH3803 (included)
Rubber gasket
ATH3804 (included)
Panel
(1 to 4.5mm .039 to .177inch thickness)
• Panel cut-out dimensions
The standard panel cut-out is shown below.
Use the mounting frame (ATH3803) and the rubber packing (ATH3804).
(Only installation frame type.)
• For connected installation (sealed installation)
(Only installation frame type.)
Notes) 1. Suitable installation panel thickness is 1 to 4.5 mm .039 to .177 inch.
2. Waterproofing will be lost when installing repeatedly (sealed installation).
45
1.772
+0.5
0
+.020
0
22.2
.874
+0.5
0
+.020
0
60 min.
2.362 min.
22.2
.874
+0.5
0
+.020
0
A=(48×n-2.5)
A=(1.890×n-.098)
A
+1.0
0+.039
0
W-R are connected internally.
Start input
21 43
Reset input
+V
0V
+V
0V
21 43
Start input Reset input
21or 43
Start input Reset input
Backlight
+V0V
<When red><When green>
+V0V
+V
0V
+V
0V
Start input Reset input
1 2 5
63 4 1 2 5
63 4 1 2 5
63 4
Hour Meters
LCD
125
LH2H
LH2H
153
Input method
1. Standard type
Notes) 1. When using contact input, since current flow is small from terminals 1 and 3 on the panel mounting type and terminals e to t and S to F on the PC board
mounting type, please use relays and switches with high contact reliability.
2. When using transistor input, use the following as a guide for which transistors (Tr) to use for inputting. (Collector withstand voltage Q 50 V, leakage current < 1 µA)
Notes) 1. 2 and 4. (The input and reset circuits are functionally insulated.)
2. When using transistor (Tr) input, use the right as a guide. (Collector withstand voltage Q 50 V, leakage current < 1 µA)
3. Be aware that the application of voltage that exceeds the voltage range of the H level to the count input terminal, and the application of voltage to the reset input
terminal, can cause damage to the internal elements.
Non-voltage input type
Panel mounting type PC board mounting type
Contact input Transistor input Contact input Transistor input
NPN transistor NPN transistor
Voltage input type
Free voltage input type
Contact input Transistor input
NPN transistor PNP transistor
2. PC board mounting type
• External dimensions
• Terminal layout and wiring diagrams
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039 mm inch
PC board pattern (BOTTOM VIEW)
General tolerance: ±0.1 ±.004
Note: The AXS212811K is recommended as a compatible connection socket.
LH2H
HOUR METER
33.02±0.3
1.300±.012
43.4
1.709 17.3
.681
DIP switch × 8
19
.748 15.24±0.3
.600±.012
3.3±0.3
.130±.012
5.08±0.3
.200±.012
0.5±0.3
.020±.012
0.3±0.1
.012±.004
5.08±0.3
.200±.012
0.6±0.1
.024±.004
Q-E,}-w,e-t and S-F are connected internally.
An external power supply is required.
Reset inputStart input 15 17 26 28
14 12 3 1
15.24
.600
33.02
1.300
1.9
.075
1.9
.075
5.19
.204
2.54
.100
2.54
.100
8-0.8 dia.
8-.031 dia.
5.08
.200
5.08
.200
5.19
.204
Mounting area
Connection sockets
28 pin DIP terminal
1 2 3 4 Reset
input
Start
input
(W and R are connected internally.)
1 2 3 4
0V 0V
(W and R are connected internally.)
Reset
input
Start
input Reset
input
Start
input
3V DC
15 17
14 12
26 28
31
Reset
input
Start
input
3V DC
15 17
14 12
26 28
31
Reset
input
Start
input
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 Reset
input
Start
input
+V +V
Reset
input
Start
input 1 2 3 4
+V +V
1 2 3 4
or or or
Reset input
Start input
Hour Meters
LCD
126
LH2H
LH2H
154
2. Backlight type
Notes) 1. Do not reverse the polarities when connecting the DC voltage for the backlight.
2. 2 and 4. (The input and reset circuits are functionally insulated.)
3. When using transistor (Tr) input, use the right as a guide. (Collector withstand voltage Q 50 V, leakage current < 1 µA)
4. Be aware that the application of voltage that exceeds the voltage range of the H level to the count input terminal, and the application of voltage to the reset input
terminal, can cause damage to the internal elements.
Explanation of operation
Voltage input type
Backlight connection
Contact input Transistor input
NPN transistor PNP transistor
Reset
input
Start
input
1 2 3 4
5
6
1 2 3 4 Reset
input
Start
input
+V +V
1 2 3 4
5
6
Reset
input
Start
input
+V +V
1 2 3 4
Green Red
24V DC
24V DC
5
61 2 3 4
5
6
1. Time measuring takes place when the
start input is ON.
2. When the elapsed (measured) time
reaches full scale it returns to “0”, and
then measuring starts again from “0”.
3. When reset input is ON, the display
becomes “0”. You cannot measure during
reset input.
For PC board mounting type the display
disappears while the reset input is ON;
however, the display reads “0” when the
reset input turns OFF.
4. Press the front reset button if you want
to perform a manual reset (for panel
installation type)
Reset input
Full scale
Elapsed time
PC board type
Start input
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
0
Hour Meters
LCD
127
LH2H
155
Cautions for use
1. Non-voltage input type
For both panel mounting and PC
board mounting types
1) Never apply voltage to the non-voltage
input type. This will damage the internal
elements.
2) Since the current flow is very small
from the start input and reset input
terminals (1 and 3 on the panel
mounting type and terminals eto tand
S to F on the PC board mounting type)
please use relays and switches with high
contact reliability. When inputting with an
open collector of a transistor, use a
transistor for small signals in which ICBO
is 1 µA or less and always input with no
voltage.
3) When wiring, try to keep all the input
lines to the start and reset inputs as short
as possible and avoid running them
together with high voltage and power
transmission lines or in a power conduit.
Also, malfunctions might occur if the
floating capacitance of these wires
exceeds 500 pF (10 m 32.808 ft. for
parallel wires of 2 mm2). In particular,
when using shielded wiring, be careful of
the capacitance between wires.
PC board mounting type
1) For external power supply use
manganese dioxide or lithium batteries
(CR type: 3V).
2) Always reset after external power is
applied and confirm that the display
reads “0”.
3) Make the wiring from the battery to the
hour meter unit as short as absolutely
possible. Also, be careful of polarity.
4) Calculate battery life with the following
formula.
t = A/I
t: battery life [h]
I: LH2H current consumption [mA]
A: battery capacity until minimum
operation voltage is reached [mAh]
5) Hand solder to the lead terminal. Do
not dip solder. With the tip of the
soldering iron at 300°C 572°F perform
soldering within 3 seconds (for 30 to 60
W soldering iron).
2. Voltage input type
1) Be aware that applying more than 30 V
DC to start input terminals 1and 2, and
reset input terminals 3and 4will cause
damage to the internal elements.
2) For external resetting use H level
(application of 4.5 to 30 V DC) between
reset terminals 3 and 4 of the rear
terminals. In this case, connect + to
terminal 3 and – to terminal 4. This is
the valid polarity; therefore, the hour
meter will not work if reversed.
3) When wiring, try to keep all the input
lines to the start and reset inputs as short
as possible and avoid running them
together with high voltage and power
transmission lines or in a power conduit.
Also, malfunctions might occur if the
floating capacitance of these wires
exceeds 500 pF (10 m 32.808 ft. for
parallel wires of 2 mm2).
3. Free voltage input type
1) Use start input terminals 1 and 2 for
free voltage input and reset terminals 3
and 4 for non-voltage input.
2) Be aware that the application of
voltage that exceeds the voltage range of
the H level to the start input terminal, and
the application of voltage to the reset
input terminal, can cause damage to the
internal elements.
3) Since the current flow is very small
from reset input terminal 3, please use
relays and switches with high contact
reliability.
4) When inputting a reset with an open
collector of a transistor, use a transistor
for small signals in which ICBO is 1 µA or
less and always input with no voltage.
5) To reset externally, short reset input
terminals 3 and 4 on the rear.
6) Input uses a high impedance circuit;
therefore, erroneous operation may occur
if the influence of induction voltage is
present. If you plan to use wiring for the
input signal that is 10 m or longer (wire
capacitance 120 pF/m at normal
temperature), we recommend the use of
a CR filter or the connection of a bleeder
resistor.
4. How to reset multiple panel
mounting type counters all at once
(input is the same for count)
Non-voltage input type
Notes) 1. Use the following as a guide for choosing
transistors used for input (Tr).
Leakage current < 1 µA
2. Use as small a diode (D) as possible in the
forward voltage so that the voltage between
terminals 3 and 4 during reset input meets
the standard value (0.5 V).
( At IF = 20 µA, forward voltage 0.1 and
higher.)
Voltage input type
Note) Make sure that H (reset ON) level is at least
4.5 V.
5. Backlight luminance
To prevent varying luminance among
backlights when using multiple Backlight
types, please use the same backlight
power supply.
6. Acquisition of CE marking
Please abide by the conditions below
when using in applications that comply
with EN 61010-1/IEC 61010-1
1) Ambient conditions
• Overvoltage category II, pollution level 2
• Indoor use
• Acceptable temperature and humidity
range: –10 to +55°C, 35 to 85%RH (with
no condensation at 20°C)
• Under 2000 m elevation
2) Use the main unit in a location that
matches the following conditions.
• There is minimal dust and no corrosive
gas.
• There is no combustible or explosive
gas.
• There is no mechanical vibration or
impacts.
• There is no exposure to direct sunlight.
• Located away from large-volume
electromagnetic switches and power
lines with large electrical currents.
3) Connect a breaker that conforms to
EN60947-1 or EN60947-3 to the voltage
input section.
4) Applied voltage should be protected
with an overcurrent protection device
(example: T 1A, 250 V AC time lag fuse)
that conforms to the EN/IEC standards.
(Free voltage input type)
7. Terminal connection
Tighten the terminal screws with a torque
of 0.8 N·cm or less.
3or
DTr
4 3 4 3 4
D D
3or
+V +V
R
Tr
4 3 4 3 4 3 4
22
52
Green Red
5
626
24V DC 24V DC
LH2H
Hour Meters
LCD
128
LH2H
PRESET
HOUR METER LH2H
LH2H
156
Product types
Note: Mounting frame and rubber gasket are not included.
PRESET HOUR METER LH2H
Hour Meter
No. digits Measurement time
range Operation mode Output Operating voltage Part No.
7 digits
0 to 999999.9h/
0 to 3999d23.9h
selectable G (Totalizing ON delay)
B (Signal ON delay)
F (Signal flicker)
E (Pulse ON delay)
Transistor (1a) 24 V DC
LH2HP-FEW-DHK-B-DC24V
0 to 999h59m59s/
0 to 9999h59.9m
selectable
LH2HP-FEW-HMK-B-DC24V
Options Mounting frame Use for waterproofing (front panel surface) ATH3803
Rubber gasket ATH3804
Features
•Preset function equipped in half
size (24 × 48 mm 0.945 × 1.890 inch).
•Display has backlight for instant
recognition.
•8.7 mm 0.343 inch Character Height
(previously 7 mm 0.276 inch)
Easy-to read character height increased
from 7 mm to 8.7 mm 0.276 inch to 0.343
inch.
•Plenty of Digits
• Select by switch between two time
ranges in a single meter.
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h
Selectable
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m
Selectable
•Conforms to IP66 Protective
Construction (Front panel surface)
Weatherproofing supported by using
optional mounting bracket and rubber
gasket
•Includes reassuring lock mode and
lock switch to prevent erroneous
operation.
•Screw terminals are constructed to
protect fingers to ensure safety.
•Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE
marking.
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
Green or (Red)
(backlight)
Red or (Green)
(backlight)
Red or (Green)
(backlight)
(Lit or Flashing)
(Lit or Flashing)
Timing upTime counting
Green or Red can
be selected at setup.
Lit or Flashing can
be selected at setup.
8.7mm
.343inch
7 digits
LH2H
156
Product types
Note: Mounting frame and rubber gasket are not included.
PRESET HOUR METER LH2H
Hour Meter
No. digits Measurement time
range Operation mode Output Operating voltage Part No.
7 digits
0 to 999999.9h/
0 to 3999d23.9h
selectable G (Totalizing ON delay)
B (Signal ON delay)
F (Signal flicker)
E (Pulse ON delay)
Transistor (1a) 24 V DC
LH2HP-FEW-DHK-B-DC24V
0 to 999h59m59s/
0 to 9999h59.9m
selectable
LH2HP-FEW-HMK-B-DC24V
Options Mounting frame Use for waterproofing (front panel surface) ATH3803
Rubber gasket ATH3804
Features
•Preset function equipped in half
size (24 × 48 mm 0.945 × 1.890 inch).
•Display has backlight for instant
recognition.
•8.7 mm 0.343 inch Character Height
(previously 7 mm 0.276 inch)
Easy-to read character height increased
from 7 mm to 8.7 mm 0.276 inch to 0.343
inch.
•Plenty of Digits
• Select by switch between two time
ranges in a single meter.
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h
Selectable
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m
Selectable
•Conforms to IP66 Protective
Construction (Front panel surface)
Weatherproofing supported by using
optional mounting bracket and rubber
gasket
•Includes reassuring lock mode and
lock switch to prevent erroneous
operation.
•Screw terminals are constructed to
protect fingers to ensure safety.
•Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE
marking.
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
Green or (Red)
(backlight)
Red or (Green)
(backlight)
Red or (Green)
(backlight)
(Lit or Flashing)
(Lit or Flashing)
Timing upTime counting
Green or Red can
be selected at setup.
Lit or Flashing can
be selected at setup.
8.7mm
.343inch
7 digits
Note: Mounting frame and rubber gasket are not included.
Hour Meters
LCD
129
LH2H
156
Product types
Note: Mounting frame and rubber gasket are not included.
PRESET HOUR METER LH2H
Hour Meter
No. digits Measurement time
range Operation mode Output Operating voltage Part No.
7 digits
0 to 999999.9h/
0 to 3999d23.9h
selectable G (Totalizing ON delay)
B (Signal ON delay)
F (Signal flicker)
E (Pulse ON delay)
Transistor (1a) 24 V DC
LH2HP-FEW-DHK-B-DC24V
0 to 999h59m59s/
0 to 9999h59.9m
selectable
LH2HP-FEW-HMK-B-DC24V
Options Mounting frame Use for waterproofing (front panel surface) ATH3803
Rubber gasket ATH3804
Features
•Preset function equipped in half
size (24 × 48 mm 0.945 × 1.890 inch).
•Display has backlight for instant
recognition.
•8.7 mm 0.343 inch Character Height
(previously 7 mm 0.276 inch)
Easy-to read character height increased
from 7 mm to 8.7 mm 0.276 inch to 0.343
inch.
•Plenty of Digits
• Select by switch between two time
ranges in a single meter.
0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h
Selectable
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m
Selectable
•Conforms to IP66 Protective
Construction (Front panel surface)
Weatherproofing supported by using
optional mounting bracket and rubber
gasket
•Includes reassuring lock mode and
lock switch to prevent erroneous
operation.
•Screw terminals are constructed to
protect fingers to ensure safety.
•Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE
marking.
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
Green or (Red)
(backlight)
Red or (Green)
(backlight)
Red or (Green)
(backlight)
(Lit or Flashing)
(Lit or Flashing)
Timing upTime counting
Green or Red can
be selected at setup.
Lit or Flashing can
be selected at setup.
8.7mm
.343inch
7 digits
LH2H
LH2H
157
Specifications
* The factory default preset value is set to 0.1.
Applicable standard
Item Descriptions
Rating
Rated operating voltage 24 V DC
Rated power consumption Max. 1.5 W
Rated control output 100 mA 30 V DC
Time counting direction Addition or Subtraction (selectable by front switch)
Measurement time range 0 to 999999.9h/0 to 3999d23.9h (selectable by slide switch on side)
0 to 999h59m59s/0 to 9999h59.9m (selectable by slide switch on side)
Start input Min. input signal width: Min. 30 ms
Reset input Min. input signal width: Min. 30 ms
Input signal
• Non-voltage input using contacts or open-collector connection
• Input impedance; when shorted: Max. 1 kΩ, when open: Min. 100 kΩ
• Residual voltage: Max. 2 V
Operation mode Totalizing ON delay, Signal ON delay, Signal flicker, Pulse ON delay
(selectable by front switch)
Display method 7-segment LCD
(Switch between red and green for backlight, and between lit and flashing for time up.)
Power failure emory EEP-ROM (Overwriting times: 105operations or more)
Time
accuracy
Operating time fluctuation ±0.01% ±50 ms
in case of power on start
±0.01% ±30 ms
in case of input signal start
Rated operating voltage:
85 to 110%
Ambient temperature:
–10 to +55°C +14 to +131°F
Voltage error
Temperature error
Setting error
Contact arrangement 1 Form A (Open collector)
Electrical life (contact) 107 operations (at rated control voltage)
Electrical
Allowable operating voltage range 85 to 110% of rated operating voltage
Break down voltage (Initial value) Between input and output: 1,500 V AC, for 1 min.
Insulation resistance (Initial value) Between input and output: 100 MΩ(at 500 V DC)
Mechanical
Functional vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min), Single amplitude: 0.15 mm (10 min. on 3 axes)
Destructive vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min), Single amplitude: 0.375 mm (1 hr. on 3 axes)
Functional shock resistance Min. 98 m/s2(4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive shock resistance Min. 294 m/s2(5 times on 3 axes)
Operating
conditions
Operation temperature –10 to 55°C +14 to +131°F (without frost or dew)
Storage temperature –25 to +65°C –13 to +149°F (without frost or dew)
Ambient humidity 35 to 85% RH (non-condensing)
Protective construction IP66 (front panel with mounting bracket and rubber gasket)
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
1 kV (signal line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
Hour Meters
LCD
130
LH2H
LH2H
158
Part names
1. Front reset key
This key resets the elapsed value. It does
not work when the lock switch is ON.
2. Mode key
Use to set preset values or to switch
between each mode.
3. Setting key
Used to set digits of preset values or set
each mode.
4. Set key
Use to set preset values or to switch
between modes.
5. Time unit seal
Unit seals are included in the package.
Affix them in accordance with the time
range.
6. Lock switch
Disable the operation of the front panel
reset key and the mode key. With the lock
switch on, is displayed for about
two seconds when the reset key or mode
switch is operated.
7. Time range switch
Switch the time range.
❇: Default setting when shipped.
Notes: 1. Make the switch setting before installing to panel.
2. Please turn the power off if you change the setting of the time range switch when the power is on. The
setting will become valid when the power is turned back on.
LH2HP-FEW-DHK-B-DC24V LH2HP-FEW-HMK-B-DC24V
6
Lock
switch
(unit
display 1)
7
Time
range
switch
(unit
display 2)
RESET
MODE SET
HOUR METER
LH2H
1 2 3 4 5
7 6
(Terminal block side)
(LCD side)
OFF❇
ON
(Terminal block side)
(LCD side)
0 to 999999.9h❇
0 to 3999d23.9h
(Terminal block side)
(LCD side)
0 to 9999h59.9m❇
0 to 999h59m59s
Dimensions
• External dimensions
mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
When installing the one-touch installation type model, make sure
that the installation spring does not pinch the rubber gasket.
To prevent the installation spring
from pinching the rubber gasket:
1. Set the rubber gasket on both
ends of the installation spring
(left and right).
2. Confirm that the installation
spring is not pinching the rubber
gasket, and then insert and fix the
installation spring in place from the
rear of the timer unit.
HOUR METER
LH2H
RESET
MODE SET
44.8
1.764
54.4
2.142
10.4
.409 44
1.732 5
.197 48
1.890
22
.866
7
.276
24
.945
M3.5
M.138
• Panel cut out dimensions
The standard panel cut out is shown below.
Use the mounting frame (ATH3803) and the rubber gasket (ATH3804).
(Only installation frame type)
• For connected installation (sealed installation)
(Only installation frame type)
Notes: 1. Suitable installation panel thickness is 1 to 4.5 mm 0.39 to 0.177 inch.
2. Waterproofing will be lost when installing repeatedly (sealed installation).
45
1.772
+0.5
0
+.020
0
22.2
.874
+0.5
0
+.020
0
60 min.
2.362 min.
22.2
.874
+0.5
0
+.020
0
A=(48×n-2.5)
A=(1.890×n-.098)
A
+1.0
0+.039
0
Hour Meters
LCD
131
LH2H
LH2H
159
How to set
1. Preset value setting mode
This is the mode for setting preset values.
1) Pressing the MODE key takes you to
the preset value setting mode.
* The factory default preset value is set to 1.0.
2) Pressing the setting key moves the
flashing digit left by one. Following the
highest digit it returns to the lowest digit
and each time the digit setting key is
pressed it moves one to the left.
3) Pressing the set key increases the
value by one. (After 9 it returns to 0 and
then changes to 1, 2, 3, etc.)
4) Pressing the front panel reset key sets
the displayed preset value and returns
you to the regular operation mode.
5) In the preset value setting mode if you
do not operate the digit setting key or the
set key for ten seconds or more you will
be returned to regular operation. In this
case the preset value will not change.
2. Lock mode
This mode prohibits everything except
the preset value setting mode.
1) Pressing the set key while holding
down the mode key takes you to the lock
mode.
2) The display reads “Un-Lock” after
entering the lock mode (initial setting).
3) Pressing the setting key changes the
display between “ Lock” and “Un-
lock”.
4) Pressing the front panel reset key sets
the content displayed and returns you to
regular operation mode.
Note: You will not be returned to regular operation
mode if you do not press the front panel reset
key.
5) When the lock mode display reads
“ Lock”, you will not be able to move
to the backlight setting mode, the time
counting direction setting mode, or the
operation setting mode.
3. Backlight setting mode
This is the mode for setting the backlight
during time up.
1) Pressing the SET key two times while
holding down the MODE key takes you to
the backlight setting mode.
2) The display in the backlight setting
mode reads “ LEd”
3) The LED backlight will be red (initial
setting).
4) The backlight changes from flashing
green to flashing red to lit green and to lit
red with each press of the setting key.
5) Pressing the front panel reset key sets
the current backlight color and returns
you to regular operation mode.
Note: You will not be returned to regular operation
mode if you do not press the front panel reset
key.
4. Time counting direction setting
mode
This is the mode for setting addition or
subtraction.
1) Pressing the SET key three times
while holding down the MODE key takes
you to the time counting direction setting
mode.
2) The display after entering the time
counting direction setting mode reads
“ UP” (initial setting).
3) Pressing the setting key changes the
display to “dn” (subtraction) and pressing
it again changes it to “UP” (addition). The
display alternates between “dn” and “UP”.
4) Pressing the front panel reset key sets
the content displayed and returns you to
regular operation mode.
Note: You will not be returned to regular operation
mode if you do not press the front panel reset
key.
Press the MODE key. Set the digit. Set the value.
Sample display in preset value
setting mode
(when preset value is 100.0h)
Un-Lock LockPress the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Display after entering lock mode
(Example showing “Un-Lock”.)
(Example showing “ Lock”.)
Lit red
Flashes green
Lit green
Flashes red
Press the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Display after entering
the backlight setting mode.
Addition SubtractionPress the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Display after entering time counting
direction setting mode
(Example showing “UP”)
(Example showing “dn”)
Hour Meters
LCD
132
LH2H
LH2H
160
Changing the set time (preset value)
5. Operation mode
This sets the operation mode.
1) Pressing the SET key four times while
holding down the MODE key takes you to
the operation setting mode.
2) The display reads “OP-G” (Totalizing
ON delay) after entering the operation
setting mode.
3) Pressing the setting key causes the
display to change as follows:
OP-B (Signal ON delay)
OP-F (Signal flicker)
OP-E (Pulse ON delay)
OP-G (Totalizing ON delay)
4) Pressing the front panel reset key sets
the display content and returns you to
regular operation mode.
Note: You will not be returned to regular operation
mode if you do not press the front panel reset
key.
OP-G OP-B
OP-E OP-F
Press the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Un-Lock LockPress the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Mode changes as follows by pressing the SET key while holding down the MODE key.
When the lock is set, you cannot enter modes other than
backlight setting mode.
Lit red
Flashes green
Lit green
Flashes red
Press the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
Addition SubtractionPress the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
OP-G OP-B
OP-E OP-F
Lock mode Backlight setting mode
Operation setting mode Time counting direction setting mode
Press the SET key while pressing
the MODE key.
+
2) Lock mode
3) Backlight setting mode
4) Time counting direction setting mode
5) Operation setting mode
Front panel reset key
Regular operation mode
Please be aware that after doing a front
panel reset key and returning to regular
operation mode, the preset values,
elapsed value and output will be as
shown in this table.
Note: “×” sign: No change
Preset
value Elapsed value Output
change
Lock mode × × ×
Backlight
setting
mode
× × ×
Time
counting
direction
setting
mode
×Addition: “0”
Subtraction:
“Preset value”
ON➝OFF
Operation
setting
mode
×Addition: “0”
Subtraction:
“Preset value”
ON➝OFF
1. It is possible to change the set time
even during time delay with the timer.
However, be aware of the following
points.
1) If the set time is changed to less than
the elapsed time (elapsed value) with the
time delay set to the addition direction,
time delay will continue until the elapsed
time reaches full scale, returns to “0
(zero)”, and then reaches the new set
time.
If the set time is changed to a time above
the elapsed time, the time delay will
continue until the elapsed time reaches
the new set time.
2) If the time delay is set to the
subtraction direction, time delay will
continue until “0 (zero)” regardless of the
new set time.
2. If the set time is changed to “0 (zero)”,
the hour meter will operate differently
depending on the operation mode.
In the G (Totalizing ON delay), B (Signal
ON delay), and E (Pulse ON delay)
modes, the output turns ON when the
start input is ON. However, the output will
be OFF while reset is being input.
In the F (Signal flicker) mode, the flicker
operation will not work even if start input
is turned ON.
Hour Meters
LCD
133
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LH2H SERIES
LH2H
161
Operation mode
Operation mode Explanation Time chart
Totalizing ON delay
• Elapsed value does not clear at power ON.
(Power outage countermeasure function)
• The output remains ON even after the
power is OFF and restarted.
Signal ON delay
• Clears elapsed value at power ON.
• Time delay starts at start ON and output
resets at start OFF.
• Time delay starts at reset OFF and power
ON while start is ON.
Signal Flicker
• Clears elapsed value at power ON.
• Time delay starts at start ON.
• After timer completion, control output
reverses, elapsed value clears, and time
delay starts.
• Ignores start input during time delay.
Pulse ON delay
• Clears elapsed value at power ON.
• Time delay starts at start ON.
• After timer completion, control output is
ON.
• Ignores start input during time delay.
G
Start
Reset
Output
Power supply
T>ta
tat2t1T
T=t1+t2
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
B
Start
Reset
Output
Power supply
T T
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
F
Start
Reset
Output
Power supply T>ta
ta
T T T
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
E
Start
Reset
Output
Power supply
TTT
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Hour Meters
LCD
134
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LH2H SERIES
LH2H
162
Cautions for use
Compliance with the CE marking
1. Input and output connection
1) Input connection
(1) Contact input
Use highly reliable metal plated contacts.
Since the contact’s bounce time leads
directly to error in the timer operating
time, use contacts with as short a bounce
time as possible.
(2) Non-contact input (Transistor input)
Connect with an open collector. Use
transistors whose characteristics satisfy
the criteria given below.
VCEO = Min. 20 V
IC = Min. 20 mA
ICBO = Max. 6 µA
Also, use transistors with a residual
voltage of less than 2 V when the
transistor is on.
* The short-circuit impedance should be less
than 1 kΩ.
(When the impedance is 0 Ω, the current
coming from the start input terminal is
approximately 5 mA and from the reset
input terminal is approximately 1.5 mA.)
Also, the open-circuit impedance should
be more than 100 kΩ.
(3) Input wiring
When wiring, use shielded wires or
metallic wire tubes, and keep the wire
lengths as short as possible.
2) Output connection
Since the transistor output of hour meter
is insulated from the internal circuitry by a
photo-coupler, it can be used as an NPN
output or PNP (equal value) output.
As NPN output
As PNP output
3 41 2 5
6
Reset
input
Start
input
3 41 2 Reset
input
Start
input
5
6
3 41 2 5
6
Load
Load’s power
supply
3 41 2 5
6
Load
Load’s power
supply
2. Self-diagnosis function
If a malfunction occurs, one of the following displays will appear.
* Includes the possibility that the EEP-ROM’s life has expired.
3. Power failure memory
The EEP-ROM is overwriting with the following timing.
4. Terminal connection
1) When wiring the terminals, refer to the terminal layout and
wiring diagrams and be sure to perform the wiring properly
without errors.
Tighten the terminal screws with a torque of 0.8 N·cm or less.
The screws are M3.5.
An external power supply is required in order to run the main
unit.
Power should be applied between
terminals (1) and (2). Terminal (1) acts
as the positive connection and terminal
(2) as the negative.
2) After turning the hour meter off, make sure that any resulting
induced voltage or residual voltage is not applied to power
supply terminals (1) through (2). (If the power supply wire is
wired parallel to the high voltage wire or power wire, an induced
voltage may be generated at the power supply terminal.)
3) Have the power supply voltage pass through a switch or relay
so that it is applied at one time.
Display Contents Output
condition
Restoration
procedure
Preset values after
restoration
Err-00 Malfunctioning
CPU OFF
Enter front
reset key or
restart hour
meter
Preset value at
start-up before the
CPU malfunction
occurred
Err-01 Malfunctioning
memory* 0
Operation mode Overwrite timing
G (Totalizing ON delay)
mode
Change of preset value or when power is
OFF after start and reset input turns ON
Other modes When power is OFF after changing preset
value
1
Operating voltage
2 3 4
5
6
• EMC Directive (89/336/EEC)
The LH2H Preset Hour Meter conforms
to the EMC Directive as a simple hour
meter.
Applicable standards: EN61000-6-4,
EN61000-6-2
Hour Meters
LCD
135
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LH2H SERIES
LH2H
163
Cautions for use
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LH2H SERIES
1. Insulation sheet
Before using a panel mounting type,
please pull and remove the insulation
sheet in the direction of the arrow.
In consideration that the product might be
stored for long periods without being
used, an insulation sheet is inserted
before shipping. Remove the insulation
sheet and press the front reset button.
• LH2H hour meter (one-touch
installation type)
• LH2H hour meter (installation frame
type)
2. Waterproof construction
• LH2H hour meter (installation frame
type)
The operation part of the panel
installation type (installation frame type)
is constructed to prevent water from
entering the unit and a rubber gasket is
provided to prevent water from entering
the gap between the unit and the panel
cutout.
There must be sufficient pressure applied
to the rubber gasket to prevent water
from entering.
Be sure to use the mounting screws
when installing the mounting frame
(ATH3803).
Note: The one-touch installation type is
not waterproof.
• LH2H preset hour meter
1) When using the waterproof type (IP66:
panel front only), install the hour meter to
the front plate with mounting frame
ATH3803 (sold separately) and rubber
gasket ATH3804 (sold separately). Be
sure to tighten using mounting screws.
2) Panel installation order
(1) Remove o-ring.
(2) Place rubber gasket.
(3) Insert hour meter into panel.
(4) Insert mounting frame from the
rear.
(5) Secure with mounting screws (two
locations)
3. Do not use in the following
environments
1) In places where the temperature
changes drastically.
2) In places where humidity is high and
there is the possibility of dew.
(When dew forms the display may vanish
and other display errors may occur.)
4. Conditions of use
1) Do not use on places where there is
flammable or corrosive gas, lots of dust,
presence of oil, or where the unit might
be subject to strong vibrations or shocks.
2) Since the cover is made of
polycarbonate resin, do not use in places
where the unit might come into contact
with or be exposed to environments that
contain organic solvents such as methyl
alcohol, benzene and thinner, or strong
alkali substances such as ammonia and
caustic soda.
5. Cautions regarding battery
replacement
1) Remove wiring before replacing the
battery. You may be electrocuted if you
come into contact to a part where high
voltage is applied.
2) Make sure you are not carrying a static
electric charge when replacing the
battery.
3) Battery replacement procedure
For LH2H hour meter (one-touch
installation type)
(1) Remove the up/down hook of the
case using a tool.
(2) Pull the unit away from the case.
(3) Remove the battery from the side of
the unit. Do not touch the display or
other parts.
(4) Before inserting wipe clean the
surface of the new battery.
(5) Insert the new battery with the “+”
and “–” sides in the proper position.
(6) After replacing the battery, return
the unit to the case. Verify that the
hook of the case has properly
engaged.
(7) Before using, press the reset button
on the front.
Insulation sheet Reset button
Insulation sheet Reset button
Mounting frame
(ATH3803)
When installing the mounting frame
and rubber gasket please remove the
pre-attached o-ring.
Mounting frame
(ATH3803)
Rubber gasket (ATH3804)
Tool
1
2
1
6
7
3
Hour Meters
LCD
136
LH2H
164
Options
For LH2H hour meter
(installation frame type)
(1) Remove the battery cover from the
case.
(2) Remove the battery from the side of
the case. The battery will come
loose if you put the battery side face
down and lightly shake the unit.
(3) Before inserting wipe clean the
surface of the new battery.
(4) Insert the new battery with the “+”
and “–” sides in the proper position.
(5) After replacing the battery, return
the battery cover to the case. Verify
that the hook of the battery cover is
properly engaged.
(6) Before using press the reset button
on the front.
1
“−” side
“+” side
2
6
5
1. Accessories (for LH2H hour meter)
Panel cover (black)
Part No.: ATH3801
You can change the design of the front
panel by replacing it with this black panel
cover. The counter comes with an ash
gray panel cover as standard.
Note: No panel cover option (black) is available for the
LH2H preset hour meter.
2. Lithium battery (3 V)
Part No.: ATH3802
Packaged with the LH2H (excluding the
PC board mounting type).
3. Installation parts
Mounting frame
Suitable for installation frame type LH2H
hour meter and LH2H preset hour meter
Part No.: ATH3803
Packaged with the mounting bracket type
LH2H hour meter
Rubber gasket
Suitable for installation frame type LH2H
hour meter and LH2H preset hour meter
Part No.: ATH3804
Packaged with the mounting bracket type
LH2H hour meter
RESET
HOUR METER
LH2H
Panasonic
CR2477
3V
JAPAN
Warning
• Make sure the “+” and “−” polarities are
positioned correctly.
• Do not throw the old battery into a fire,
short circuit it, take it apart, or allow it to
come into contact with heat.
• The battery is not rechargeable.
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE LH2H SERIES
Hour Meters
LCD
137
TH13 / TH23
HOUR METER TH13 / TH23
Features
• High-performance compact synchronous motor
The accurately turning motor is employed to provide for longer period of measure-
ment.
• Compact and stylish
• Easier wiring
The flat terminals (#187) are quick and easy to connect.
• Rotary indicator
The rotary indicator makes one turn every 2 minutes for monitoring.
• Compliant with UL, CSA and CE.
Typical applications
Maintenance management of machine tools, automated machines, control panels,
forming machines, medical equipment, generators, compressors, water treatment
facilities, presses, motors, etc.
52
2.047
54
2.126
52
2.047
TH23 series (with reset function)
TH13 series (without reset function)
Specifications
Rated operating voltage 100V AC, 200V AC, 110V AC, 115 to 120V AC, 220V AC, 240V AC
Allowable operating voltage range 85 to 115% of rated operating voltage
Rated frequency 50 Hz, 60 Hz (other model)
Counting range 0 to 99999.9 hours (TH13 series)
0 to 9999.9 hours (TH23 series)
Minimum time display 0.1 hours (6 min)
Rated power consumption Approx. 1.5 W
Insulation resistance (Initial value) Min. 100 MW, Between live and dead metal parts (At 500V DC)
Breakdown voltage (Initial value) 2,000 Vrms, Between live and dead metal parts
Max. temperature rise 55°C 131°F
Vibration resistance Functional 10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.5 mm (10 min on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Functional Min. 98 m/s2 {10 G} (4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive Min. 980 m/s2 {100 G} (5 times on 3 axes)
Ambient temperature –10 to +50°C +14 to 122°F
Ambient humidity Max. 85% RH (non-condensing)
Weight 135 g 4.76 oz 130 g 4.59 oz
Product types
Type Operating voltage Part number
50Hz 60Hz Operating voltage Part number
50Hz 60Hz
TH13 types
(without reset button)
100V AC TH1345 TH1346 115V AC (115 to 120V AC) TH1375 TH1376
200V AC TH1355 TH1356 220V AC TH1385 TH1386
110V AC TH1365 TH1366 240V AC TH1395 TH1396
TH23 types
(with reset button)
100V AC TH2345 TH2346 115V AC (115 to 120V AC) TH2375 TH2376
200V AC TH2355 TH2356 220V AC TH2385 TH2386
110V AC TH2365 TH2366 240V AC TH2395 TH2396
Note) The 115 to 120V AC, 220V AC and 240V AC types are UL-recognized and CSA-certified. For those products, specify “U” at the end of the part
number when ordering.
mm inch
UL File No.: E42876
CSA File No.: LR39291
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
138
TH13 / TH23
Dimensions mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
Reset button
RESET
No.187 quick
connect terminal
(4.75 × 6.0 × 0.5)
(.187 × .236 × .020)
Decorative nut
Mounting
bracket (supplied)Case
Rotary
indicator
Rotary
indicator
M52
M2.047
M52
M2.047
54
2.126
72
2.835
46.8
1.843
6
.236
5
.197
4.75
.187
Wiring diagram Panel mounting
• Panel cutout dimensions
Panel
Case
Decorative
nut
Mounting
bracket (supplied)
67
2.638
5
.197
47
1.850
+0.5
−0.1
+.020
−.004
Operating power supply
M
• TH13 series • TH23 series
(TH13 and TH23 series common)
Replacing the TH13/23 series with the TH14/24 series
The TH13/TH23 series hour meter are interchangeable with the
TH14/24 series hour meter. Use the specified mounting frame because
of a different setup method. It is advisable to introduce the TH14/24
series hour meters for the first time.
DIN48 size and mounting frame setup
Mounting flame
52M
48M
Panel
M47
45M
Mounting frame
(sold separately):
TH1400020
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61010-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
139
TH14 / TH24
DIN 48 SIZE
HOUR METER TH14 / TH24
48
1.890
48
1.890
80.5
3.169
Silver panel
TH24 series (with reset button)
TH14 series (without reset button)
Black panel
Silver panel Black panel
Features
• High-performance compact syncronous motor
The accurately turning motor is employed to provide for longer
period of measurement.
2. Common for 50/60 Hz power frequency
A lever is used to select 50 Hz or 60 Hz. There is no need to
rearrange the control panel and other signal destinations.
3. Dimensions as per DIN 43700 standard
The units are in the 48x48 DIN standard size. They can be fitted
in panels and give refined metallic appearance.
4. Easier wiring
The flat terminals (#187) are quick and easy to connect.
5. Rotary indicator
The rotary indicator makes one turn every 2 minutes for moni-
toring.
6. Compliant with UL, CSA and CE.
Typical applications
Maintenance management of machine tools, automated
machines, control panels, forming machines, medical equip-
ment, generators, compressors, water treatment facilities,
presses, motors, etc.
Specifications
Rated operating voltage 12 V AC, 24 V AC, 48 V AC, 100 V AC, 110 V AC, 115 to 120 V AC, 200 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
Allowable operating voltage range 85 to 115% of rated operating voltage
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz (selectable by switch)
Counting range 0 to 99999.9 hours (TH14 series)
0 to 9999.9 hours (TH24 series)
Minimum time display 0.1 hours (6 min)
Rated power consumption Approx. 1.5 W
Insulation resistance (Initial value) Min. 100 MW; Between live and dead metal parts (At 500V DC)
Breakdown voltage (Initial value) 2,000 Vrms Between live and dead metal parts
Max. temperature rise 55°C 131°F
Vibration resistance Functional 10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.5 mm (10 min on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Functional Min 98 m/s2 {10 G} (4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive Min 980 m/s2 {100 G} (5 times on 3 axes)
Ambient temperature –10 to +50°C +14 to +122°F
Ambient humidity Max. 85% RH (non-condensing)
Weight 145 g 5.11 oz (TH14 series) 150 g 5.29 oz (TH24 series)
Product types
Type Operating
voltage
Part number
Silver panel Black panel
Operating
voltage
Part number
Silver panel Black panel
TH14 series
(without reset
button)
100V AC TH141S TH141 115 to 120V AC TH147S TH147
200V AC TH142S TH142 220V AC TH148S TH148
12V AC TH143S TH143 240V AC TH149S TH149
TH24 series
(with reset
button)
100V AC TH241S TH241 115 to 120V AC TH247S TH247
200V AC TH242S TH242 220V AC TH248S TH248
12V AC
Operating
voltage
24V AC
48V AC
110V AC
24V AC
48V AC
110V ACTH243S TH243
Part number
Silver panel Black panel
TH144S TH144
TH145S TH145
TH146S TH146
TH244S TH244
TH245S TH245
TH246S TH246 240V AC TH249S TH249
Note) Only the black-panel type is UL-recognized and CSA-certified. For this type, specify “U” at the end of the part number when ordering.
mm inch
UL File No.: E42876
CSA File No.: LR39291
•
•
•
•
•
•
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
140
TH14 / TH24
Dimensions (TH14 and TH24 series common) mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
Rotary
indicator
Case
50Hz
60Hz
Decorative
nut
No.187 quick
connect terminal
(4.7 × 6.0 × 0.5)
(.185 × .236 × .020)
Frequency setting switch
Mounting
bracket (supplied)
M48
M1.890
75
2.953
50
1.969
44.8
1.764
5.5
.217
94
3.701
Wiring diagram Panel mounting
• Panel cutout dimensions
mm inch
Panel Case Decorative
nut
Mounting
bracket (supplied)
88.5
3.484
50
1.969
5.5
.217
45
1.772
+0.6
0+.024
0
Operating power supply
M
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61010-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
141
TH40
DIN 48
DUAL INDICATOR
HOUR METER TH40
48
1.890
48
1.890
80.5
3.169
Silver panel
Black panel
Features
• Upgraded composite function
Specified-period measurement and total-time measurement
can be monitored on a single hour meter.
• High-performance compact syncronous motor
The accurately turning motor is employed to provide for longer
period of measurement.
• Common for 50/60 Hz power frequency
A lever is used to select 50 Hz or 60 Hz. There is no need to
rearrange the control panel and other signal destinations.
• Dimensions as per DIN 43700 standard
The units are in the 48x48 DIN standard size. They can be fit-
ted in panels and give refined metallic appearance.
• Easier wiring
The flat terminals (#187) are quick and easy to connect.
• Rotary indicator
The rotary indicator makes one turn every 2 minutes for moni-
toring.
• Compliant with CE.
Specifications
Rated operating voltage 12 V AC, 24 V AC, 48 V AC, 100 V AC, 110 V AC, 115 to 120 V AC, 200 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
Allowable operating voltage range 85 to 115% of rated operating voltage
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz (selectable by switch)
Counting range 0 to 9999.9 hours (upper side) ... with reset indicator
0 to 99999.9 hours (lower side) ... without reset indicator
Minimum time display 0.1 hours (6 min)
Rated power consumption Approx. 1.5 W
Insulation resistance (Initial value) Min. 100 MW; Between live and dead metal parts (At 500V DC)
Breakdown voltage (Initial value) 2,000 Vrms Between live and dead metal parts
Max. temperature rise 55°C 131°F
Vibration resistance Functional 10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.5 mm (10 min on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Functional Min 98 m/s2 {10 G} (4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive Min 980 m/s2 {100 G} (5 times on 3 axes)
Ambient temperature –10 to +50°C +14 to +122°F
Ambient humidity Max. 85% RH (non-condensing)
Weight 160 g 5.64 oz
Product types
Type Operating
voltage
Part number
Silver panel Black panel
Operating
voltage
Part number
Silver panel Black panel
TH40 series
100V AC TH401S TH401 115 to 120V AC TH407S TH407
200V AC TH402S TH402 220V AC TH408S TH408
12V AC TH403S TH403 240V AC TH409S TH409
Operating
voltage
24V AC
48V AC
110V AC
Part number
Silver panel Black panel
TH404S TH404
TH405S TH405
TH406S TH406
mm inch
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
142
TH40
Dimensions mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
Reset button
Rotary
indicator
Total
accmulated
hours indicator
(without reset
indicator)
Accumulated
hours indicator
(with reset indicator) Case
No.187 quick
connect terminal
(4.7 × 6.0 × 0.5)
(.185 × .236 × .020)
Decorative
nut
Frequency setting switch
50Hz
60Hz
Mounting
bracket (supplied)
M48
M1.890
50
1.969 M44.8
M1.764
75
2.953
5.5
.217
94
3.701
wiring diagram Panel mounting
• Panel cutout dimensions
mm inch
Panel Case Decorative
nut
Mounting
bracket (supplied)
88.5
3.484
50
1.969
5.5
.217
45
1.772
+0.6
0+.024
0
Operating power supply
M
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61010-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
143
TH50
DIN 48 MINUTES
INDICATOR
HOUR METER TH50
48
1.890
48
1.890
80.5
3.169
Silver panel
Black panel
Features
• Measurement and management in units of minutes
Unlike conventional hour meters, the time can be measured
and managed in minutes.
• Reset button
The hour meters can be reset to zero for repeated measure-
ment.
• High-performance compact syncronous motor
The accurately turning motor is employed to provide for longer
period of measurement.
• Common for 50/60 Hz power frequency
A lever is used to select 50 Hz or 60 Hz. There is no need to
rearrange the control panel and other signal destinations.
• Dimensions as per DIN 43700 standard
The units are in the 48x48 DIN standard size. They can be fit-
ted in panels and give refined metallic appearance.
• Easier wiring
The flat terminals (#187) are quick and easy to connect.
• Rotary indicator
The rotary indicator makes one turn every 2 seconds for moni-
toring.
• Compliant with CE.
Specifications
Rated operating voltage 12 V AC, 24 V AC, 48 V AC, 100 V AC, 110 V AC, 115 to 120 V AC, 200 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
Allowable operating voltage range 85 to 115% of rated operating voltage
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz (selectable by switch)
Counting range 0 to 9999.9 min
Minimum time display 0.1 min (6 sec)
Rated power consumption Approx. 1.5 W
Insulation resistance (Initial value) Min. 100 MW, Between live and dead metal parts (At 500 V DC)
Breakdown voltage (Initial value) 2,000 Vrms, Between live and dead metal parts
Max. temperature rise 55°C 131°F
Vibration resistance Functional 10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.5 mm (10 min on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Functional Min. 98 m/s2 {10 G} (4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive Min. 980 m/s2 {100 G} (5 times on 3 axes)
Ambient temperature –10 to +50°C +14 to +122°F
Ambient humidity Max. 85% RH (non-condensing)
Weight 150 g 5.29 oz
Product types
Type Operating
voltage
Part number
Silver panel Black panel
Operating
voltage
Part number
Silver panel Black panel
TH50 series
100V AC TH501S TH501 115 to 120V AC TH507S TH507
200V AC TH502S TH502 220V AC TH508S TH508
12V AC TH503S TH503 240V AC TH509S TH509
Operating
voltage
24V AC
48V AC
110V AC
Part number
Silver panel Black panel
TH504S TH504
TH505S TH505
TH506S TH506
mm inch
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
144
TH50
Dimensions mm inch
General tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
Reset button
50Hz
60Hz
Rotary
indicator
Case Decorative
nut
No.187 quick
connect terminal
(4.7 × 6.0 × 0.5)
(.185 × .236 × .020)
Frequency setting switch
Mounting
bracket (supplied)
M48
M1.890
5.5
.217
75
2.953
94
3.701
50
1.969
M44.8
M1.764
wiring diagram Panel mounting
• Panel cutout dimensions
mm inch
Panel Case Decorative
nut
Mounting
bracket (supplied)
50
1.969
88.5
3.484
5.5
.217
45
1.772
+0.6
0+.024
0
Operating power supply
M
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61010-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
145
TH63/64
DIN HALF SIZE
HOUR METER TH63 / TH64
24
.945
48
1.890
57.5
2.264
TH64 series (with reset button)
mm inch
TH63 series (without reset button)
Features
• Compact to save panel space
The 24x48 mm hour meters are just half the DIN 48x48
standard size. They help save the panel space.
• Reset button
The hour meters can be reset to zero (TH64 series).
• Wide-ranging measurement display
The measurement can be displayed from 0.1 hour up to
99999.9 hours (TH63 series). The dial size is the same as that
of 48x48 DIN size hour meters (TH14 and TH24 series).
• Easy to install
The flat terminals (#187) are used for easier wiring. There is
no need to undo the lock spring.
• High-performance sync motor with 50/60 Hz selector
The noise-resistant, accurately turning motor is employed to
provide for longer period of measurement. The power frequen-
cy can be selected for 50 or 60 Hz.
• Rotary indicator
The rotary indicator makes one turn every 72 seconds for
monitoring.
• Compliant with UL, CSA and CE.
Specifications
Rated operating voltage 12 V AC, 24 V AC, 48 V AC, 100 V AC, 110 V AC, 115 to 120 V AC, 200 V AC, 220 V AC, 240 V AC
Allowable operating voltage range 85 to 115% of rated operating voltage
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz (selectable by switch)
Counting range 0 to 99999.9 hours (TH63 series)
0 to 9999.9 hours (TH64 series)
Minimum time display 0.1 hours (6 min)
Rated power consumption Approx. 1.5 W
Insulation resistance (Initial value) Min. 100 MW, Between live and dead metal parts (At 500 V DC)
Breakdown voltage (Initial value) 2,000 Vrms, Between live and dead metal parts
Max. temperature rise 55°C 131°F
Vibration resistance Functional 10 to 55 Hz: 1 cycle/min double amplitude of 0.5 mm (10 min on 3 axes)
Shock resistance Functional Min 98 m/s2 {10 G} (4 times on 3 axes)
Destructive Min 980 m/s2 {100 G} (5 times on 3 axes)
Ambient temperature –10 to +50°C +14 to +122°F
Ambient humidity Max. 85% RH (non-condensing)
Weight Approx. 80 g 2.82 oz
Product types
Type Operating voltage Part number
TH63 series
(without reset button)
100V AC TH631
200V AC TH632
12V AC TH633
TH64 series
(with reset button)
100V AC TH641
200V AC TH642
12V AC TH643
Operating voltage Part number
24V AC TH634
48V AC TH635
110V AC TH636
24V AC TH644
48V AC TH645
110V AC TH646
Operating voltage Part number
115 to 120V AC TH637
220V AC TH638
240V AC TH639
115 to 120V AC TH647
220V AC TH648
240V AC TH649
Notes) 1. Only the metallic-looking (silver) panel mounting type is available.
2. Standard products are UL-recognized as well as CSA-certified. There is no need to add “U” at the end of the part number. Just specify
the standard part number when ordering.
UL File No.: E42876
CSA File No.: LR39291
Typical applications
Management of small generators and food processing
machines; hour counting for leased equipment; maintenance
management of various equipment, etc.
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
146
TH63/64
175
Dimensions mm inch
General tolerance: ±0.5 ±.020
Reset button (only for TH64 type) Rotary indicator Frequency selector lever
No.187 quick
connect terminal
HOUR METER
24
.945
48
1.890 4.5
.177 53
2.087
66
2.598
Mounting spring
(included)
For panel thickness of
5 to 9 mm .197 to .354 inch)
Panel (thickness:
1 to 9 mm .039 to .354 inch)
R0.5 or less
45
1.772
+0.6
0+.024
0
22.2
.874
+0.3
0
+.012
0
Wiring diagram
• Panel cutout dimensions
mm inch
Operating power supply
M
Mounting
1. Cut a 22.2 ×45 mm (.874 ×
1.772 inch) opening in the panel.
2. Swing the mounting spring to the rear
of the hour meter and fit the hour
meter into the panel opening. (There
is no need to detach the mounting
spring from the hour meter.) If the
panel is 5 to 9 mm .197 to .354 inch
thick, move the mounting spring to the
other hole toward the rear of the hour
meter.
+.024
0
+.012
0
+0.6
0
+0.3
03. Swing the mounting spring to the front
of the hour meter to secure the hour
meter to the panel.
4. Wire the supplied quick connectors
and connect to the hour meter. Be
sure to use the supplied insulating
sleeves to cover the connectors.
Unfasten
Fasten
TH63·TH64
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61010-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
147
175
Dimensions mm inch
General tolerance: ±0.5 ±.020
Reset button (only for TH64 type) Rotary indicator Frequency selector lever
No.187 quick
connect terminal
HOUR METER
24
.945
48
1.890 4.5
.177 53
2.087
66
2.598
Mounting spring
(included)
For panel thickness of
5 to 9 mm .197 to .354 inch)
Panel (thickness:
1 to 9 mm .039 to .354 inch)
R0.5 or less
45
1.772
+0.6
0+.024
0
22.2
.874
+0.3
0
+.012
0
Wiring diagram
• Panel cutout dimensions
mm inch
Operating power supply
M
Mounting
1. Cut a 22.2 ×45 mm (.874 ×
1.772 inch) opening in the panel.
2. Swing the mounting spring to the rear
of the hour meter and fit the hour
meter into the panel opening. (There
is no need to detach the mounting
spring from the hour meter.) If the
panel is 5 to 9 mm .197 to .354 inch
thick, move the mounting spring to the
other hole toward the rear of the hour
meter.
+.024
0
+.012
0
+0.6
0
+0.3
03. Swing the mounting spring to the front
of the hour meter to secure the hour
meter to the panel.
4. Wire the supplied quick connectors
and connect to the hour meter. Be
sure to use the supplied insulating
sleeves to cover the connectors.
Unfasten
Fasten
TH63·TH64
Applicable standard
Safety standard EN61010-1 Pollution Degree 2/Overvoltage Category II
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Surge immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
Voltage dip/Instantaneous stop/Voltage fluctuation immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
10 V/m pulse modulation (895 MHz to 905 MHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
EN61000-4-5 1 kV (power line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
EN61000-4-11 10 ms, 30% (rated voltage)
100 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
1,000 ms, 60% (rated voltage)
5,000 ms, 95% (rated voltage)
TH8
DIN HALF SIZE
HOUR METER TH8
TH8
178
Product type
Note: Products are UL and c-UL certified as standard. (Suffix “U” is not required ON part numbers when ordering.)
Applicable standard
DC HOUR METER TH8
Hour Meter
Installation Measurement time Operation light Rated voltage Part No.
Panel installation 0 to 9999.9 hours LED illuminates while operating. 12 V DC TH833C
24 V DC TH834C
EMC
(EMI)EN61000-6-4
Radiation interference electric field strength
Noise terminal voltage
(EMS)EN61000-6-2
Static discharge immunity
RF electromagnetic field immunity
EFT/B immunity
Conductivity noise immunity
Power frequency magnetic field immunity
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN55011 Group1 ClassA
EN61000-4-2 4 kV contact
8 kV air
EN61000-4-3 10 V/m AM modulation (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
EN61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply line)
EN61000-4-6 10 V/m AM modulation (0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
EN61000-4-8 30 A/m (50 Hz)
RoHS Directive compatibility information
http://www.nais-e.com/
Features
1. IP66 waterproof construction
The front panel surface keeps water and
dust out. Perfect for use in rough
conditions.
2. Includes operation light (LED)
The operation LED illuminates so you
can quickly verify operation status.
3. Compliant with UL, c-UL and CE.
Specifications
Type
Item TH833C TH834C
Rating
Rated voltage 12 V DC 24 V DC
Usage voltage range 10.2 to 15.6 V DC 20.4 to 31.2 V DC
Measurement time 0 to 9999.9 hours
Min. measurement time 0.1 hour (6 min.)
Power consumption Approx. 1.5 W (With rated voltage applied at 25°C 77°F)
Electrical
characteristics
Insulation resistance (initial) Min. 100 MΩ between charged and uncharged parts (measured at 500 V DC)
Breakdown voltage (initial) Between charged and uncharged parts: 2,000 V AC for 1 minute.
Temperature rise Max. 55°C 131°F (measured at rated voltage and resistance law)
Mechanical
characteristics
Functional vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz (1 cycle/min.)
Single amplitude: 0.35 mm (10 min. ON 3 axes)
Functional shock resistance Min. 98 m/s2(4 times ON 3 axes)
Destructive vibration resistance Min. 980 m/s2(5 times ON 3 axes)
Usage conditions
Operation temperature –20°C to +60°C –4°F to +140°F (Without due and frost)
Ambient humidity 35 to 85% RH (relative humidity) (non-condensing)
Power supply ripple Approx. 48% or less (single phase, all-wave rectification)
Protective construction IP66 (front panel with a rubber gasket)
•
•
•
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
TH8
TH8
179
Dimensions and part names (unit: mm inch)
Tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
.h
HOUR METER
0 000 0
88.5 3.484
75 2.953
68.5 2.697
Mounting bracket
10.5
.413
Installation
screw
Spring washer
Unit 44
1.732
31
1.181
R5.5
R.217
Power supply
LED display
When the power is
turned ON the green
lamp illuminates
35.4
1.394
Wiring diagram
Red Black
Operation voltage
M
Panel installation diagram
Rubber gasket
Lead wire
0.1N·m to 0.2N·m screw torque
Installation panel
62
φ
2.441
φ
Panel cutout dimensions
(Unit: mm inch)
53
φ
±0.5
2.087
φ
±.020
148
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
TH8
179
Dimensions and part names (unit: mm inch)
Tolerance: ±1.0 ±.039
.h
HOUR METER
0 000 0
88.5 3.484
75 2.953
68.5 2.697
Mounting bracket
10.5
.413
Installation
screw
Spring washer
Unit 44
1.732
31
1.181
R5.5
R.217
Power supply
LED display
When the power is
turned ON the green
lamp illuminates
35.4
1.394
Wiring diagram
Red Black
Operation voltage
M
Panel installation diagram
Rubber gasket
Lead wire
0.1N·m to 0.2N·m screw torque
Installation panel
62
φ
2.441
φ
Panel cutout dimensions
(Unit: mm inch)
53
φ
±0.5
2.087
φ
±.020
149
Hour Meters,
electromechanical
165
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE HOUR METERS
1. Frequency setting
Frequency is specified for AC motor-driven hour meters. Before
installing, be sure to check your local power frequency.
2. Connections
3. Safety precautions
Do not use the hour meters in the following places.
• Where ambient temperature is below –10° or above +50°C
• In wet, dusty or gaseous environments
• Where exposed to vibrations and shocks
• Outdoors, or where exposed to rain or direct sunlight
4. Compliant with CE.
• LH2H
Ambient conditions:
Overvoltage category III, contamination factor 2, indoor use.
Ambient temperature and humidity –10 and +55°C and 35%
to 85%RH respectively.
• TH13, 23, 14, 24, 40, 50, 63, 64
Ambient conditions:
Overvoltage category II, contamination factor 2, indoor use.
Ambient temperature and humidity –10 and +50°C and below
85%RH respectively.
5. Reset-type hour meter
• Precautions for use
If the number indications are off before use, press the reset
button and confirm that all zeroes ("0") are displayed.
• Resetting caution
Exercise due caution as an insufficient amount of pressure on
the reset button may result in abnormal readings.
6. Acquisition of CE marking
Please abide by the conditions below when using in applica-
tions that comply with EN 61010-1/IEC 61010-1
1) Ambient conditions
• Overvoltage category II, pollution level 2
• Indoor use
• Acceptable temperature and humidity range: -10 to +55°C,
35 to 85%RH (with no condensation at 20°C)
• Under 2000 m elevation
2) Use the main unit in a location that matches the following
conditions.
• There is minimal dust and no corrosive gas.
• There is no combustible or explosive gas.
• There is no mechanical vibration or impacts.
• There is no exposure to direct sunlight.
• Located away from large-volume electromagnetic switches
and power lines with large electrical currents.
3) Connect a breaker that conforms to EN60947-1 or EN60947-
3 to the voltage input section.
4) Applied voltage should be protected with an overcurrent pro-
tection device (example: T 1A, 250 V AC time lag fuse) that
conforms to the EN/IEC standards. (Free voltage input type)
• TH13,23,14,24,40,50,63,64
Note) Make the connection with the accompanying flat connector first and then
with the hour meter's terminal (#187). In such case, be sure to cover the connec-
tion with the accompanying insulating sleeve.
• TH70, TH8
Note) Solder the lead wires in position.
For measuring operation time of load
Hour meter
Hour meter
Three
Load
For measuring energized time of load
Single
Load
Hour meter
Hour meter
with clutch)
Load
Switch (Linked
with clutch)
Switch (Linked
Load
phase
phases
DC power source
Lead wire
DC motor type hour meter
Load
PRECAUTIONS IN USING THE HOUR METERS
150
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
LC2H
85
For LC2H total counter
(installation frame type)
(1) Remove the battery cover from the
case.
(2) Remove the battery from the side of
the case. The battery will come
loose if you put the battery side face
down and lightly shake the unit.
(3) Before inserting wipe clean the
surface of the new battery.
(4) Insert the new battery with the “+”
and “–” sides in the proper position.
(5) After replacing the battery, return
the battery cover to the case. Verify
that the hook of the battery cover is
properly engaged.
(6) Before using press the reset button
on the front.
1
“−” side
“+” side
2
6
5
Options
1. Accessories (for LC2H total counter)
Panel cover (black)
Part No.: AEL3801
You can change the design of the front
panel by replacing it with this black panel
cover. The counter comes with an ash
gray panel cover as standard.
Note: No panel cover accessory (black) is available for
the LC2H preset counter.
2. Lithium battery (3 V)
Part No.: ATH3802
Packaged with the LC2H (excluding the
PC board mounting type).
3. Installation parts
Mounting frame
(Suitable for installation frame type LC2H
total counter and LC2H preset counter)
Part No.: ATH3803
Packaged with the mounting bracket type
LC2H total counter
Rubber gasket
(Suitable for installation bracket type
LC2H total counter and LC2H preset
counter)
Part No.: ATH3804
Packaged with the mounting bracket type
LC2H total counter
RESET
COUNTER LC2H
Panasonic
CR2477
3V
JAP
AN
Warning
•Make sure the “+” and “−” polarities are
positioned correctly.
• Do not throw the old battery into a fire,
short circuit it, take it apart, or allow it to
come into contact with heat.
• The battery is not rechargeable.
LH2H
129
For LH2H hour meter
(installation frame type)
(1) Remove the battery cover from the
case.
(2) Remove the battery from the side of
the case. The battery will come
loose if you put the battery side face
down and lightly shake the unit.
(3) Before inserting wipe clean the
surface of the new battery.
(4) Insert the new battery with the “+”
and “–” sides in the proper position.
(5) After replacing the battery, return
the battery cover to the case. Verify
that the hook of the battery cover is
properly engaged.
(6) Before using press the reset button
on the front.
1
“−” side
“+” side
2
6
5
Options
1. Accessories (for LH2H hour meter)
Panel cover (black)
Part No.: ATH3801
You can change the design of the front
panel by replacing it with this black panel
cover. The counter comes with an ash
gray panel cover as standard.
Note: No panel cover option (black) is available for the
LH2H preset hour meter.
2. Lithium battery (3 V)
Part No.: ATH3802
Packaged with the LH2H (excluding the
PC board mounting type).
3. Installation parts
Mounting frame
Suitable for installation frame type LH2H
hour meter and LH2H preset hour meter
Part No.: ATH3803
Packaged with the mounting bracket type
LH2H hour meter
Rubber gasket
Suitable for installation frame type LH2H
hour meter and LH2H preset hour meter
Part No.: ATH3804
Packaged with the mounting bracket type
LH2H hour meter
RESET
HOUR METER LH2H
Panasonic
CR2477
3V
JAP
AN
Warning
•Make sure the “+” and “−” polarities are
positioned correctly.
• Do not throw the old battery into a fire,
short circuit it, take it apart, or allow it to
come into contact with heat.
• The battery is not rechargeable.
151
Options and
Accessories for
Counters, Hour Meters
DIN SIZE COUNTERS COMMON OPTIONS
Terminal sockets (Unit: mm inch, Tolerance: ±1 ±.039)
Type
LC4H
(8-pin type)
LC4H
LC4H-S
LC4H-W
(11-pin type)
Appearance
• DIN rail socket (8-pin)
Note: Terminal No.
on the main body
are identifical to
those on the termi-
nal socket.
• DIN rail socket (11-pin)
ATC180041
Note: Terminal No.
on the main body
are identifical to
those on the termi-
nal socket.
Dimensions Terminal wiring
(Top view) Mounting hole dimensions
Sockets (Unit: mm inch, Tolerance: ±1 ±.039)
Type
LC4H
(8-pin type)
LC4H
LC4H-S
LC4H-W
(11-pin type)
Appearance
Note: The terminal numbers on the counter are identifical to those on the socket.
Note: The terminal numbers on the counter are identifical to those on the terminal socket.
Dimensions Terminal wiring
(Top view) Mounting hole dimensions
—
—
—
• DIN rail socket (8-pin)
ATC180031
• DIN rail socket (11-pin)
6 5 4 3
7 8 1 2
70
2.756
35.3
1.390
24 .945
19 .748
2– 4.5
2– .177
φ
φ
40 1.575
50 1.969
70
2.756
4
.157
8 7 6 5
9 3
4
10 11
1 2
40 1.575
35.7
1.406
70
2.756
30.5 1.201
29.5 1.161
70
2.756
4
.157
50 1.969
2– 4.5
2– .177
φ
φ
1 287
4 356
9 3
4
21
1101
5678
71
2.795
13
.512
0.2
40±
.008
1.575±
2-M4 2-M.157
±0.1
51
2.008
between the holes which
areparallel drilled.
The minimum distance
(or 4.2 ±0.1
.165
screw holes
dia. holes)
71
2.795
13
.512
0.2
40±
.008
1.575±
2-M4 2-M.157
±0.1
51
2.008
between the holes which
areparallel drilled.
The minimum distance
(or 4.2 ±0.1
.165
screw holes
dia. holes)
70
2.756
50
1.969
24
.945
50
1.969
70
2.756
30.5
1.201
• Rear terminal socket
AT78041
• 8P cap
AD8-RC
• Rear terminal socket
AT78051
3 4 5 6
2 1 8 7
38
1.496
21
.827
41
1.614
16
.630
8 712
5 643
8
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
3 9
8
10
21
7654
1
1
32.5
1.280
φ
φ
31.4
1.236
φ
φ
14
.551
φ
φ
30
1.181
φ
φ
8
.315
8.6
.339
26
1.024
(34.6)
(1.362)
4 5 6 7 8
3 2 1 10
11
9
45 1.772
5
.197 21
.827
16
.630
43.4
1.772
41
1.614
21
.827
38
1.496
31.4
1.236
φ
φ
30
1.181
φ
φ
34.6
1.362
21
.827
43.4
1.709
45
1.772
—
• 11P cap
AT8-DP11
10
8
7
1
3
2
11
5
4
6
9
32.5
1.280
φ
φ
31.4
1.236
φ
φ
14
.551
φ
φ
30
1.181
φ
φ
8
.315
8.6
.339
26
1.024
(34.6)
(1.362)
31.4
1.236
φ
φ
30
1.181
φ
φ
34.6
1.362
DIN SIZE COUNTERS COMMON OPTIONS
• Rubber gasket
• Mounting rails (Applicable for
DIN and IEC standards)
• Protective cover for DIN 48 size
• Mounting frame
• Fastening plate
Hard type
AQM4801 AQM4803
Flexible type
AT8-DLA1
Length: 1 m
aluminum
Applicable for LC4H
series Applicable for LC4H
series
For holding DIN rails
The rubber gasket is enclosed in the LC4H
series.
AT8-DA4
ATA4806
50.0
1.969
50.0
1.969
1.0
.039
48
1.890
4
.157
26
1.024
48 1.890
68 2.677
Oval hole, 40-5.5×15 40-.217×.591
10
.217
5.5
155
27
1.063
2435 .9451.378
7.5
.295
1.5
.059
15
2.75R .108R
1,000
15
±139.37 ±.039
15
.591.591.591.394 .394 .197.197 .591
10
5
ATA4806
UP
12
.472
50
1.969
M4
M.157
10
10
.394
.394
50.6
1.992
17.2
.677
50.6
1.992
50
1.969
50
1.969
11
.433
152
144
Accessories
• Panel cover (Black)
LC4H Panel cover (4 digits)
AEL58011 AEL58012 AEL58013
The black panel cover is also available so that you can change the appearance of the panel by changing the panel cover.
The color of the standard panel cover is ash gray.
LC4H Panel cover (6 digits)
LC4H-S Panel cover (4 digits)
Mounting parts
• Rubber gasket
• Mounting rails (Applicable for
DIN and IEC standards)
• Mounting frame
• Fastening plate
ATC18002
AT8-DLA1
Length: 1 m
aluminum
Applicable for LC4H
series
Applicable for LC4H
series
For holding DIN rails
The rubber gasket is enclosed in the LC4H
series.
AT8-DA4
ATA4806
50.0
1.969
50.0
1.969
1.0
.039
48
1.890
48 1.890
68 2.677
Oval hole, 40-5.5×15 40-.217×.591
10
.217
5.5
155
27
1.063
2435 .9451.378
7.5
.295
1.5
.059
15
2.75R .108R
1,000
15
±139.37 ±.039
15
.591.591.591.394 .394 .197.197 .591
10
5
ATA4806
UP
12
.472
50
1.969
M4
M.157
10
10
.394
.394
DOWN
UP
LOCK
RESET
LC4H
COUNTER
LOCK
RESET
COUNTER
LC4H
DOWN
UP
RESET
LC4H
COUNTER
SET/LOCK
AEL58014
LC4H-S Panel cover (6 digits)
RESET
COUNTER
LC4H
SET/LOCK
AEL68011
LC4H-W Panel cover
COUNTER
SET/LOCK
RESET
LC4H-W
DIN SIZE COUNTERS COMMON OPTIONS
• Protective cover for DIN 48 size
AQM4803
Flexible type
50
1.969
50
1.969
11
.433
Options and
Accessories for
Counters, Hour Meters
144
Accessories
• Panel cover (Black)
LC4H Panel cover (4 digits)
AEL58011 AEL58012 AEL58013
The black panel cover is also available so that you can change the appearance of the panel by changing the panel cover.
The color of the standard panel cover is ash gray.
LC4H Panel cover (6 digits)
LC4H-S Panel cover (4 digits)
Mounting parts
• Rubber gasket
• Mounting rails (Applicable for
DIN and IEC standards)
• Mounting frame
• Fastening plate
ATC18002
AT8-DLA1
Length: 1 m
aluminum
Applicable for LC4H
series
Applicable for LC4H
series
For holding DIN rails
The rubber gasket is enclosed in the LC4H
series.
AT8-DA4
ATA4806
50.0
1.969
50.0
1.969
1.0
.039
48
1.890
48 1.890
68 2.677
Oval hole, 40-5.5×15 40-.217×.591
10
.217
5.5
155
27
1.063
2435 .9451.378
7.5
.295
1.5
.059
15
2.75R .108R
1,000
15
±139.37 ±.039
15
.591.591.591.394 .394 .197.197 .591
10
5
ATA4806
UP
12
.472
50
1.969
M4
M.157
10
10
.394
.394
DOWN
UP
LOCK
RESET
LC4H
COUNTER
LOCK
RESET
COUNTER
LC4H
DOWN
UP
RESET
LC4H
COUNTER
SET/LOCK
AEL58014
LC4H-S Panel cover (6 digits)
RESET
COUNTER
LC4H
SET/LOCK
AEL68011
LC4H-W Panel cover
COUNTER
SET/LOCK
RESET
LC4H-W
DIN SIZE COUNTERS COMMON OPTIONS
• Protective cover for DIN 48 size
AQM4803
Flexible type
50
1.969
50
1.969
11
.433
ATC18002
Options and
Accessories for
Counters, Hour Meters
APPLICATIONS
The highly accurate, reliable counters can be controlled from
the front panel and are suitable for a wide range of applications.
Typical Counter Applications
Photoelectric
switch
(stop/start)
Motor
DOWN and HOLD-A modes
for shipment quantity counting
Shipment quantities are counted to con-
trol the conveyor line flow.
Entrance ExitPhotoelectric
(up count)
IN1 (down count)
IN2
FULL
VACANT
switch
IND and HOLD-C modes
for parking lots
Incoming and outgoing cars are counted
to switch the FULL and VACANT signs.
Rotary
To valve
encoder
PHASE and HOLD-A modes
for valve control
Rotary encoder signals are counted to
control a valve aperture.
Electric counter
Motor Photoelectric
Printing
machine
switch
UP and SHOT-A modes
for packing a specified number of copies
Printed matter is counted to package a
specified number of copies.
Mark
sensor
Film
Marking
Cutter
UP and SHOT-B modes
for packing medicine tablets
Medicine tablets are packed in specified
quantities.
IN2
Mark sensor Rejectables
Labeling
IN1
Acceptables
Sorting
(down count)
(up count)
machine
machine
UP and SHOT-C modes
for counting acceptables
Labeled cans alone are counted up.
Rejected cans are not counted.
IN2 (down count)
Rotary IN1 (up count)
Leader sheet
Mark
sensor
encoder
(single-phase)
UP and SHOT-D modes
for winding leader sheet
Extra leader sheet that is now wound is
counted by a rotary encoder and a color
detecting sensor.
IN2
IN1
(counting)
(up/down count selection)
DIR input mode
for controlling part stocks
Incoming and outgoing parts are counted
to keep parts feeders well-stocked.
Pipe
Rotary
Electric counter
Cutter
encoder
PHASE input mode for sizing
Teamed up with a rotary encoder, the
counter is used to control the cutting
length of pipes.
153
POWER SUPPLIES
POWER
SUPPLIES FP 24VDC
Features
O Incredibly small size:
- FP0 power supply: 90 x 60 x 30.4mm
- FP power supply: 115 x 75 x 42mm
O Maximum output current:
- FP0 power supply: 0.7A (24VDC)
- FP power supply: 2.1A (24VDC)
O Multiple voltage input:
85 to 265VAC
O Optimal protection:
overvoltage, overcurrent,
overheating, etc.
O Global approvals
(UL/cUL, EN, CE-marking)
O DIN-rail mounting
(FP0 power supply also side mounting)
Primary side:
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Rated operating frequency
Operating frequency range
Inrush current
Current consumption
Over voltage protection
Secondary side:
Rated output voltage
Output voltage range
Nominal output current
Output current range
Output ripple
Short circuit protected
Over voltage protected
Over load protected
Holding time
115 / 230VAC
85 to 265VAC
50 / 60Hz
40 to 70Hz
< 50A at 55°C < 50A at 25°C / < 70A at 55°C
145mA (at 230VAC and 0.7A output current)
PROTECTED
24VDC
23.5V to 24.5VDC
0.7A
0 to 0.7A
< 60mVpp
Electronic, automatic restart mode
Yes
Yes (switch off at approx. 0.8A and more)
Min. 20ms at 230VAC
Order No: FP0-PSA2 FP-PS24-050E
400mA (at 230VAC and 2.1A output current)
2.1A
0 to 2.1A
< 240mVpp
Continuous
Yes (switch off at approx. 3.5A and more)
Min. 110ms at 230VAC
Power OK signal – Yes
Performance Specifications
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Ambient humidity
Storage humidity
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Life time min.
Mounting
Size
Input connection AC side
Output connection DC side
Status display
0°C to +55°C
-20 °C to +70 °C
5 to 95% non-condensing
5 to 95% non-condensing
10 to 55Hz, 1 cycle/min.: double amplitude of 0.75mm, 10 min. on 3 axes
10g min., 4 times on 3 axes
7 years at nom. load, 25°C ambient temperature,
20000 h at 55°C with full load/continuous operation
DIN rail or FP0 flat attachement plate
90 x 60 x 30.4mm
MC connector, 2 pin
MC connector, 6 pin, 3 pin for „+“ and 3 pin for „-“
DIN rail
115 x 75 x 42mm
2 pin
5 pin, 2 pin for
„
+” and 2 pin for
„
-”; 1 pin Power OK
LED (green) at the front side for the secondary voltage indication
General Specifications
EMC
LVD
Others
Protection
EN 50082-2, EN50082-1,
EN 50081-2, EN 50081-1
EN 55011/B, EN 55022/B,
EN 61000-4-2, -4-3, -4-4, -4-5, -4-6, -4-11
EN 60950, EN 50178
(overvoltage category 3)
EN 60950, EN 50178
(overvoltage category 2)
UL Recognized according to UL 508, UL 1950,
cUL Recognized according to CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950.95
IP30 IP20 outside/ IP67 inside
Standards
NOTE:
1) Mounting distance between the FP0
power supply and the FP0 CPU is
needed to permit heat radiation for
the FP0-CPU
2) For side mounting, 2 additional
blue clips are needed: order part-no.
677-021-17101 (1pce.) for FP0-PSA2
3) Mounting distance between the
power supply FP-PS24-050E and
other devices is needed for cooling /
heat radiation.
FP0 Power supply
FP0-PSA2
›
›
30.4 mm
›
90 mm
›
FP Power supply
FP-PS24-050 E
›
›
42 mm
115 mm
›
›
154
155
Applications
Power Supplies
International Standards
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS
183
FOREIGN SPECIFICATIONS OVERVIEW
4. Shipping Standards
(1) Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
Standards from the Lloyd’s Register shipping asso-
ciation based in England. These standards are
safety standards for environmental testing of the
temperature and vibration tolerances of electrical
components used for UMS (unmanned machine
rooms in marine vessels) applications. These stan-
dards have become international standards for
control equipment in all marine vessel applications.
No particular action is taken to display the confor-
mation to these standards on the products.
1. International Standards
IEC standard
International Electrotechnical Commission
By promoting international cooperation toward all
problems and related issues regarding
standardization in the electrical and electronic
technology fields, the IEC, a non-governmental
organization, was started in October, 1908, for the
purpose of realizing mutual understanding on an
international level. To this end, the IEC standard
was enacted for the purpose of promoting
international standardization.
2. North America
UL (Underwiters Laboratories Inc.)
This is a non-profit testing organization formed in
1894 by a coalition of U.S. fire insurance firms,
which tests and approves industrial products
(finished products). When electrical products are
marketed in the U.S., UL approval is mandated in
many states, by state law and city ordinances. In
order to obtain UL approval, the principal parts
contained in industrial products must also be UL-
approved parts.
UL approval is divided into two general types. One
is called “listing” (Fig. 1), and applies to industrial
products (finished products). Under this type of
approval, products must be approved
unconditionally. The other type is called
“recognition” (Fig. 2), and is a conditional approval
which applies to parts and materials.
CSA (Canadian Standards Association)
This was established in 1919 as a non-profit, non-
governmental organization aimed at promoting
standards. It sets standards for industrial products,
parts, and materials, and has the authority to judge
electrical products to determine whether they
conform to those standards. The CSA is the ultimate
authority in the eyes of both the government and the
people in terms of credibility and respect. Almost all
states and provinces in Canada require CSA
approval by law, in order to sell electrical products.
As a result, electrical products exported from Japan
to Canada are not approved under Canadian laws
unless they have received CSA approval and
display the CSA mark. Approval is called
“certification”, and products and parts which have
been approved are called “certified equipment”, and
display the mark shown in Fig. 3. The mark shown
in Fig. 4 is called the “Component Acceptance”
mark, and indicates conditional approval which is
applicable to parts. The C-UL mark shown in Fig. 5
(finished products) and Fig. 6 (parts) indicates that
the product has been tested and approved in UL
laboratories, based on UL and CSA standards,
through mutual approval activities.
3. Europe
EN standard
European Standards/Norme Europeennee
(France)/Europaishe Norm (Germany)
Abbreviation for European Standards. A unified
standard enacted by CEN/CENELEC (European
Standards Committee/European Electrical
Standards Committee). EU and EFTA member
nations employ the content of the EN standards into
their own national standards and are obligated to
abolish those national standards that do not agree
with the EN standards.
(1) Germany
VDE (Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker)
The VDE laboratory was established mainly by the
German Electric Technology Alliance, which was
formed in 1893. It carries out safety experiments
and passes approval for electrical devices and
parts. Although VDE certification is not enforced
under German law, punishment is severe should
electrical shock or fire occur; therefore, it is, in fact,
like an enforcement.
TÜV (Technischer Überwachungs-Verein)
TÜV is a civilian, non-profit, independent
organization that has its roots in the German Boiler
Surveillance Association, which was started in 1875
for the purpose of preventing boiler accidents. A
major characteristic of TÜV is that it exists as a
combination of 14 independent organizations (TÜV
Rheinland, TÜV Bayern, etc.) throughout Germany.
TÜV carries out inspection on a wide variety of
industrial devices and equipment, and has been
entrusted to handle electrical products, as well, by
the government. TÜV inspection and certification is
based mainly on the VDE standard.
TÜV certification can be obtained from any of the 14
TÜVs throughout Germany and has the same
effectiveness as obtaining VDE certification.
LISTING MARK
Fig. 1
RECOGNITION MARK
Fig. 2
Certification
Fig. 3
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
Component Acceptance
Fig. 4
VDE
TÜV Rheinland
156
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS
184
5. Pilot Duty
One of the specifications in the “UL508
Industrial Control Equipment” regulations at
UL (Underwriters Laboratories Inc.), has to
do with the grade of contact control capacity
by NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers
Association) standards. By obtaining both UL
and CSA approval for this grade, the product
becomes authorized publicly.
Pilot Duty A300
AC applied
voltage
[V]
Electrification
current
[A]
Input
power
[A]
Breaker
power
[A]
[VA]
120 10 60 6 7,200 720
240 30 3 7,200 720
During
input
During
breaker
Pilot Duty B300
AC applied
voltage
[V]
Electrification
current
[A]
Input
power
[A]
Breaker
power
[A]
[VA]
120 530 3 3,600 360
240 15 1.5 3,600 360
During
input
During
breaker
Pilot Duty C300
AC applied
voltage
[V]
Electrification
current
[A]
Input
power
[A]
Breaker
power
[A]
[VA]
120 2.5 15 1.5 1,800 180
240 7.5 0.7 1,800 180
During
input
During
breaker
Applications
Power Supplies
International Standards
157
Applications
Power Supplies
International Standards
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS
185
PM4S E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
QM4H E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
FOREIGN SPECIFICATIONS
Timers
Accessories
Product
Name
Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
PM4H-A
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-SD
PM4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
PM5S-A
PM5S-S
PM5S-M
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
PM4H-F E122222 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 98/10004 3A 250V AC
(resistive)
LT4H
LT4H-L
LT4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E122222
(C-UL) 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
— —
100mA30VDC 100mA30VDC
PMH
E59504 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
88/10123 125V3.5A (COS φ]0.4)
250V2A (COS φ]0.4)
250V7A(COS φ]1.0)
“The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
The standard models conform to
the LLOYD standard.
MHP
MHP-M
E59504 5A250VAC LR39291 5A250VAC 88/10123 250V5A (COS φ]1.0) “The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
S1DX
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
Products Name Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
Common
mounting tracks
for timers
E59504 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
LR39291 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
— —
E148103 AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
E148103
(C-UL)
AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
— —
S1DXM-
A/M
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
185
PM4S E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
QM4H E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
FOREIGN SPECIFICATIONS
Timers
Accessories
Product
Name
Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
PM4H-A
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-SD
PM4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
PM5S-A
PM5S-S
PM5S-M
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
PM4H-F E122222 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 98/10004 3A 250V AC
(resistive)
LT4H
LT4H-L
LT4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E122222
(C-UL) 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
— —
100mA30VDC 100mA30VDC
PMH
E59504 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
88/10123 125V3.5A (COS φ]0.4)
250V2A (COS φ]0.4)
250V7A(COS φ]1.0)
“The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
The standard models conform to
the LLOYD standard.
MHP
MHP-M
E59504 5A250VAC LR39291 5A250VAC 88/10123 250V5A (COS φ]1.0) “The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
S1DX
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
Products Name Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
Common
mounting tracks
for timers
E59504 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
LR39291 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
— —
E148103 AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
E148103
(C-UL)
AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
— —
S1DXM-
A/M
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
185
PM4S E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
QM4H E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
FOREIGN SPECIFICATIONS
Timers
Accessories
Product
Name
Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
PM4H-A
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-SD
PM4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
PM5S-A
PM5S-S
PM5S-M
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
PM4H-F E122222 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 98/10004 3A 250V AC
(resistive)
LT4H
LT4H-L
LT4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E122222
(C-UL) 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
— —
100mA30VDC 100mA30VDC
PMH
E59504 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
88/10123 125V3.5A (COS φ]0.4)
250V2A (COS φ]0.4)
250V7A(COS φ]1.0)
“The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
The standard models conform to
the LLOYD standard.
MHP
MHP-M
E59504 5A250VAC LR39291 5A250VAC 88/10123 250V5A (COS φ]1.0) “The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
S1DX
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
Products Name Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
Common
mounting tracks
for timers
E59504 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
LR39291 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
— —
E148103 AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
E148103
(C-UL)
AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
— —
S1DXM-
A/M
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
185
PM4S E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
QM4H E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
FOREIGN SPECIFICATIONS
Timers
Accessories
Product
Name
Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
PM4H-A
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-SD
PM4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
PM5S-A
PM5S-S
PM5S-M
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
PM4H-F E122222 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 98/10004 3A 250V AC
(resistive)
LT4H
LT4H-L
LT4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E122222
(C-UL) 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
— —
100mA30VDC 100mA30VDC
PMH
E59504 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
88/10123 125V3.5A (COS φ]0.4)
250V2A (COS φ]0.4)
250V7A(COS φ]1.0)
“The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
The standard models conform to
the LLOYD standard.
MHP
MHP-M
E59504 5A250VAC LR39291 5A250VAC 88/10123 250V5A (COS φ]1.0) “The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
S1DX
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
Products Name Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
Common
mounting tracks
for timers
E59504 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
LR39291 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
— —
E148103 AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
E148103
(C-UL)
AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
— —
S1DXM-
A/M
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
185
PM4S E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
QM4H E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
FOREIGN SPECIFICATIONS
Timers
Accessories
Product
Name
Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
PM4H-A
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-SD
PM4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
PM5S-A
PM5S-S
PM5S-M
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
PM4H-F E122222 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 98/10004 3A 250V AC
(resistive)
LT4H
LT4H-L
LT4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E122222
(C-UL) 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
— —
100mA30VDC 100mA30VDC
PMH
E59504 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
88/10123 125V3.5A (COS φ]0.4)
250V2A (COS φ]0.4)
250V7A(COS φ]1.0)
“The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
The standard models conform to
the LLOYD standard.
MHP
MHP-M
E59504 5A250VAC LR39291 5A250VAC 88/10123 250V5A (COS φ]1.0) “The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
S1DX
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
Products Name Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
Common
mounting tracks
for timers
E59504 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
LR39291 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
— —
E148103 AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
E148103
(C-UL)
AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
— —
S1DXM-
A/M
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
185
PM4S E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
QM4H E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
FOREIGN SPECIFICATIONS
Timers
Accessories
Product
Name
Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
PM4H-A
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-SD
PM4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
PM5S-A
PM5S-S
PM5S-M
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
PM4H-F E122222 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 98/10004 3A 250V AC
(resistive)
LT4H
LT4H-L
LT4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E122222
(C-UL) 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
— —
100mA30VDC 100mA30VDC
PMH
E59504 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
88/10123 125V3.5A (COS φ]0.4)
250V2A (COS φ]0.4)
250V7A(COS φ]1.0)
“The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
The standard models conform to
the LLOYD standard.
MHP
MHP-M
E59504 5A250VAC LR39291 5A250VAC 88/10123 250V5A (COS φ]1.0) “The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
S1DX
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
Products Name Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
Common
mounting tracks
for timers
E59504 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
LR39291 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
— —
E148103 AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
E148103
(C-UL)
AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
— —
S1DXM-
A/M
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
185
PM4S E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
QM4H E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
FOREIGN SPECIFICATIONS
Timers
Accessories
Product
Name
Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
PM4H-A
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-SD
PM4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
PM5S-A
PM5S-S
PM5S-M
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
PM4H-F E122222 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 98/10004 3A 250V AC
(resistive)
LT4H
LT4H-L
LT4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E122222
(C-UL) 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
— —
100mA30VDC 100mA30VDC
PMH
E59504 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
88/10123 125V3.5A (COS φ]0.4)
250V2A (COS φ]0.4)
250V7A(COS φ]1.0)
“The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
The standard models conform to
the LLOYD standard.
MHP
MHP-M
E59504 5A250VAC LR39291 5A250VAC 88/10123 250V5A (COS φ]1.0) “The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
S1DX
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
Products Name Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
Common
mounting tracks
for timers
E59504 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
LR39291 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
— —
E148103 AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
E148103
(C-UL)
AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
— —
S1DXM-
A/M
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
185
PM4S E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
QM4H E43149 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E43149
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
FOREIGN SPECIFICATIONS
Timers
Accessories
Product
Name
Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
PM4H-A
PM4H-S
PM4H-M
PM4H-SD
PM4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
PM5S-A
PM5S-S
PM5S-M
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E59504
(C-UL)
5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 — —
PM4H-F E122222 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 3A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300 98/10004 3A 250V AC
(resistive)
LT4H
LT4H-L
LT4H-W
E122222 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
E122222
(C-UL) 5A250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
— —
100mA30VDC 100mA30VDC
PMH
E59504 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A1/6HP125VAC
7A1/6HP250VAC
3A30VDC
PILOT DUTY C300
88/10123 125V3.5A (COS φ]0.4)
250V2A (COS φ]0.4)
250V7A(COS φ]1.0)
“The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
The standard models conform to
the LLOYD standard.
MHP
MHP-M
E59504 5A250VAC LR39291 5A250VAC 88/10123 250V5A (COS φ]1.0) “The standard models conform to
the UL/CSA standard.
(To place an order, you do not
need to specify the tailing charac-
ter □
9 of each item number.)”
S1DX
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
Products Name Recognized by UL Standards Certified by CSA Standards Lloyd’s Register Standards Remarks
File No. Recognized rating File No. Certified rating File No. Certified rating
Common
mounting tracks
for timers
E59504 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
LR39291 10A250VAC
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250VAC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
8P cap was an approved
as an option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
— —
E148103 AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
E148103
(C-UL)
AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
— —
S1DXM-
A/M
(Relay
output)
2C
E122222 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 7A125VAC
6A250VAC
1/6HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 7A 250V AC
(resistive)
4C
E122222 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
LR39291 5A250VAC
1/10HP125, 250VAC
PILOT DUTY C300
98/10004 5A 250V AC
(resistive)
158
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS
LH2H
E122222 24-240 V AC/DC
4.5-30 V DC
3 V DC
E122222
(C-UL)
24-240 V AC/DC
4.5-30 V DC
3 V DC
Standard products are UL and C-UL-recognized. To place an
order, you do not need to specify the tailly character h
9 of each
item number.
TH8 series
E42876 12 V DC
24 V DC
E42876
(C-UL)
12 V DC
24 V DC
Standard products are UL and C-UL-recognized. To place an
order, you do not need to specify the tailly character “U” of each
item number.
LC2H
E122222 24-240 V AC/DC
4.5-30 V DC
3 V DC
E122222
(C-UL)
24-240 V AC/DC
4.5-30 V DC
3 V DC
E148103 AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
Relay Socket
E148103
(C-UL)
AT8-DF8K (ATC180031)
AT8-DF11K (ATC180041)
AT8-R8K (AT78041)
AT8- R11K (AT78051)
Counters
Product name UL recognized CSA certified
File No. Approved ratings File No. Approved ratings Remarks
LC4H
LC4H-S
E122222 5A250V AC
PILOT DUTY C300
E122222
(C-UL)
5A250V AC
PILOT DUTY C300
100mA 30V DC 100mA 30V DC
“The standard models conform to the UL/C-UL standard.
(To place an order, you do not need to specify the tailing char-
acter h
9 of each item number.)”
LC4H-W
E122222 3A250V AC
PILOT DUTY C300
E122222
(C-UL)
3A250V AC
PILOT DUTY C300
100mA 30V DC 100mA 30V DC
Notes) For UL-listed products, specify „9“ at the end of the part No. when ordering.
Standard products of LC4H series are UL-recognized as well as CSA-certified. There is no need to add „9“ at the end of the part No.
Hour Meters
Product name UL recognized CSA certified
File No. Approved ratings File No. Approved ratings Remarks
TH13 · TH23 series E42876 115-120, 220,
240V AC
LR39291 115-120, 220,
240V AC
• For UL-recognized and CSA-certified products, specify “U” at
the end of the part No.
TH14 · TH24 series
E42876 12, 24, 48, 100,
110, 115-120, 200,
220, 240V AC
LR39291 12, 24, 48, 100,
110, 115-120, 200,
220, 240V AC
•
Only black panel-mounting type UL-recognized and CSA-certified.
• For UL-recognized and CSA-certified products, specify “U” at
the end of the product code.
•
Panel-mounting silver type not UL-recognized nor CSA-certified.
TH63 · 64 series
E42876 12, 24, 48, 100,
110, 115-120, 200,
220, 240V AC
LR39291 12, 24, 48, 100,
110, 115-120, 200,
220, 240V AC
• Standard products are UL-recognized and CSA-certified.
Notes) For UL-recognized and CSA-certified products, specify “U” at the end of the part No. when ordering.
Q UL-recognized as well as CSA-certified TH13 and TH23 series products have operating voltages of 115-120V, 220V and 240V AC.
W Standard products of TH63 and 64 series are UL-recognized as well as CSA-certified. There is no need to add “U” at the end of the part No.
E Standard products of LH2H and TH8 series are UL/C-UL recognized. There is no need to add h
9 or “U” at the end of the part No.
Accessories
Product name UL-recognized CSA certified
File No. Rating File No. Rating Remarks
Common counter fixtures
E59504 10A250V AC
AT8-RFV (AT78029)
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250V AC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
AT8-RR (AT78049)
8P cap CSA-certified as
option.
AD8-RC (AD8013)
LR26550
LR39291
10A250V AC
AT8-RFV (AT78029)
AT8-RFD (AT78039)
7A250V AC
AT8-DF8L (ATA48211)
AT8-RR (AT78049)
8P cap UL-listed as option.
AD8-RC(AD8013)
Applications
Power Supplies
International Standards
Applications
Power Supplies
International Standards
Contents
CE MARKINGS OVERVIEW
187
CE MARKINGS OVERVIEW
Counter, Hour Meter conforming to
EN/IEC standards
The Timer, Counter, Hour Meter shown below conform to both EN and IEC standards,
and may display the CE markings.
CE markings and EC
directives
The world’s largest single market, the
European Community (EC) was born on
1 January 1993 (changing its name to
EU in November 1993. It is now always
expressed as EU, apart from EC direc-
tives.) EU member country products
have always had their quality and safety
guaranteed according to the individual
standards of each member country.
However, the standards of each country
being different prevented the free flow of
goods within the EU. For this reason, in
order to eliminate non-tariff barriers due
to these standards, and to maximize the
merits of EU unification, the EC direc-
tives were issued concomitant to the
birth of the EU.
The EN standards were established as
universal EU standards in order to facili-
tate EU directives. These standards
were merged with the international IEC
standards and henceforth reflect the
standards in all countries. Also, the CE
markings show that products conform to
EC directives, and guarantee the free
flow of products within the EC.
Appropriate
EC directives for control
equipment products
The main EC directives that are to do
with machinery and electrical equipment
are the machinery directive, the EMC
directive, the low voltage directive, and
the telecom directive. Although these
directives have already been issued, the
date of their enactment is different for
each one. The machinery directive was 1
January 1995. The EMC directive was 1
January 1996, and the low voltage direc-
tive was enacted from 1 January 1997.
The telecom directive was established by
the separate CTR (Common Technology
References.)
What are EN standards?
An abbreviation of Norme Europeenne
(in French), and called European
Standards in English. Approval is by vote
among the CEN/CENELEC member
countries, and is a unified standards
limited to EU member countries, but the
contents conform to the international
ISO/IEC standards.
Product
classification Product name EMC directives Low-voltage directives
Timers
Time Switch
LT4H EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LT4H-L EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LT4H-W EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
PM4H EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
S1DXM-A/M EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
S1DX EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
PM4S EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
PM5S EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
QM4H EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
A-TB72 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
A-TB72Q EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
Counters
LC4H EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LC4H-L EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LC4H-S EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LC4H-W EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61812-1
LC2H EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
LC2H preset EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 —
Hour Meters
TH13 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH23 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH14 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH24 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH40 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH50 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH63 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
TH64 EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 EN 61010-1
LH2H
TH8
EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2
EN 61010-1
LH2H preset EN 61000-6-4/EN 61000-6-2 —
—
If the relevant EN standard does not
exist, it is necessary to obtain approval
based on the relevant IEC standard or, if
the relevant IEC standard does not exist,
the relevant standard from each country,
such as VDE, BS, SEMKO, and so forth.
General Catalog
Timers, Counters, Hour Meters
Global Network
Copyright © 2008 • Printed in Germany
6208 euen 12/08
Asia Pacific China JapanNorth America Europe
Panasonic Electric Works
Please contact our Global Sales Companies in:
Europe
Headquarters Panasonic Electric Works Europe AG Rudolf-Diesel-Ring 2, 83607 Holzkirchen, Tel. +49 (0) 8024 648-0, Fax +49 (0) 8024 648-111, www.panasonic-electric-works.com
Austria Panasonic Electric Works Austria GmbH Rep. of PEWDE, Josef Madersperger Str. 2, 2362 Biedermannsdorf, Tel. +43 (0) 2236-26846, Fax +43 (0) 2236-46133
www.panasonic-electric-works.at
PEW Electronic Materials Europe GmbH Ennshafenstraße 30, 4470 Enns, Tel. +43 (0) 7223 883, Fax +43 (0) 7223 88333, www.panasonic-electronic-materials.com
Benelux Panasonic Electric Works
Sales Western Europe B.V.
De Rijn 4, (Postbus 211), 5684 PJ Best, (5680 AE Best), Netherlands, Tel. +31 (0) 499 372727, Fax +31 (0) 499 372185,
www.panasonic-electric-works.nl
Czech Republic Panasonic Electric Works Czech s.r.o. Prumyslová 1, 34815 Planá, Tel. (+420-)374 799 990, Fax (+420-)374 799 999, www.panasonic-electric-works.cz
France Panasonic Electric Works
Sales Western Europe B.V.
Succursale française, 10, rue des petits ruisseaux, 91370 Verrières Le Buisson, Tél. +33 (0) 1 6013 5757, Fax +33 (0) 1 6013 5758,
www.panasonic-electric-works.fr
Germany Panasonic Electric Works Deutschland GmbH Rudolf-Diesel-Ring 2, 83607 Holzkirchen, Tel. +49 (0) 8024 648-0, Fax +49 (0) 8024 648-555, www.panasonic-electric-works.de
Hungary Panasonic Electric Works Europe AG Magyarországi Közvetlen Kereskedelmi Képviselet, 1117 Budapest, Neumann János u. 1., Tel. +36 (0) 1482-9258, Fax +36 (0) 1482-9259,
www.panasonic-electric-works.hu
Ireland Panasonic Electric Works UK Ltd. Dublin, Tel. +353 (0) 14600969, Fax +353 (0) 14601131, www.panasonic-electric-works.co.uk
Italy Panasonic Electric Works Italia srl Via del Commercio 3-5 (Z.I. Ferlina), 37012 Bussolengo (VR), Tel. +39 (0) 456752711, Fax +39 (0) 456700444,
www.panasonic-electric-works.it
Nordic Countries Panasonic Electric Works Nordic AB
PEW Fire & Security Technology Europe AB
Sjöängsvägen 10, 19272 Sollentuna, Sweden, Tel. +46 859476680, Fax +46 859476690, www.panasonic-electric-works.se
Jungmansgatan 12, 21119 Malmö, Tel. +46 40 697 7000, Fax +46 40 697 7099, www.panasonic-fi re-security.com
Poland Panasonic Electric Works Polska sp. z o.o Al. Krakowska 4/6, 02-284 Warszawa, Tel. +48 (0) 22 338-11-33, Fax +48 (0) 22 338-12-00, www.panasonic-electric-works.pl
Portugal Panasonic Electric Works España S.A. Portuguese Branch Offi ce, Avda Adelino Amaro da Costa 728 R/C J, 2750-277 Cascais, Tel. +351 214812520, Fax +351 214812529
Spain Panasonic Electric Works España S.A. Barajas Park, San Severo 20, 28042 Madrid, Tel. +34 913293875, Fax +34 913292976, www.panasonic-electric-works.es
Switzerland Panasonic Electric Works Schweiz AG Grundstrasse 8, 6343 Rotkreuz, Tel. +41 (0) 41 7997050, Fax +41 (0) 41 7997055, www.panasonic-electric-works.ch
United Kingdom Panasonic Electric Works UK Ltd. Sunrise Parkway, Linford Wood, Milton Keynes, MK14 6 LF, Tel. +44 (0) 1908 231555, Fax +44 (0) 1908 231599,
www.panasonic-electric-works.co.uk
North & South America
USA PEW Corporation of America 629 Central Avenue, New Providence, N.J. 07974, Tel. 1-908-464-3550, Fax 1-908-464-8513, www.pewa.panasonic.com
Asia Pacifi c / China / Japan
China Panasonic Electric Works (China) Co., Ltd. Level 2, Tower W3, The Towers Oriental Plaza, No. 2, East Chang An Ave., Dong Cheng District, Beijing 100738, Tel. (010) 8518-5988,
Fax (010) 8518-1297
Hong Kong Panasonic Electric Works
(Hong Kong) Co., Ltd.
RM1205-9, 12/F, Tower 2, The Gateway, 25 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Tel. (0852) 2956-3118, Fax (0852) 2956-0398
Japan Panasonic Electric Works Co., Ltd. 1048 Kadoma, Kadoma-shi, Osaka 571-8686, Japan, Tel. (06) 6908-1050, Fax (06) 6908-5781, www.panasonic-electric-works.net
Singapore Panasonic Electric Works Asia Pacifi c Pte. Ltd. 101 Thomson Road, #25-03/05, United Square, Singapore 307591, Tel. (06255) 5473, Fax (06253) 5689
Timers, Counters, Hour Meters General Catalog
